WO2020026810A1 - On-press development type lithographic printing plate precursor, method of producing lithographic printing plate, and lithographic printing method - Google Patents

On-press development type lithographic printing plate precursor, method of producing lithographic printing plate, and lithographic printing method Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2020026810A1
WO2020026810A1 PCT/JP2019/028069 JP2019028069W WO2020026810A1 WO 2020026810 A1 WO2020026810 A1 WO 2020026810A1 JP 2019028069 W JP2019028069 W JP 2019028069W WO 2020026810 A1 WO2020026810 A1 WO 2020026810A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
lithographic printing
printing plate
compound
plate precursor
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2019/028069
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
啓介 野越
健次郎 荒木
Original Assignee
富士フイルム株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 富士フイルム株式会社 filed Critical 富士フイルム株式会社
Priority to JP2020533410A priority Critical patent/JPWO2020026810A1/en
Priority to CN201980050526.1A priority patent/CN112512824B/en
Publication of WO2020026810A1 publication Critical patent/WO2020026810A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41CPROCESSES FOR THE MANUFACTURE OR REPRODUCTION OF PRINTING SURFACES
    • B41C1/00Forme preparation
    • B41C1/10Forme preparation for lithographic printing; Master sheets for transferring a lithographic image to the forme
    • B41C1/1008Forme preparation for lithographic printing; Master sheets for transferring a lithographic image to the forme by removal or destruction of lithographic material on the lithographic support, e.g. by laser or spark ablation; by the use of materials rendered soluble or insoluble by heat exposure, e.g. by heat produced from a light to heat transforming system; by on-the-press exposure or on-the-press development, e.g. by the fountain of photolithographic materials
    • B41C1/1016Forme preparation for lithographic printing; Master sheets for transferring a lithographic image to the forme by removal or destruction of lithographic material on the lithographic support, e.g. by laser or spark ablation; by the use of materials rendered soluble or insoluble by heat exposure, e.g. by heat produced from a light to heat transforming system; by on-the-press exposure or on-the-press development, e.g. by the fountain of photolithographic materials characterised by structural details, e.g. protective layers, backcoat layers or several imaging layers
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41MPRINTING, DUPLICATING, MARKING, OR COPYING PROCESSES; COLOUR PRINTING
    • B41M1/00Inking and printing with a printer's forme
    • B41M1/06Lithographic printing
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/027Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
    • G03F7/028Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds with photosensitivity-increasing substances, e.g. photoinitiators
    • G03F7/029Inorganic compounds; Onium compounds; Organic compounds having hetero atoms other than oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/027Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
    • G03F7/032Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds with binders
    • G03F7/033Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds with binders the binders being polymers obtained by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds, e.g. vinyl polymers
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/09Photosensitive materials characterised by structural details, e.g. supports, auxiliary layers
    • G03F7/11Photosensitive materials characterised by structural details, e.g. supports, auxiliary layers having cover layers or intermediate layers, e.g. subbing layers
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41CPROCESSES FOR THE MANUFACTURE OR REPRODUCTION OF PRINTING SURFACES
    • B41C2201/00Location, type or constituents of the non-imaging layers in lithographic printing formes
    • B41C2201/02Cover layers; Protective layers
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41CPROCESSES FOR THE MANUFACTURE OR REPRODUCTION OF PRINTING SURFACES
    • B41C2201/00Location, type or constituents of the non-imaging layers in lithographic printing formes
    • B41C2201/10Location, type or constituents of the non-imaging layers in lithographic printing formes characterised by inorganic compounds, e.g. pigments
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41CPROCESSES FOR THE MANUFACTURE OR REPRODUCTION OF PRINTING SURFACES
    • B41C2201/00Location, type or constituents of the non-imaging layers in lithographic printing formes
    • B41C2201/14Location, type or constituents of the non-imaging layers in lithographic printing formes characterised by macromolecular organic compounds, e.g. binder, adhesives
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41CPROCESSES FOR THE MANUFACTURE OR REPRODUCTION OF PRINTING SURFACES
    • B41C2210/00Preparation or type or constituents of the imaging layers, in relation to lithographic printing forme preparation
    • B41C2210/04Negative working, i.e. the non-exposed (non-imaged) areas are removed
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41CPROCESSES FOR THE MANUFACTURE OR REPRODUCTION OF PRINTING SURFACES
    • B41C2210/00Preparation or type or constituents of the imaging layers, in relation to lithographic printing forme preparation
    • B41C2210/08Developable by water or the fountain solution
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41CPROCESSES FOR THE MANUFACTURE OR REPRODUCTION OF PRINTING SURFACES
    • B41C2210/00Preparation or type or constituents of the imaging layers, in relation to lithographic printing forme preparation
    • B41C2210/24Preparation or type or constituents of the imaging layers, in relation to lithographic printing forme preparation characterised by a macromolecular compound or binder obtained by reactions involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds, e.g. acrylics, vinyl polymers

Definitions

  • the present disclosure relates to an on-press development type lithographic printing plate precursor, a method for preparing a lithographic printing plate, and a lithographic printing method.
  • a lithographic printing plate is composed of an oleophilic image area that receives ink during a printing process and a hydrophilic non-image area that receives fountain solution.
  • Lithographic printing utilizes the property that water and oil-based ink repel each other, so that the lipophilic image area of the lithographic printing plate is an ink receiving area and the hydrophilic non-image area is a dampening water receiving area (ink non-receiving area).
  • a difference in ink adhesion is caused on the surface of a lithographic printing plate, the ink is deposited only on an image portion, and then the ink is transferred to a printing medium such as paper for printing.
  • a lithographic printing plate precursor comprising a hydrophilic support and a lipophilic photosensitive resin layer (image recording layer) provided thereon is widely used.
  • PS plate lithographic printing plate precursor
  • image recording layer a lipophilic photosensitive resin layer
  • Plate making is performed by a method of dissolving and removing with a solvent and exposing the surface of the hydrophilic support to form a non-image portion to obtain a lithographic printing plate.
  • lithographic printing plate precursor that can be used for such on-press development is referred to as an "on-press development type lithographic printing plate precursor".
  • Conventional lithographic printing plate precursors or printing methods using lithographic printing plate precursors include, for example, those described in Patent Documents 1 to 3.
  • Patent Document 1 describes a negative type lithographic printing plate precursor having an image recording layer containing a support, a compound having a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (1), and a radical polymerization initiator.
  • A represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • Ar represents a benzene nucleus or a naphthalene nucleus.
  • R 1 represents a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group or an aryl group.
  • i represents an integer of 0 to 3. When i represents an integer of 2 or more, a plurality of R 1 may be the same or different.
  • R 2 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group.
  • L represents * -O-**, * -OCO-** or * -OCONH-**.
  • Y represents a (m + 1) -valent linking group.
  • X represents a (meth) acryloyloxy group.
  • l represents an integer of 0 or 1.
  • m represents an integer of 1 or 2. However, when l is 0, m is 1.
  • n represents an integer of 1 or
  • U.S. Pat. No. 5,086,067 includes a substrate having an imageable layer thereon, wherein the imageable layer initiates polymerization of the free radically polymerizable groups upon exposure to free radically polymerizable components, imaging radiation.
  • An initiator composition comprising diaryl iodonium borate, an infrared absorbing cyanine dye having a methine chain linking a heterocyclic group, Wherein the methine chain has a chain length of at least 7 carbon atoms, and comprises a primary polymer binder, and the imageable element further comprises an overcoat disposed on the imageable layer;
  • the overcoat describes an imageable element that is comprised primarily of poly (vinyl alcohol) having a degree of hydrolysis of 85% or less.
  • US Pat. No. 5,047,097 discloses a substrate and a negative-working imageable layer disposed on the substrate, comprising a free-radically polymerizable component and an initiator composition capable of generating free radicals when exposed to imaging radiation.
  • a negative-type image-forming layer containing a substance, a radiation-absorbing agent, and a polymer binder, and an outermost water-soluble overcoat layer directly disposed on the negative-type image-forming layer;
  • a negative-working lithographic printing plate precursor comprising: an outermost water-soluble overcoat layer containing organic wax particles dispersed in a film-forming water-soluble polymer binder; Is measured from a scanning electron micrograph of the overcoat layer, negative-working lithographic printing plate precursor having an average maximum dimension of 0.7 ⁇ m at least 0.05 ⁇ m and maximum are described.
  • Patent Document 1 JP-A-2017-132227
  • Patent Document 2 JP-T-2010-529490
  • Patent Document 3 JP-T-2015-519610
  • an on-press development type lithographic printing plate precursor capable of obtaining a lithographic printing plate excellent in chemical resistance to chemicals such as a plate cleaner is required.
  • the present inventors have compared with the lithographic printing plate precursors described in Patent Documents 1 to 3. It has been found that it is possible to further improve the chemical resistance of the resulting lithographic printing plate.
  • the problem to be solved by the embodiments of the present invention is that an on-press development type lithographic printing plate precursor capable of obtaining a lithographic printing plate excellent in chemical resistance, production of a lithographic printing plate using the on-press development type lithographic printing plate precursor. And a lithographic printing method using the on-press development type lithographic printing plate precursor.
  • Means for solving the above problems include the following aspects. ⁇ 1> having a support, an image recording layer, and an overcoat layer in this order;
  • the image recording layer contains a binder polymer, and an electron donating polymerization initiator,
  • the binder polymer has a structural unit formed by an aromatic vinyl compound, and a structural unit formed by an acrylonitrile compound,
  • An on-press development type lithographic printing plate precursor wherein the thickness of the overcoat layer is larger than the thickness of the image recording layer.
  • the image recording layer further contains a polymerizable compound, and the content of the binder polymer with respect to the total mass of the polymerizable compound in the image recording layer is more than 0% by mass and 400% by mass or less.
  • ⁇ 5> The on-press development type lithographic printing plate precursor as described in any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 4> above, wherein the electron donating polymerization initiator is a borate compound.
  • ⁇ 6> The on-press development type lithographic printing plate precursor as described in any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 5> above, wherein the electron donating polymerization initiator is a tetraaryl borate compound.
  • ⁇ 7> The on-press development type lithographic printing plate precursor as described in any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 6> above, wherein the electron donating polymerization initiator is a tetraphenylborate compound.
  • ⁇ 8> The on-press development type lithographic printing plate precursor as described in any one of the above items ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 7>, wherein the highest occupied orbit of the electron donating polymerization initiator is ⁇ 6.0 eV or more.
  • ⁇ 9> The on-press development type lithographic printing plate precursor as described in any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 8> above, wherein the image recording layer further contains an electron-accepting polymerization initiator.
  • the electron-accepting polymerization initiator is an onium compound.
  • the electron-accepting polymerization initiator has a minimum free orbit of ⁇ 3.0 eV or less.
  • ⁇ 12> The on-press development type lithographic plate according to any one of ⁇ 9> to ⁇ 11>, wherein the electron-accepting polymerization initiator and the electron-donating polymerization initiator form a salt.
  • Original version. ⁇ 14> The on-press development type lithographic printing plate precursor according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 13>, wherein the binder polymer further has a structural unit formed of N-vinylpyrrolidone.
  • ⁇ 15> The on-press development type lithographic printing plate precursor according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 14> above, wherein the image recording layer further contains an infrared absorbent.
  • ⁇ 16> The on-press development type lithographic printing plate precursor as described in ⁇ 15> above, wherein the infrared absorber is an infrared absorber that is decomposed by infrared exposure.
  • ⁇ 17> The on-press development type lithographic printing plate precursor as described in ⁇ 15> or ⁇ 16> above, wherein the infrared absorber is an infrared absorber that is decomposed by heat, electron transfer, or both due to infrared exposure.
  • R 1 represents a group capable of cleaving the R 1 -L bond by infrared exposure
  • R 11 to R 18 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, —Ra, —ORb, —SRc or —NRdRe.
  • Ra to Re each independently represent a hydrocarbon group, A 1 and A 2 and a plurality of R 11 to R 18 may be linked to form a monocyclic or polycyclic ring, and A 1 and A 2
  • n 11 and n 12 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 5, provided that the sum of n 11 and n 12 is 2 or more
  • 13 and n 14 each independently represent 0 or 1
  • L represents an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom or —NR 10 —
  • R 10 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group
  • Za represents a charge neutralizer. Represents a counter ion.
  • the on-press development type lithographic printing plate precursor as described in ⁇ 19> is a group represented by the following formula 2.
  • R Z represents an alkyl group
  • a wavy line represents a bonding site with the group represented by L in Formula 1 above.
  • ⁇ 21> a step of imagewise exposing the on-press development type lithographic printing plate precursor according to any one of the above ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 20>, Supplying at least one selected from the group consisting of a printing ink and a fountain solution on a printing press to remove the image recording layer in the non-image area.
  • ⁇ 22> a step of imagewise exposing the on-press development type lithographic printing plate precursor according to any one of the above ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 20>, A step of providing a lithographic printing plate by supplying at least one selected from the group consisting of printing ink and fountain solution and removing the image recording layer of the non-image portion on a printing press, Printing with the obtained lithographic printing plate.
  • an on-press development type lithographic printing plate precursor capable of obtaining a lithographic printing plate excellent in chemical resistance
  • a method for producing a lithographic printing plate using the on-press development type lithographic printing plate precursor and A planographic printing method using the on-press development type planographic printing plate precursor can be provided.
  • the “alkyl group” includes not only an alkyl group having no substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group).
  • (meth) acryl is a term used in a concept including both acryl and methacryl
  • (meth) acryloyl” is a term used as a concept including both acryloyl and methacryloyl. It is.
  • the term “step” in the present specification is not limited to an independent step, and even if it cannot be clearly distinguished from other steps, the term is used as long as the intended purpose of the step is achieved. included.
  • each component in the composition or each constituent unit in the polymer in the present disclosure may be included alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the amount of each component in the composition, or each constituent unit in the polymer, each component in the composition, or a plurality of substances or constituent units corresponding to each constituent unit in the polymer are present in this case, unless otherwise specified, it refers to the total amount of the corresponding plural substances present in the composition or the corresponding plural structural units present in the polymer.
  • a combination of two or more preferred embodiments is a more preferred embodiment.
  • TSKgel GMHxL TSKgel G4000HxL
  • TSKgel G2000HxL all trade names manufactured by Tosoh Corporation
  • Mw weight average molecular weight
  • Mn number average molecular weight
  • GPC gel permeation chromatography
  • lithographic printing plate precursor includes not only the lithographic printing plate precursor but also a discarded plate precursor.
  • lithographic printing plate includes not only a lithographic printing plate precursor but also a lithographic printing plate produced through operations such as exposure and development, if necessary, as well as a discarded plate. In the case of a discarded plate master, the operations of exposure and development are not necessarily required.
  • the discarded plate is a lithographic printing plate precursor to be attached to an unused plate cylinder, for example, when printing a part of the paper surface in monochrome or two colors in color newspaper printing.
  • “*” in a chemical structural formula represents a bonding position with another structure.
  • the on-press development type lithographic printing plate precursor has a support, an image recording layer, and an overcoat layer in this order, and the image recording layer comprises a binder polymer, and an electron donating polymer.
  • the binder polymer has a structural unit formed by an aromatic vinyl compound, and a structural unit formed by an acrylonitrile compound, and the film thickness of the overcoat layer is a film of the image recording layer. Thicker than thick.
  • the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure includes an overcoat layer having a thickness greater than that of an image recording layer, including an electron donating polymerization initiator.
  • the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure includes a binder polymer having a structural unit formed of an aromatic vinyl compound and a structural unit formed of an acrylonitrile compound (hereinafter, also referred to as “specific binder polymer”). Including.
  • the chemical resistance is further improved by the synergistic effect of including all of the specific binder polymer, the overcoat layer, and the electron donating polymerization initiator, but the mechanism is not clear.
  • the lithographic printing plate precursor described in Patent Document 1 or 2 does not contain a specific binder polymer, and there is room for further improvement in chemical resistance.
  • the lithographic printing plate precursor described in Patent Document 3 has no description or suggestion that it has an overcoat layer having a thickness greater than that of the image recording layer, and is poor in chemical resistance.
  • the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure it is considered that a lithographic printing plate excellent in printing durability is easily obtained. This is presumed to be due to the above-mentioned improvement in polymerization efficiency, the above-mentioned synergistic effect, and the like. In a lithographic printing plate, the fact that the number of printable plates is large is referred to as "excellent in printing durability". Furthermore, according to the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure, it is considered that a lithographic printing plate excellent in ink deposition property (hereinafter, also simply referred to as “deposition property”) is easily obtained. This is presumably due to the inclusion of the specific binder polymer described above, the synergistic effect described above, and the like.
  • a lithographic printing plate precursor excellent in on-press developability is easily obtained. This is presumed to be due to the fact that the non-image portion sticks to the ink roller during the on-press development and is easily removed (ink tack development) by including the specific binder polymer, and the synergistic effect described above. .
  • the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure includes a specific binder polymer, the overcoat layer, and the electron donating polymerization initiator, and includes all the requirements for printing durability, chemical resistance, and inking property. Further, it is considered that both the on-press developability and the on-press developability are excellent. If even one of the above requirements is missing, it is likely that at least one of these effects will be reduced. In general, in an on-press development type lithographic printing plate, by improving the chemical resistance obtained by lowering the solubility of the image area by the agent such as the plate cleaner, or by improving the resistance to ink as an agent.
  • the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure has a support.
  • a support having a hydrophilic surface also referred to as a “hydrophilic support” is preferable.
  • the hydrophilic surface preferably has a contact angle with water of less than 10 °, more preferably less than 5 °.
  • the water contact angle in the present disclosure is measured as the contact angle of a water droplet on a surface at 25 ° C. (after 0.2 seconds) by DM-501 manufactured by Kyowa Interface Chemical Co., Ltd.
  • the support of the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure can be appropriately selected from known lithographic printing plate precursor supports and used.
  • an aluminum plate which has been subjected to surface roughening treatment and anodized by a known method is preferable.
  • the aluminum plate may be further processed, if necessary, by enlarging or sealing the micropores of the anodic oxide film described in JP-A-2001-253181 and JP-A-2001-322365, US Pat. No. 066, No. 3,181,461, No. 3,280,734 and No. 3,902,734, surface hydrophilization treatment with an alkali metal silicate, U.S.A.
  • the surface hydrophilization treatment with polyvinylphosphonic acid or the like described in each specification of Patent Nos. 3,276,868, 4,153,461 and 4,689,272 is appropriately selected. You may go.
  • the support preferably has a center line average roughness of 0.10 ⁇ m to 1.2 ⁇ m.
  • the support may have an organic polymer compound described in JP-A-5-45885 or a silicon alkoxy compound described in JP-A-6-35174, if necessary, on the surface opposite to the image recording layer. May be included.
  • the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure has an image recording layer formed on a support.
  • the image recording layer used in the present disclosure preferably further contains a polymerizable compound from the viewpoints of printing durability and photosensitivity.
  • the image recording layer used in the present disclosure preferably further contains an electron-accepting polymerization initiator from the viewpoints of printing durability and photosensitivity.
  • the image recording layer used in the present disclosure preferably further contains an infrared absorber from the viewpoint of exposure sensitivity.
  • the image recording layer used in the present disclosure may further include an acid coloring agent in order to confirm the exposed portion before development.
  • the unexposed portion of the image recording layer can be removed by at least one selected from the group consisting of fountain solution and printing ink from the viewpoint of on-press developability. .
  • the group consisting of fountain solution and printing ink from the viewpoint of on-press developability.
  • the image recording layer used in the present disclosure contains a specific binder polymer.
  • the specific binder polymer is a binder resin that is not in a particle shape, and polymer particles described below are not included in the specific binder polymer in the present disclosure.
  • the specific binder polymer has a structural unit formed by an aromatic vinyl compound and a structural unit formed by an acrylonitrile compound.
  • the specific binder polymer has a structural unit formed by an aromatic vinyl compound.
  • the aromatic vinyl compound may be any compound having a structure in which a vinyl group is bonded to an aromatic ring, and examples thereof include a styrene compound and a vinyl naphthalene compound. A styrene compound is preferable, and styrene is more preferable.
  • styrene compound examples include styrene, p-methylstyrene, p-methoxystyrene, ⁇ -methylstyrene, p-methyl- ⁇ -methylstyrene, ⁇ -methylstyrene, and p-methoxy- ⁇ -methylstyrene. Styrene is preferred.
  • vinyl naphthalene compound examples include 1-vinyl naphthalene, methyl-1-vinyl naphthalene, ⁇ -methyl-1-vinyl naphthalene, 4-methyl-1-vinyl naphthalene, and 4-methoxy-1-vinyl naphthalene. -Vinyl naphthalene is preferred.
  • a structural unit formed of an aromatic vinyl compound a structural unit represented by the following formula A1 is preferably exemplified.
  • R A1 and R A2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group
  • Ar represents an aromatic ring group
  • R A3 represents a substituent
  • n represents an integer equal to or less than the maximum number of substituents of Ar.
  • R A1 and R A2 are each independently preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, more preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and both are hydrogen atoms. Is more preferred.
  • Ar is preferably a benzene ring or a naphthalene ring, and more preferably a benzene ring.
  • R A3 is preferably an alkyl group or an alkoxy group, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and a methyl group or a methoxy group. Is more preferred. In the formula A1, when the R A3 there are a plurality, plural of R A3 may be the same or may be different. In the formula A1, n is preferably an integer of 0 to 2, more preferably 0 or 1, and even more preferably 0.
  • the content of the structural unit formed by the aromatic vinyl compound in the specific binder polymer is preferably from 15% by mass to 85% by mass, and more preferably from 30% by mass to 70% by mass based on the total mass of the specific binder polymer. More preferably, there is.
  • the specific binder polymer has a structural unit formed by an acrylonitrile compound.
  • the acrylonitrile compound include (meth) acrylonitrile and the like, with acrylonitrile being preferred.
  • a structural unit formed of an acrylonitrile compound a structural unit represented by the following formula B1 is preferably exemplified.
  • R B1 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
  • R B1 is preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, more preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and further preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • the content of the structural unit formed by the acrylonitrile compound in the specific binder polymer is preferably from 15% by mass to 85% by mass, and more preferably from 30% by mass to 70% by mass, based on the total mass of the specific binder polymer. Is more preferred.
  • the specific binder polymer preferably further has a structural unit formed of an N-vinyl heterocyclic compound from the viewpoint of printing durability and chemical resistance.
  • N-vinyl heterocyclic compound examples include N-vinylpyrrolidone, N-vinylcarbazole, N-vinylpyrrole, N-vinylphenothiazine, N-vinylsuccinimide, N-vinylphthalimide, N-vinylcaprolactam, and N-vinylcaprolactam.
  • Vinyl imidazole is preferred, with N-vinylpyrrolidone being preferred.
  • a structural unit formed by the N-vinyl heterocyclic compound a structural unit represented by the following formula C1 is preferably exemplified.
  • Ar N represents a heterocyclic structure containing a nitrogen atom, a nitrogen atom in Ar N is bonded to the carbon atoms indicated by *.
  • the heterocyclic structure represented by Ar N is preferably a pyrrolidone ring, a carbazole ring, a pyrrole ring, a phenothiazine ring, a succinimide ring, a phthalimide ring, a caprolactam ring, or an imidazole ring, and more preferably a pyrrolidone ring. Is more preferred.
  • the heterocyclic structure represented by Ar N may have a known substituent.
  • the content of the structural unit formed by the N-vinyl heterocyclic compound in the specific binder polymer is preferably from 5% by mass to 50% by mass, and more preferably from 10% by mass to 40% by mass, based on the total mass of the specific binder polymer. % Is more preferable.
  • the specific binder polymer may further have a structural unit having an ethylenically unsaturated group.
  • the ethylenically unsaturated group include, but are not particularly limited to, a vinyl group, an allyl group, a vinylphenyl group, a (meth) acrylamide group, and a (meth) acryloyloxy group.
  • An acryloyloxy group is preferred.
  • the constituent unit having an ethylenically unsaturated group can be introduced into a specific binder polymer by a polymer reaction or copolymerization.
  • the structural unit having an ethylenically unsaturated group may be obtained by reacting a polymer having a structural unit having an epoxy group such as glycidyl (meth) acrylate with a compound having a carboxy group and an ethylenically unsaturated group. It may be introduced into a specific binder polymer by a method. Further, the constituent unit having an ethylenically unsaturated group may be introduced into the specific binder polymer by using, for example, a monomer having a partial structure represented by the following formula d1 or d2.
  • an ethylenically unsaturated group is formed by a elimination reaction using a base compound on a partial structure represented by the following formula d1 or the following formula d2.
  • the structural unit having an ethylenically unsaturated group is introduced into the specific binder polymer.
  • R d represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group
  • a d represents a halogen atom
  • X d is -O- or -NR N - represents
  • R N represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group
  • R d is preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • a d is a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, or preferably a iodine atom.
  • X d is preferably -O-.
  • R N is preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and more preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • Examples of the structural unit having an ethylenically unsaturated group include a structural unit represented by the following formula D1.
  • L D1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group
  • L D2 represents an m + 1-valent linking group
  • X D1 and X D2 each independently represent -O- or -NR N-
  • R N represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group
  • R D1 and R D2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • m represents an integer of 1 or more.
  • L D1 is preferably a single bond.
  • LD1 represents a divalent linking group
  • an alkylene group, an arylene group or a divalent group in which two or more of these groups are bonded is preferable, and an alkylene group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms or a phenylene group is more preferable.
  • L D2 is preferably a group represented by any of Formulas D2 to D6.
  • X D1 and X D2 are preferably both —O—.
  • R N is preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and more preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • R D1 is preferably a methyl group.
  • at least one of m R D2 is preferably a methyl group.
  • m is preferably an integer of 1 to 4, more preferably 1 or 2, and still more preferably 1.
  • L D3 to L D7 represent a divalent linking group
  • L D5 and L D6 may be different
  • * represents a binding site to X D1 in Formula D1
  • LD3 is preferably an alkylene group, an arylene group, or a group having two or more of these bonded, and is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a phenylene group, or a group having two or more of these bonded. More preferred.
  • LD4 is preferably an alkylene group, an arylene group, or a group having two or more of these bonded, and preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a phenylene group, or a group having two or more of these bonded. More preferred.
  • LD5 is preferably an alkylene group, an arylene group, or a group having two or more of these bonded, and is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a phenylene group, or a group having two or more of these bonded. More preferred.
  • LD6 is preferably an alkylene group, an arylene group, or a group having two or more of these bonded, and is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a phenylene group, or a group having two or more of these bonded. More preferred.
  • LD7 is preferably an alkylene group, an arylene group, or a group in which two or more thereof are bonded, and is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a phenylene group, or a group in which two or more thereof are bonded. More preferred.
  • each R independently represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • the content of the structural unit having an ethylenically unsaturated group in the specific binder polymer is preferably from 5% by mass to 60% by mass, and more preferably from 10% by mass to 30% by mass, based on the total mass of the specific binder polymer. Is more preferable.
  • the specific binder polymer may contain a constituent unit having an acidic group, it is preferable that the specific binder polymer does not contain a constituent unit having an acidic group from the viewpoints of on-press developability and ink adhesion.
  • the content of the structural unit having an acidic group in the specific binder polymer is preferably 20% by mass or less, more preferably 10% by mass or less, and further preferably 5% by mass or less. preferable.
  • the lower limit of the content is not particularly limited, and may be 0% by mass.
  • the acid value of the specific binder polymer is preferably 160 mgKOH / g or less, more preferably 80 mgKOH / g or less, and further preferably 40 mgKOH / g or less.
  • the lower limit of the acid value is not particularly limited, and may be 0 mgKOH / g.
  • the acid value is determined by a measuring method based on JIS K0070: 1992.
  • the specific binder polymer may contain a structural unit containing a hydrophobic group from the viewpoint of ink adhesion.
  • the hydrophobic group include an alkyl group, an aryl group, and an aralkyl group.
  • the structural unit containing a hydrophobic group a structural unit formed of an alkyl (meth) acrylate compound, an aryl (meth) acrylate compound, or an aralkyl (meth) acrylate compound is preferable, and a structural unit formed of an alkyl (meth) acrylate compound is preferred. Is more preferable.
  • the alkyl (meth) acrylate compound preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms in the alkyl group.
  • the alkyl group may be linear or branched, and may have a cyclic structure.
  • Examples of the alkyl (meth) acrylate compound include methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, propyl (meth) acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth) acrylate, and dicyclopentanyl (meth) acrylate. Is mentioned.
  • the aryl group in the aryl (meth) acrylate compound preferably has 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably a phenyl group. Further, the aryl group may have a known substituent. Preferred examples of the aryl (meth) acrylate compound include phenyl (meth) acrylate.
  • the aralkyl (meth) acrylate compound preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms in the alkyl group.
  • the alkyl group may be linear or branched, and may have a cyclic structure.
  • the aryl group in the aralkyl (meth) acrylate compound preferably has 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably a phenyl group.
  • benzyl (meth) acrylate is preferably exemplified.
  • the content of the structural unit having a hydrophobic group in the specific binder polymer is preferably from 5% by mass to 50% by mass, and more preferably from 10% by mass to 30% by mass, based on the total mass of the specific binder polymer. More preferred.
  • the specific binder polymer may include a structural unit having a hydrophilic group from the viewpoint of improving printing durability, chemical resistance, and on-press developability.
  • the hydrophilic group include —OH, —CN, —CONR 1 R 2 , and —NR 2 COR 1 (R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, or an aryl group. R 1 and R 2 may combine to form a ring.) —NR 3 R 4 , —N + R 3 R 4 R 5 X ⁇ (R 3 to R 5 each independently have a carbon number.
  • X - represents an alkyl group of 1 ⁇ 8
  • X - represents a counter anion
  • groups represented by the following formula PO include groups represented by the following formula PO.
  • hydrophilic groups a group represented by —CONR 1 R 2 or the formula PO is preferable, and a group represented by the formula PO is more preferable.
  • L P each independently represents an alkylene group
  • R P represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group
  • n represents an integer of 1 to 100.
  • L P is each independently represents preferably an ethylene group, a 1-methylethylene or 2-methylethylene group, more preferably an ethylene group.
  • R P is preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, more preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a hydrogen atom or a C 1-4 Is more preferably an alkyl group, and particularly preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • n is preferably an integer of 1 to 10, more preferably an integer of 1 to 4.
  • the content of the structural unit having a hydrophilic group in the specific binder polymer is preferably 5% by mass to 60% by mass, and more preferably 10% by mass to 30% by mass based on the total mass of the specific binder polymer. More preferred.
  • the specific binder polymer may further contain other constituent units.
  • structural units other than the above-described structural units can be contained without any particular limitation, and examples thereof include structural units formed of an acrylamide compound, a vinyl ether compound, and the like.
  • acrylamide compound examples include (meth) acrylamide, N-methyl (meth) acrylamide, N-ethyl (meth) acrylamide, N-propyl (meth) acrylamide, N-butyl (meth) acrylamide, N, N′-dimethyl (Meth) acrylamide, N, N'-diethyl (meth) acrylamide, N-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylamide, N-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylamide, N-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylamide and the like can be mentioned.
  • vinyl ether compound examples include methyl vinyl ether, ethyl vinyl ether, propyl vinyl ether, n-butyl vinyl ether, tert-butyl vinyl ether, 2-ethylhexyl vinyl ether, n-nonyl vinyl ether, lauryl vinyl ether, cyclohexyl vinyl ether, cyclohexylmethyl vinyl ether, and 4-methylcyclohexyl.
  • the content of the other constituent units in the specific binder polymer is preferably from 5% by mass to 50% by mass, more preferably from 10% by mass to 30% by mass, based on the total mass of the specific binder polymer.
  • the method for producing the specific binder polymer is not particularly limited, and can be produced by a known method.
  • a styrene compound, an acrylonitrile compound, and if necessary, the N-vinyl heterocyclic compound, the compound used to form the structural unit having an ethylenically unsaturated group, and the compound used to form the structural unit having an acidic group And at least one compound selected from the group consisting of a compound used for forming the structural unit having the hydrophobic group, and a compound used for forming the other structural unit, using a known method. Obtained by polymerization with
  • the weight average molecular weight of the specific binder polymer is preferably from 3,000 to 300,000, and more preferably from 5,000 to 100,000.
  • the content ratio of each structural unit can be appropriately changed according to the preferable range of the content of each structural unit described above.
  • the weight average molecular weight of each compound shown in the above specific examples can be appropriately changed according to the preferable range of the weight average molecular weight of the specific binder polymer.
  • the image recording layer may contain one specific binder polymer alone, or two or more specific binder polymers may be used in combination.
  • the content of the specific binder polymer with respect to the total mass of the image recording layer is preferably from 5% by mass to 95% by mass, more preferably from 7% by mass to 80% by mass, and preferably from 10% by mass to 60% by mass. More preferred.
  • the image recording layer used in the present disclosure preferably contains an electron donating polymerization initiator.
  • the electron donating polymerization initiator is considered to contribute to the improvement of chemical resistance and printing durability of the lithographic printing plate.
  • Examples of the electron donating polymerization initiator include the following five types.
  • Aminoacetic acid compound It is considered that the CX bond on carbon adjacent to nitrogen is cleaved by oxidation to generate an active radical.
  • X is preferably a hydrogen atom, a carboxy group, a trimethylsilyl group or a benzyl group.
  • Specific examples include N-phenylglycine (a phenyl group may have a substituent), N-phenyliminodiacetic acid (a phenyl group may have a substituent), and the like.
  • Specific examples include phenylthioacetic acid (a phenyl group may have a substituent).
  • Tin-containing compound A compound in which the nitrogen atom of the above-mentioned aminoacetic acid compound is replaced with a tin atom can generate an active radical by the same action.
  • Sulfinates Active radicals can be generated by oxidation. Specific examples include sodium arylsulfinate and the like.
  • the image recording layer preferably contains a borate compound.
  • a borate compound a tetraaryl borate compound or a monoalkyltriaryl borate compound is preferable, and from the viewpoint of the stability of the compound, a tetraaryl borate compound is more preferable, and a tetraphenyl borate compound is particularly preferable.
  • the counter cation of the borate compound is not particularly limited, but is preferably an alkali metal ion or a tetraalkylammonium ion, and more preferably a sodium ion, a potassium ion, or a tetrabutylammonium ion.
  • borate compound examples include sodium tetraphenyl borate.
  • the highest occupied orbital (HOMO) of the electron donating polymerization initiator used in the present disclosure is preferably ⁇ 6.00 eV or more, and ⁇ 5.95 eV or more from the viewpoint of chemical resistance and printing durability. Is more preferable, and more preferably ⁇ 5.93 eV or more. Further, the upper limit is preferably -5.00 eV or less, more preferably -5.40 eV or less.
  • the calculation of the highest occupied orbit (HOMO) and the lowest unoccupied orbit (LUMO) is performed by the following method.
  • Structure optimization was performed using DFT (B3L) using quantum chemical calculation software Gaussian09. YP / 6-31G (d)).
  • the MO energy Ebare (unit: hearttree) obtained by the MO energy calculation is converted into Escaled (unit: eV) used as a value of HOMO and LUMO in the present disclosure by the following formula.
  • Escaled 0.823168 ⁇ 27.2114 ⁇ Ebare-1.07634 Note that 27.2114 is simply a coefficient for converting hearttree to eV, 0.823168 and -1.07634 are adjustment coefficients, and the HOMO and LUMO of the compound to be calculated are actually measured values. Set to fit.
  • Preferred specific examples of the electron donating polymerization initiator include B-1 to B-8 and other compounds, but needless to say, the invention is not limited thereto.
  • Bu represents an n-butyl group
  • Z represents a counter cation.
  • Examples of the counter cation represented by Z include Na + , K + , and N + (Bu) 4 .
  • Bu represents an n-butyl group.
  • an onium ion in an electron-accepting polymerization initiator described below is also preferably exemplified.
  • the electron donating polymerization initiator may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the electron donating polymerization initiator is preferably 0.01% by mass to 30% by mass, more preferably 0.05% by mass to 25% by mass, and more preferably 0.1% by mass, based on the total mass of the image recording layer. -20% by mass is more preferred.
  • the image recording layer in the present disclosure preferably contains a polymerizable compound.
  • a polymerizable compound even if it is a compound having polymerizability, the above-mentioned specific binder polymer, polymer particles described below, and a compound corresponding to a binder polymer other than the specific binder described below are not applicable to the polymerizable compound. I do.
  • the molecular weight of the polymerizable compound is preferably 50 or more and less than 2,500, and more preferably 50 or more and 2,000 or less.
  • the polymerizable compound used in the present disclosure may be, for example, a radical polymerizable compound or a cationic polymerizable compound, but may be an addition polymerizable compound having at least one ethylenically unsaturated bond (ethylenic compound). Unsaturated compounds).
  • the ethylenically unsaturated compound is preferably a compound having at least one terminal ethylenically unsaturated bond, and more preferably a compound having two or more terminal ethylenically unsaturated bonds.
  • the polymerizable compound has a chemical form such as, for example, a monomer, a prepolymer, ie, a dimer, trimer or oligomer, or a mixture thereof.
  • Examples of the monomer include unsaturated carboxylic acids (eg, acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, itaconic acid, crotonic acid, isocrotonic acid, maleic acid, etc.) and esters and amides thereof.
  • Esters of an acid and a polyhydric alcohol compound and amides of an unsaturated carboxylic acid and a polyamine compound are used.
  • an addition reaction product of an unsaturated carboxylic acid ester or amide having a nucleophilic substituent such as a hydroxy group, an amino group or a mercapto group with a monofunctional or polyfunctional isocyanate or an epoxy,
  • a dehydration-condensation reaction product with a functional carboxylic acid is also preferably used.
  • JP-T-2006-508380 JP-A-2002-287344, JP-A-2008-256850, JP-A-2001-342222, JP-A-9-179296, and JP-A-9-179297.
  • JP-A-9-179298 JP-A-2004-294935, JP-A-2006-243493, JP-A-2002-275129, JP-A-2003-64130, JP-A-2003-280187, It is described in Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. Hei 10-333321.
  • the monomer of the ester of the polyhydric alcohol compound and the unsaturated carboxylic acid include, as acrylates, ethylene glycol diacrylate, 1,3-butanediol diacrylate, tetramethylene glycol diacrylate, propylene glycol diacrylate, Examples include trimethylolpropane triacrylate, hexanediol diacrylate, tetraethylene glycol diacrylate, pentaerythritol tetraacrylate, sorbitol triacrylate, isocyanuric acid ethylene oxide (EO) -modified triacrylate, and polyester acrylate oligomer.
  • EO isocyanuric acid ethylene oxide
  • methacrylic acid esters As methacrylic acid esters, tetramethylene glycol dimethacrylate, neopentyl glycol dimethacrylate, trimethylolpropane trimethacrylate, ethylene glycol dimethacrylate, pentaerythritol trimethacrylate, bis [p- (3-methacryloxy-2-hydroxypropoxy) phenyl] Dimethylmethane, bis [p- (methacryloxyethoxy) phenyl] dimethylmethane and the like.
  • the monomer of the amide of the polyvalent amine compound and the unsaturated carboxylic acid include methylene bisacrylamide, methylene bismethacrylamide, 1,6-hexamethylenebisacrylamide, 1,6-hexamethylenebismethacrylamide, Examples include diethylenetriaminetrisacrylamide, xylylenebisacrylamide, xylylenebismethacrylamide, and the like.
  • Urethane-based addition-polymerizable compounds produced by an addition reaction between an isocyanate and a hydroxy group are also suitable. Specific examples thereof include, for example, two molecules per molecule described in JP-B-48-41708.
  • a vinyl urethane compound containing two or more polymerizable vinyl groups in one molecule obtained by adding a hydroxyl group-containing vinyl monomer represented by the following formula (M) to a polyisocyanate compound having two or more isocyanate groups: And the like.
  • M CH 2 CC (R M4 ) COOCH 2 CH (R M5 ) OH
  • R M4 and R M5 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • urethane acrylates described in JP-A-51-37193, JP-B-2-32293, JP-B-2-16765, JP-A-2003-344997, and JP-A-2006-65210 are disclosed.
  • the content of the polymerizable compound is preferably from 5% by mass to 75% by mass, more preferably from 10% by mass to 70% by mass, and more preferably from 15% by mass to 60% by mass, based on the total mass of the image recording layer. More preferably, it is mass%.
  • the content of the specific binder polymer with respect to the total mass of the polymerizable compound in the image recording layer is preferably more than 0% by mass and 400% by mass or less, and more preferably 25% by mass to 300% by mass. More preferably, it is more preferably from 50% by mass to 200% by mass.
  • the specific binder polymer and the polymerizable compound preferably have a sea-island structure.
  • a structure in which the polymerizable compound is dispersed in an island shape (discontinuous layer) in the sea (continuous phase) of the specific binder polymer can be adopted. It is considered that the sea-island structure is easily formed by setting the content of the specific binder polymer to the total mass of the polymerizable compound within the above range.
  • the image recording layer preferably contains an electron-accepting polymerization initiator.
  • the electron-accepting polymerization initiator used in the present disclosure is a compound that generates a polymerization initiating species such as a radical or a cation by the energy of light, heat or both, and is a known thermal polymerization initiator, having a small bond dissociation energy. A compound having a bond, a photopolymerization initiator, and the like can be appropriately selected and used.
  • a radical polymerization initiator is preferable, and an onium compound is more preferable.
  • the electron-accepting polymerization initiator is preferably an infrared-sensitive polymerization initiator.
  • the electron accepting polymerization initiator may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the radical polymerization initiator include (a) an organic halide, (b) a carbonyl compound, (c) an azo compound, (d) an organic peroxide, (e) a metallocene compound, (f) an azide compound, (g) ) Hexaarylbiimidazole compounds, (i) disulfone compounds, (j) oxime ester compounds, and (k) onium compounds.
  • organic halide (a) for example, compounds described in paragraphs 0022 to 0023 of JP-A-2008-195018 are preferable.
  • carbonyl compound (b) for example, compounds described in paragraph 0024 of JP-A-2008-195018 are preferable.
  • azo compound (c) for example, azo compounds described in JP-A-8-108621 can be used.
  • organic peroxide (d) for example, compounds described in paragraph 0025 of JP-A-2008-195018 are preferable.
  • metallocene compound (e) for example, compounds described in paragraph 0026 of JP-A-2008-195018 are preferable.
  • Examples of the (f) azide compound include compounds such as 2,6-bis (4-azidobenzylidene) -4-methylcyclohexanone.
  • Examples of the (g) hexaarylbiimidazole compound for example, compounds described in paragraph 0027 of JP-A-2008-195018 are preferable.
  • Examples of the (i) disulfone compound include compounds described in JP-A-61-166544 and JP-A-2002-328465.
  • As the oxime ester compound (j) for example, compounds described in paragraphs 0028 to 0030 of JP-A-2008-195018 are preferable.
  • oxime ester compounds and onium compounds are preferable from the viewpoint of curability.
  • iodonium salt compounds, sulfonium salt compounds or azinium salt compounds are preferable, iodonium salt compounds or sulfonium salt compounds are more preferable, and iodonium salt compounds are further preferable. Specific examples of these compounds are shown below, but the present disclosure is not limited thereto.
  • a diaryliodonium salt compound is preferable, particularly an electron donating group, for example, a diphenyliodonium salt compound substituted with an alkyl group or an alkoxyl group is more preferable, and an asymmetric diphenyliodonium salt compound is preferable.
  • diphenyliodonium hexafluorophosphate
  • 4-methoxyphenyl-4- (2-methylpropyl) phenyliodonium hexafluorophosphate
  • 4- (2-methylpropyl) phenyl-p-tolyliodonium hexa Fluorophosphate
  • 4-hexyloxyphenyl-2,4,6-trimethoxyphenyliodonium hexafluorophosphate
  • 4-hexyloxyphenyl-2,4-diethoxyphenyliodonium tetrafluoroborate
  • 4-octyloxy Phenyl-2,4,6-trimethoxyphenyliodonium 1-perfluorobutanesulfonate
  • 4-octyloxyphenyl-2,4,6-trimethoxyphenyliodonium hexafluorophosphate, bis ( -t- butylphenyl) iodon
  • a triarylsulfonium salt compound is preferable, and in particular, a triarylsulfonium salt compound in which at least a part of a group on an aromatic ring is substituted with a halogen atom is preferable. Triarylsulfonium salt compounds in which the total number of substitution of halogen atoms on the ring is 4 or more are more preferred.
  • triphenylsulfonium hexafluorophosphate
  • triphenylsulfonium benzoylformate
  • bis (4-chlorophenyl) phenylsulfonium benzoylformate
  • bis (4-chlorophenyl) -4-methylphenylsulfonium tetrafluoro Borate
  • tris (4-chlorophenyl) sulfonium 3,5-bis (methoxycarbonyl) benzenesulfonate
  • tris (4-chlorophenyl) sulfonium hexafluorophosphate
  • tris (2,4-dichlorophenyl) sulfonium hexafluorophos Fart.
  • the counter anion of the iodonium salt compound and the sulfonium salt compound is preferably a sulfonamide anion or a sulfonimide anion, and more preferably a sulfonimide anion.
  • a sulfonamide anion an arylsulfonamide anion is preferable.
  • a bisarylsulfonimide anion is preferable. Specific examples of the sulfonamide anion or the sulfonimide anion are shown below, but the present disclosure is not limited thereto. In the following specific examples, Ph represents a phenyl group, Me represents a methyl group, and Et represents an ethyl group.
  • One preferred embodiment of the present disclosure is an embodiment in which the electron-accepting polymerization initiator and the electron-donating polymerization initiator form a salt.
  • the onium compound is a salt of an onium ion and an anion (for example, a tetraphenylborate anion) in the above-described electron donating polymerization initiator.
  • an iodonium borate compound in which an iodonium cation (for example, di-p-tolyliodonium cation) in an iodonium salt compound described below and a borate anion in the above-described electron donating polymerization initiator form a salt is mentioned.
  • the image recording layer contains onium ions and the above-mentioned anion in the electron donating polymerization initiator
  • the image recording layer contains an electron accepting polymerization initiator and an electron donating polymerization initiator.
  • the lowest unoccupied orbit (LUMO) of the electron-accepting polymerization initiator is preferably ⁇ 3.00 eV or less, more preferably ⁇ 3.02 eV or less, from the viewpoint of chemical resistance and printing durability. Further, the lower limit is preferably -3.80 eV or more, more preferably -3.60 eV or more.
  • the content of the electron-accepting polymerization initiator is preferably from 0.1% by mass to 50% by mass, more preferably from 0.5% by mass to 30% by mass, based on the total mass of the image recording layer. It is particularly preferable that the content be 0.8% by mass to 20% by mass.
  • the image recording layer preferably contains an infrared absorbing agent.
  • Infrared absorbents include pigments and dyes.
  • the dye used as the infrared absorber commercially available dyes and known dyes described in literatures such as "Dye Handbook” (edited by The Society of Synthetic Organic Chemistry, Japan, 1970) can be used.
  • azo dyes metal complex salt azo dyes, pyrazolone azo dyes, naphthoquinone dyes, anthraquinone dyes, phthalocyanine dyes, carbonium dyes, quinone imine dyes, methine dyes, cyanine dyes, squarylium dyes, pyrylium salts, dyes such as metal thiolate complexes Is mentioned.
  • Particularly preferred among these dyes are cyanine dyes, squarylium dyes, pyrylium salts, nickel thiolate complexes, and indolenine cyanine dyes.
  • cyanine dyes and indolenine cyanine dyes are exemplified. Among them, cyanine dyes are particularly preferred.
  • cyanine dye examples include the compounds described in paragraphs 0017 to 0019 of JP-A-2001-133969, paragraphs 0016 to 0021 of JP-A-2002-023360, and paragraphs 0012 to 0037 of JP-A-2002-040638.
  • the compounds described in paragraphs 0034 to 0041 of JP-A-2002-278057, and the compounds described in paragraphs 0080 to 008 of JP-A-2008-195018, particularly preferably paragraph 0035 of JP-A-2007-90850 are preferred.
  • the compounds described in paragraphs 0105 to 0113 of JP-A-2012-206495 are preferred.
  • the infrared absorbing agent is an infrared absorbing agent that decomposes upon exposure to infrared light (hereinafter also referred to as “degradable infrared absorbing agent”).
  • the infrared absorbing agent by using an infrared absorbing agent dye that decomposes by infrared exposure, the infrared absorbing agent or a decomposition product thereof promotes polymerization, and a highly polar film is obtained by using a specific binder polymer. Further, it is presumed that the decomposed product of the infrared absorber and the binder polymer interact with each other, so that the printing durability (UV printing durability) is excellent even when a UV ink is used. .
  • the decomposable infrared absorbent is preferably an infrared absorbent that has a function of absorbing infrared light, decomposing it, and developing color by infrared exposure.
  • coloring means that the visible light region (wavelength region of 400 nm or more and less than 750 nm) has almost no absorption before infrared exposure, but the visible light region absorbs by infrared exposure. It also includes the case where the absorption in the lower wavelength region becomes longer in the visible light region.
  • a colored compound formed by the decomposable infrared absorber absorbing infrared rays upon exposure to infrared light and decomposing the same is also referred to as a “color former of the decomposable infrared absorber”.
  • the decomposable infrared absorbent has a function of absorbing infrared light by infrared exposure and converting the absorbed infrared light into heat.
  • the decomposable infrared absorbent may be any as long as it absorbs and decomposes at least a part of light in an infrared wavelength range (wavelength 750 nm to 1 mm), and an infrared ray having a maximum absorption in a wavelength range of 750 nm to 1,400 nm.
  • it is an absorbent.
  • the decomposable infrared absorbent is preferably an infrared absorbent that decomposes due to heat due to infrared exposure, electron transfer or both, more preferably an infrared absorbent that decomposes due to electron transfer due to infrared exposure.
  • “decomposed by electron transfer” means that the electrons excited from the HOMO (highest occupied orbit) of the decomposable infrared absorbent to the LUMO (lowest unoccupied orbit) of the decomposable infrared absorbent by infrared exposure are converted into an electron accepting group (LUMO) in the molecule. Electron transfer to a group having a potential close to that of the molecule), and decomposition occurs accordingly.
  • the decomposable infrared absorbing agent a cyanine dye that decomposes by infrared exposure is preferable from the viewpoints of color developability and UV printing durability of the resulting lithographic printing plate.
  • the above-mentioned infrared absorber is more preferably a compound represented by the following formula 1 from the viewpoints of color developability and UV printing durability of the resulting lithographic printing plate.
  • R 1 represents a group capable of cleaving the R 1 -L bond by infrared exposure
  • R 11 to R 18 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, —Ra, —ORb, —SRc or —NRdRe.
  • Ra to Re each independently represent a hydrocarbon group, A 1 and A 2 and a plurality of R 11 to R 18 may be linked to form a monocyclic or polycyclic ring, and A 1 and A 2
  • n 11 and n 12 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 5, provided that the sum of n 11 and n 12 is 2 or more
  • 13 and n 14 each independently represent 0 or 1
  • L represents an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom or —NR 10 —
  • R 10 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group
  • Za represents a charge neutralizer. Represents a counter ion.
  • the cyanine dye represented by Formula 1 When the cyanine dye represented by Formula 1 is exposed to infrared light, the R 1 -L bond is cleaved, and L becomes OO, SS, or NRNR 10, and the color forming body of a decomposable infrared absorbent Is formed. R 1 is separated to form a radical form or an ionic form. These contribute to the polymerization of the polymerizable compound contained in the image recording layer.
  • R 11 to R 18 are each independently preferably a hydrogen atom, —Ra, —ORb, —SRc, or —NRdRe.
  • the hydrocarbon group in Ra to Re is preferably a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, and further preferably a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • the hydrocarbon group may be linear, branched, or have a ring structure.
  • R 11 to R 14 in Formula 1 are each independently preferably a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group, more preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, and further preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • R 11 and R 13 bonded to the carbon atom bonded to the carbon atom bonded to L are preferably an alkyl group, and more preferably the two are linked to form a ring.
  • the formed ring is preferably a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring, more preferably a 5-membered ring. It is preferable that R 12 bonded to the carbon atom bonded to A 1 + and R 14 bonded to the carbon atom bonded to A 2 be bonded to R 15 and R 17 to form a ring, respectively.
  • R 15 in Formula 1 is preferably a hydrocarbon group. Further, it is preferable that R 15 and R 12 bonded to the carbon atom bonded to A 1 + are connected to form a ring.
  • the ring formed is preferably an indolium ring, a pyrylium ring, a thiopyrylium ring, a benzoxazoline ring or a benzimidazoline ring, and more preferably an indolium ring from the viewpoint of color development.
  • R 17 in Formula 1 is preferably a hydrocarbon group. Further, it is preferable that R 17 and R 14 bonded to the carbon atom to which A 2 is bonded are connected to form a ring.
  • the ring formed is preferably an indole ring, a pyran ring, a thiopyran ring, a benzoxazole ring, or a benzimidazole ring, and more preferably an indole ring from the viewpoint of color development.
  • R 15 and R 17 in Formula 1 are preferably the same group, and when each forms a ring, it is preferable to form the same ring.
  • R 16 and R 18 in Formula 1 are preferably the same group. Further, from the viewpoint of improving the water solubility of the compound represented by Formula 1, R 16 and R 18 are each independently preferably an alkyl group having a (poly) oxyalkylene group or an alkyl group having an anionic structure, and an alkoxyalkyl An alkyl group having a group, a carboxylate group or a sulfonate group is more preferable, and an alkyl group having a terminal sulfonate group is more preferable.
  • the alkyl group is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • the counter cation having the anion structure may be a cation or A 1 + that can be contained in R 1 -L in Formula 1, or may be an alkali metal cation or an alkaline earth metal cation.
  • the counter cation of the sulfonate group may be a cation or A 1 + that can be contained in R 1 -L in Formula 1, or may be an alkali metal cation or an alkaline earth metal cation.
  • R 16 and R 18 each independently represent an alkyl group or an aromatic ring. Preferred is an alkyl group.
  • the alkyl group is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and still more preferably a methyl group or an ethyl group.
  • an alkyl group having an aromatic ring an alkyl group having an aromatic ring at the terminal is preferable, and a 2-phenylethyl group, 2-naphthalenylethyl group or 2- (9-anthracenyl) ethyl group is more preferable.
  • n 11 and n 12 are preferably the same integer of 0 to 5, more preferably 1 to 3, still more preferably 1 or 2, and particularly preferably 2.
  • a 1 and A 2 in Formula 1 each independently represent an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or a nitrogen atom, and a nitrogen atom is preferable.
  • a 1 and A 2 in Formula 1 are preferably the same atom.
  • Za in Formula 1 represents a counter ion that neutralizes the charge.
  • sulfonate ion, carboxylate ion, tetrafluoroborate ion, hexafluorophosphate ion, hexafluoroantimonate ion, p-toluenesulfonate ion, perchlorate ion and the like can be mentioned, and hexafluorophosphate ion Or a hexafluoroantimonate ion is preferable.
  • R 11 to R 18 and R 1 -L may have an anion structure or a cation structure.
  • Za I is a monovalent counter anion.
  • Za can also be a counter cation. If the cyanine dye represented by Formula 1 has a charge neutral structure in the entire compound, Za does not exist.
  • Equation 1 for the radicals R 1 -L bond by infrared exposure represented by R 1 is cleaved, as described in detail later.
  • a cyanine dye represented by the following formula 1-A is more preferable from the viewpoints of color developing properties and UV printing durability of the resulting lithographic printing plate.
  • R 1 represents a group capable of cleaving an R 1 -L bond upon exposure to infrared light
  • R 2 and R 3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group
  • R 2 and R 3 are linked to each other
  • Ar 1 and Ar 2 each independently represent a group forming a benzene ring or a naphthalene ring
  • Y 1 and Y 2 each independently represent an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom
  • R 0 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group
  • R 4 and R 5 each independently represent an alkyl group, a —CO 2 M group or a —PO 3 M 2 group
  • M represents a hydrogen atom, a Na atom, a K atom or an onium group
  • R 6 to R 9 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group
  • L represents an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom or
  • the alkyl group for R 2 to R 9 and R 0 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, and an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. Is more preferred.
  • the alkyl group may be linear, branched, or have a ring structure.
  • alkyl groups a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group is
  • the alkyl group may have a substituent.
  • substituents include an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an amino group, an alkylthio group, an arylthio group, a halogen atom, a carboxy group, a carboxylate group, a sulfo group, a sulfonate group, an alkyloxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, and Examples thereof include groups obtained by combining these.
  • the aryl group for R 0 is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and still more preferably an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms.
  • the aryl group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an amino group, an alkylthio group, an arylthio group, a halogen atom, a carboxy group, a carboxylate group, a sulfo group, a sulfonate group, an alkyloxycarbonyl group, and an aryloxycarbonyl group. And a group obtained by combining these.
  • aryl groups a phenyl group, a p-methoxyphenyl group, a p-dimethylaminophenyl group or a naphthyl group is preferred.
  • R 2 and R 3 are preferably linked to form a ring.
  • R 2 and R 3 are linked to form a ring, a 5- or 6-membered ring is preferable, and a 5-membered ring is particularly preferable.
  • Y 1 and Y 2 each independently represent an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, —NR 0 — or a dialkylmethylene group, preferably —NR 0 — or a dialkylmethylene group, and more preferably a dialkylmethylene group.
  • R 0 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group, and is preferably an alkyl group.
  • the alkyl group represented by R 4 or R 5 may be a substituted alkyl.
  • Examples of the substituted alkyl group represented by R 4 or R 5 include groups represented by any of the following formulas (a1) to (a4).
  • R W0 represents an alkylene group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms
  • W represents a single bond or an oxygen atom
  • n W1 represents an integer of 1 to 45
  • R W1 represents a carbon atom.
  • Represents an alkyl group of the formulas 1 to 12 or —C ( O) —R W5
  • R W5 represents an alkyl group of 1 to 12 carbon atoms
  • R W2 to R W4 each independently represent a single bond or 1 carbon atom.
  • M represents a hydrogen atom, Na atom, K atom or onium group.
  • alkylene group represented by R WO examples include ethylene, n-propylene, isopropylene, n-butylene, isobutylene, n-pentylene, isopentylene, n- Examples include a hexyl group and an isohexyl group, preferably an ethylene group, an n-propylene group, an isopropylene group, and an n-butylene group, and particularly preferably an n-propylene group.
  • n W1 is preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 5, and particularly preferably 1 to 3.
  • alkyl group represented by RW1 examples include a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group, an isobutyl group, a tert-butyl group, an n-pentyl group, an isopentyl group, and a neopentyl group.
  • Alkyl group represented by R W5 is the same as defined for the alkyl group represented by R W1, preferred embodiments are also the same as the preferred embodiment of the alkyl group represented by R W1.
  • alkylene group represented by R W2 to R W4 include a methylene group, an ethylene group, an n-propylene group, an isopropylene group, an n-butylene group, and an isobutylene group.
  • An ethylene group and an n-propylene group are particularly preferred.
  • two Ms may be the same or different.
  • examples of the onium group represented by M include an ammonium group, an iodonium group, a phosphonium group, and a sulfonium group.
  • R 4 and R 5 are each preferably an unsubstituted alkyl group. Preferably, R 4 and R 5 are the same group.
  • R 6 to R 9 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, and a hydrogen atom is preferable.
  • Ar 1 and Ar 2 each independently represent a group forming a benzene ring or a naphthalene ring. The benzene ring and naphthalene ring may have a substituent.
  • substituents examples include an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an amino group, an alkylthio group, an arylthio group, a halogen atom, a carboxy group, a carboxylate group, a sulfo group, a sulfonate group, an alkyloxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, and an acyloxy group.
  • an alkyl group is preferable.
  • Ar 1 and Ar 2 are each independently a naphthalene ring.
  • a group that forms a benzene ring having an alkyl group or an alkoxy group as a substituent is preferable, a naphthalene ring or a group that forms a benzene ring having an alkoxy group as a substituent is more preferable, and a naphthalene ring or methoxy is preferable.
  • a group forming a benzene ring having a group as a substituent is particularly preferred.
  • Ar 1 or Ar 2 is preferably a group forming a group represented by the following formula (b1).
  • R 19 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms.
  • n3 represents an integer of 1 to 4. * Represents a binding site.
  • Za represents a counter ion for neutralizing the charge.
  • Za represents an anionic species, sulfonate ion, carboxylate ion, tetrafluoroborate ion, hexafluorophosphate ion, hexafluoroantimonate ion, p-toluenesulfonate ion, perchlorate ion and the like can be mentioned.
  • a phosphate ion or hexafluoroantimonate ion is preferred.
  • Za represents a cationic species
  • examples thereof include an alkali metal ion, an alkaline earth metal ion, an ammonium ion, a pyridinium ion or a sulfonium ion, and a sodium ion, a potassium ion, an ammonium ion, a pyridinium ion or a sulfonium ion are preferable, and sodium Ions, potassium ions or ammonium ions are more preferred.
  • R 1 to R 9 , R 0 , Ar 1 , Ar 2 , Y 1 and Y 2 may have an anion structure or a cation structure, and R 1 to R 9 , R 0 , Ar 1 , Ar 2 , If all of Y 1 and Y 2 are charge-neutral groups, Za is a monovalent counter anion, but for example, R 1 to R 9 , R 0 , Ar 1 , Ar 2 , Y 1 and When Y 2 has two or more anionic structures, Za can also be a counter cation.
  • R 1 -L bond is described below based on the cleaved by infrared exposure represented by R 1.
  • R 1 is preferably a group represented by any of the following formulas (1-1) to (1-7) from the viewpoint of color development. And groups represented by any of the following formulas (1-1) to (1-3) are more preferable.
  • represents a bonding site to an oxygen atom represented by L in the formula 1 or 1-A
  • R 20 is each independently a hydrogen atom, Represents an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, -OR 24 , -NR 25 R 26 or -SR 27
  • R 21 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group
  • R 22 represents an aryl group
  • R 23 is an aryl group, an alkenyl group, an alkoxy group or an onium group
  • R 24 to R 27 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group
  • R 28 represents an alkyl group, an aryl group, —OR 24 , —NR 25 R 26 or —SR 27 ;
  • R 20 , R 21 and R 24 to R 28 are an alkyl group are the same as the preferred embodiments of the alkyl group in R 2 to R 9 and R 0 .
  • the carbon number of the alkenyl group in R 20 and R 23 is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 15, and still more preferably 1 to 10.
  • Preferred embodiments when R 20 to R 28 are an aryl group are the same as the preferred embodiments of the aryl group for R 0 .
  • R 20 in the formula (1-1) is preferably an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, —OR 24 , —NR 25 R 26 or —SR 27 , and an alkyl group, —OR 24 , —SR 27.
  • NR 25 R 26 or -SR 27, more preferably, more preferably an alkyl group or -OR 24, -OR 24 are particularly preferred.
  • the alkyl group may be an alkyl group having an arylthio group, an alkyloxycarbonyl group, or an arylsulfonyl group at the ⁇ -position.
  • R 20 in the formula (1-1) is —OR 24
  • R 24 is preferably an alkyl group, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, further preferably an isopropyl group or a tert-butyl group. -Butyl groups are particularly preferred.
  • R 20 in the formula (1-1) is an alkenyl group
  • the alkenyl group may be an alkenyl group having an aryl group or a hydroxyaryl group.
  • R 21 in Formula (1-2) is preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • R 24 is preferably an alkyl group.
  • R 21 in the formula (1-3) is independently preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, and at least one R 21 in the formula (1-3) is more preferably an alkyl group.
  • the alkyl group for R 21 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and more preferably an alkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • the alkyl group for R 21 is preferably an alkyl group having a branched or cyclic structure, and more preferably an isopropyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, or a tert-butyl group.
  • the alkyl group for R 21 is preferably a secondary or tertiary alkyl group.
  • R 23 in the formula (1-3) is preferably an aryl group, an alkoxy group or an onium group, more preferably a p-dimethylaminophenyl group or a pyridinium group, and further preferably a pyridinium group.
  • the onium group may have a substituent.
  • substituents examples include an alkyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an amino group, an alkylthio group, an arylthio group, a halogen atom, a carboxy group, a sulfo group, an alkyloxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, and a combination thereof.
  • group examples include an alkyl group, an aryl group, and a combination thereof.
  • a pyridinium group is preferable, and an N-alkyl-3-pyridinium group, an N-benzyl-3-pyridinium group, an N- (alkoxypolyalkyleneoxyalkyl) -3-pyridinium group, an N-alkoxycarbonylmethyl-3-pyridinium group N-alkyl-4-pyridinium group, N-benzyl-4-pyridinium group, N- (alkoxypolyalkyleneoxyalkyl) -4-pyridinium group, N-alkoxycarbonylmethyl-4-pyridinium group, or N-alkyl -3,5-dimethyl-4-pyridinium group is more preferred, N-alkyl-3-pyridinium group or N-alkyl-4-pyridinium group is still more preferred, and N-methyl-3-pyridinium group, N-octyl -3-pyridinium group, N-methyl-4-pyridinium group Or, particularly preferably N
  • examples of the counter anion include a sulfonate ion, a carboxylate ion, a tetrafluoroborate ion, a hexafluorophosphate ion, a hexafluoroantimonate ion, a p-toluenesulfonate ion, and a perchlorate ion. And the like, and p-toluenesulfonate ion, hexafluorophosphate ion or hexafluoroantimonate ion is preferable.
  • R 20 in Formula (1-4) is preferably an alkyl group or an aryl group, and one of the two R 20 is more preferably an alkyl group and the other is more preferably an aryl group.
  • the two R 20 are linked to may form a ring.
  • R 20 in the formula (1-5) is preferably an alkyl group or an aryl group, more preferably an aryl group, and further preferably a p-methylphenyl group.
  • R 20 in the formula (1-6) is independently preferably an alkyl group or an aryl group, more preferably a methyl group or a phenyl group.
  • Z 1 in Formula (1-7) may be a counter ion for neutralizing the charge, and may be included in Za as a whole compound.
  • Z 1 is preferably a sulfonate ion, a carboxylate ion, a tetrafluoroborate ion, a hexafluorophosphate ion, a hexafluoroantimonate ion, a p-toluenesulfonate ion, or a perchlorate ion.
  • Fluorophosphate ions or hexafluoroantimonate ions are more preferred.
  • R 1 is more preferably a group represented by the following formula (5) from the viewpoint of color development.
  • R 15 and R 16 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group
  • E represents an onium group
  • * represents L in Formula 1 or Formula 1-A. Represents a bonding site to an oxygen atom.
  • the alkyl group represented by R 15 or R 16 is the same as the alkyl group in R 2 to R 9 and R 0 , and the preferred embodiment is also the same as the preferred embodiment of the alkyl group in R 2 to R 9 and R 0 .
  • the aryl group represented by R 15 or R 16 is the same as the aryl group for R 0 , and the preferred embodiment is also the same as the preferred embodiment for the aryl group for R 0 .
  • the onium group represented by E is the same as the onium group for R 23 , and the preferred embodiment is also the same as the preferred embodiment of the onium group for R 23 .
  • the onium group represented by E is preferably a pyridinium group represented by the following formula (6).
  • R 17 represents a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, hydroxy group or alkoxy group, if R 17 there are a plurality, the plurality of R 17 may be the same or different, or a plurality of R 17 may combine to form a ring.
  • n2 represents an integer of 0 to 4.
  • R 18 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group.
  • Z b represents a counter ion for neutralizing a charge.
  • Alkyl group or aryl group represented by R 17 or R 18 is the same as the aryl group in the alkyl group, or R 0 in R 2 ⁇ R 9 and R 0, a preferred embodiment also the R 2 ⁇ R 9 and R 0 It is the same as the preferred embodiment of the alkyl group or the aryl group for R 0 .
  • the alkoxy group represented by R 17 is preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and includes a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, an n-propoxy group, an isopropoxy group, an n-butoxy group, an isobutoxy group and a tert-butoxy group.
  • No. n2 is preferably 0.
  • Counterions to neutralize the charge represented by Z b is the same as Z 1 in the formula (1-7), preferred embodiments are also the same as the preferred embodiment of Z 1 in formula (1-7) .
  • TsO 2 — represents a tosylate anion
  • represents a bonding site to an oxygen atom represented by L in Formula 1 or Formula 1-A.
  • R 1 is an aryl group or a linear alkyl group
  • R 1 is preferably a group represented by the following formula (2-1).
  • represents a bonding site to the sulfur atom represented by L in the formula 1 or 1-A
  • R 21 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group.
  • R 22 represents an aryl group, an alkenyl group, an alkoxy group or an onium group.
  • R 1 bonded to N is preferably a group represented by the following formula (3-1).
  • represents a bonding site to the nitrogen atom contained in L in the formula 1 or 1-A
  • X 1 and X 2 each independently represent an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom
  • Y represent a group represented by the above formula (2-1).
  • the alkyl group, aryl group, alkenyl group, alkoxy group and onium group represented by R 21 and R 22 are represented by the above formulas (1-1) to (1-7).
  • the description of the alkyl group, aryl group, alkenyl group, alkoxy group and onium group described above can be used.
  • L represents a sulfur atom or —NR 10 — and R 10 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an aryl group from the viewpoint of improving printing durability.
  • R 1 in the above formulas 1 and 1-A is preferably a group represented by the following formula 2. Further, the group represented by the above formula 2 is preferably a group in which the R Z —O bond in the formula 2 is cleaved by infrared exposure.
  • R Z represents an alkyl group
  • the wavy line represents a bonding site with the group represented by L in Formula 1 or Formula 1-A.
  • the alkyl group represented by R Z is the same as the preferred embodiment of the alkyl group for R 2 to R 9 and R 0 described above. From the viewpoints of color developability and UV printing durability of the resulting lithographic printing plate, the alkyl group is preferably a secondary alkyl group or a tertiary alkyl group, and is preferably a tertiary alkyl group. Is preferred.
  • the alkyl group is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and is preferably a branched alkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms. It is more preferably an alkyl group, further preferably a branched alkyl group having 3 to 6 carbon atoms, particularly preferably an isopropyl group or a tert-butyl group, and most preferably a t-butyl group.
  • represents a bonding site to L in Formula 1 or Formula 1-A.
  • infrared absorbing agent that is decomposed by infrared exposure
  • those described in JP-T-2008-544322 or WO 2016/027886 can be suitably used.
  • One infrared absorber may be used alone, or two or more infrared absorbers may be used in combination. Further, a pigment and a dye may be used in combination as an infrared absorber.
  • the content of the infrared absorbent in the image recording layer is preferably from 0.1% by mass to 10.0% by mass, more preferably from 0.5% by mass to 5.0% by mass, based on the total mass of the image recording layer. preferable.
  • the image recording layer according to the present disclosure includes the electron donating polymerization initiator, the electron accepting polymerization initiator, and the infrared absorbing agent, and the HOMO of the electron donating polymerization initiator is ⁇ 6.0 eV or more.
  • the LUMO of the electron-accepting polymerization initiator is preferably -3.0 eV or less. More preferred embodiments of the HOMO of the electron donating polymerization initiator and the LUMO of the electron accepting polymerization initiator are as described above.
  • the electron-donating polymerization initiator, the infrared absorber, and the electron-accepting polymerization initiator are, for example, performing energy transfer as described in the following chemical formula. Guessed. Therefore, if the HOMO of the electron donating polymerization initiator is -6.0 eV or more and the LUMO of the electron accepting polymerization initiator is -3.0 eV or less, the efficiency of radical generation is improved. It is considered that it is easy to excel in chemical resistance and printing durability.
  • the difference between the HOMO of the electron donating polymerization initiator and the HOMO of the infrared absorber is preferably 1.00 eV to -0.200 eV, more preferably 0.700 eV. More preferably, it is -0.100 eV.
  • a negative value means that the HOMO of the electron donating polymerization initiator is higher than the HOMO of the infrared absorber.
  • the difference between the LUMO of the infrared absorbing agent and the LUMO of the electron-accepting polymerization initiator is preferably 1.00 eV to -0.200 eV. More preferably, it is from .700 eV to -0.100 eV.
  • a negative value means that the LUMO of the infrared absorbing agent is higher than the LUMO of the electron accepting polymerization initiator.
  • the image recording layer preferably contains polymer particles.
  • the polymer particles may be selected from the group consisting of thermoplastic polymer particles, heat-reactive polymer particles, polymer particles having a polymerizable group, microcapsules containing a hydrophobic compound, and microgels (crosslinked polymer particles). preferable. Among them, polymer particles or microgels having a polymerizable group are preferable.
  • the polymer particles comprise at least one ethylenically unsaturated polymerizable group. Due to the presence of such polymer particles, the effect of improving the printing durability of exposed portions and the on-press developability of unexposed portions can be obtained. Further, the polymer particles are preferably thermoplastic polymer particles.
  • thermoplastic polymer particles Research Disclosure No. 1 of January 1992 can be used.
  • Thermoplastic polymer particles described in JP-A-33303, JP-A-9-123387, JP-A-9-131850, JP-A-9-171249, JP-A-9-171250 and European Patent No. 931647 are preferred.
  • Specific examples of the polymer constituting the thermoplastic polymer particles include ethylene, styrene, vinyl chloride, methyl acrylate, ethyl acrylate, methyl methacrylate, ethyl methacrylate, vinylidene chloride, acrylonitrile, vinyl carbazole, and a polyalkylene structure.
  • thermoplastic polymer particles is preferably from 0.01 ⁇ m to 3.0 ⁇ m.
  • heat-reactive polymer particles examples include polymer particles having a heat-reactive group.
  • the heat-reactive polymer particles form a hydrophobic region by cross-linking due to a heat reaction and a change in a functional group at that time.
  • the heat-reactive group in the polymer particles having a heat-reactive group may be any functional group that performs any reaction as long as a chemical bond is formed, but is preferably a polymerizable group.
  • An ethylenically unsaturated group for example, acryloyl group, methacryloyl group, vinyl group, allyl group, etc.
  • a cationically polymerizable group for example, vinyl group, vinyloxy group, epoxy group, oxetanyl group, etc.
  • an epoxy group, a vinyloxy group and a functional group having an active hydrogen atom which is a reaction partner thereof for example, an amino group, a hydroxy group, a carboxy group, etc.
  • a carboxy group for performing a condensation reaction and A hydroxy or amino group as a reaction partner, an acid anhydride for performing a ring-opening addition reaction, and an amino acid as a reaction partner.
  • an ethylenically unsaturated group for example, acryloy
  • microcapsules are obtained by encapsulating at least a part of the components of the image recording layer in microcapsules as described in JP-A-2001-277740 and JP-A-2001-277742.
  • the components of the image recording layer can be contained outside the microcapsules.
  • the image recording layer containing microcapsules has a structure in which hydrophobic constituents are encapsulated in microcapsules and hydrophilic constituents are contained outside the microcapsules.
  • the microgel (crosslinked polymer particles) can contain a part of the constituent components of the image recording layer on at least one of the surface and the inside.
  • a reactive microgel having a radical polymerizable group on its surface is preferable from the viewpoint of image formation sensitivity and printing durability.
  • a known method can be applied to microencapsulate or microgel the components of the image recording layer.
  • a polyvalent isocyanate compound which is an adduct of a polyhydric phenol compound having two or more hydroxy groups in a molecule and isophorone diisocyanate And those obtained by the reaction of a compound having active hydrogen.
  • a compound having a plurality of benzene rings having a phenolic hydroxy group is preferable.
  • the compound having the compound having active hydrogen a polyol compound or a polyamine compound is preferable, a polyol compound is more preferable, and at least one compound selected from the group consisting of propylene glycol, glycerin and trimethylolpropane is further preferable.
  • Examples of the resin particles obtained by the reaction of a polyvalent isocyanate compound which is an adduct of a polyhydric phenol compound having two or more hydroxy groups in the molecule with isophorone diisocyanate and a compound having active hydrogen are disclosed in JP-A-2012 Preferred are polymer particles described in paragraphs 0032 to 0095 of JP-A-206495.
  • the polymer particles have a hydrophobic main chain, and i) a constituent unit having a pendant cyano group directly bonded to the hydrophobic main chain, and ii) It preferably contains both structural units having pendant groups containing hydrophilic polyalkylene oxide segments.
  • the hydrophobic main chain is preferably an acrylic resin chain.
  • Preferred examples of the pendant cyano group include-[CH 2 CH (C ⁇ N)-] or-[CH 2 C (CH 3 ) (C ⁇ N)-].
  • the constituent unit having a pendant cyano group can be easily derived from an ethylenically unsaturated monomer such as acrylonitrile or methacrylonitrile, or a combination thereof.
  • alkylene oxide in the hydrophilic polyalkylene oxide segment ethylene oxide or propylene oxide is preferable, and ethylene oxide is more preferable.
  • the number of repeating alkylene oxide structures in the hydrophilic polyalkylene oxide segment is preferably from 10 to 100, more preferably from 25 to 75, and even more preferably from 40 to 50.
  • a structural unit having a hydrophobic main chain and i) having a pendant cyano group directly bonded to the hydrophobic main chain, and ii) a structural unit having a pendant group including a hydrophilic polyalkylene oxide segment Preferred examples of the resin particles containing are those described in paragraphs 0039 to 0068 of JP-T-2008-503365.
  • the average particle size of the polymer particles is preferably 0.01 ⁇ m to 3.0 ⁇ m, more preferably 0.03 ⁇ m to 2.0 ⁇ m, and still more preferably 0.10 ⁇ m to 1.0 ⁇ m. In this range, good resolution and stability over time can be obtained.
  • the average primary particle size of each of the particles in the present disclosure is measured by a light scattering method, or an electron micrograph of the particles is taken, and the total particle size of the particles is measured on the photograph to be 5,000. The value shall be calculated.
  • the particle diameter value of the spherical particles having the same particle area as the particle area on the photograph is defined as the particle diameter.
  • the average particle size in the present disclosure is a volume average particle size unless otherwise specified.
  • the content of the polymer particles is preferably 5% by mass to 90% by mass based on the total mass of the image recording layer.
  • the image recording layer used in the present disclosure preferably contains an acid coloring agent.
  • the “acid color former” used in the present disclosure means a compound having a property of developing a color when heated while receiving an electron accepting compound (for example, a proton such as an acid).
  • an electron accepting compound for example, a proton such as an acid.
  • the acid coloring agent in particular, it has a partial skeleton such as lactone, lactam, sultone, spiropyran, ester, and amide, and when contacted with an electron accepting compound, these partial skeletons are rapidly opened or cleaved. Compounds are preferred.
  • Such acid color formers include 3,3-bis (4-dimethylaminophenyl) -6-dimethylaminophthalide (referred to as “crystal violet lactone”), 3,3-bis (4- Dimethylaminophenyl) phthalide, 3- (4-dimethylaminophenyl) -3- (4-diethylamino-2-methylphenyl) -6-dimethylaminophthalide, 3- (4-dimethylaminophenyl) -3- (1 , 2-Dimethylindol-3-yl) phthalide, 3- (4-dimethylaminophenyl) -3- (2-methylindol-3-yl) phthalide, 3,3-bis (1,2-dimethylindol-3) -Yl) -5-dimethylaminophthalide, 3,3-bis (1,2-dimethylindol-3-yl) -6-dimethylaminophthalide, 3,3-bi (9-ethylcarba
  • the acid color former used in the present disclosure may be at least one compound selected from the group consisting of a spiropyran compound, a spirooxazine compound, a spirolactone compound, and a spirolactam compound, from the viewpoint of coloration.
  • a spiropyran compound a spirooxazine compound, a spirolactone compound, and a spirolactam compound, from the viewpoint of coloration.
  • the hue of the dye after coloring is preferably green, blue or black from the viewpoint of visibility.
  • ETAC, S-205, BLACK305, BLACK400, BLACK100, BLACK500, H-7001, GREEN300, NIRBLACK78, H-3035, ATP, H-1046, H-2114, GREEN-DCF, Blue-63 , GN-169, and crystal violet lactone are preferable because the visible light absorption of the formed film is good.
  • the acid colorants may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the acid colorant is preferably 0.5% by mass to 10% by mass, more preferably 1% by mass to 5% by mass, based on the total mass of the image recording layer.
  • the image recording layer may contain a binder polymer other than the specific binder polymer (hereinafter, also referred to as “other binder polymer”).
  • the specific binder polymer and the polymer corresponding to the polymer particles do not correspond to the other binder polymer. That is, the other binder polymer is a non-particle-shaped polymer having at least one selected from the group consisting of a structural unit formed of a styrene compound and a structural unit formed of an acrylonitrile compound.
  • the other binder polymer a (meth) acrylic resin, a polyvinyl acetal resin, or a polyurethane resin is preferable.
  • a known binder polymer used for the image recording layer of the lithographic printing plate precursor can be suitably used.
  • a binder polymer (hereinafter also referred to as a binder polymer for on-press development) used in an on-press development type lithographic printing plate precursor will be described in detail.
  • a binder polymer for on-press development a binder polymer having an alkylene oxide chain is preferable.
  • the binder polymer having an alkylene oxide chain may have a poly (alkylene oxide) site in the main chain or a side chain.
  • a graft polymer having poly (alkylene oxide) in the side chain or a block copolymer of a block composed of poly (alkylene oxide) -containing repeating units and a block composed of (alkylene oxide) -free repeating units may be used.
  • a poly (alkylene oxide) moiety is present in the main chain, a polyurethane resin is preferred.
  • Examples of the main chain polymer having a poly (alkylene oxide) moiety in a side chain include (meth) acrylic resin, polyvinyl acetal resin, polyurethane resin, polyurea resin, polyimide resin, polyamide resin, epoxy resin, polystyrene resin, and novolak type Phenol resins, polyester resins, synthetic rubbers, and natural rubbers are exemplified, and (meth) acrylic resins are particularly preferred.
  • a polyfunctional thiol having 6 or more and 10 or less functions as a nucleus, having a polymer chain bonded to this nucleus by a sulfide bond, wherein the polymer chain has a polymerizable group.
  • Polymer compound (hereinafter, also referred to as a star-shaped polymer compound).
  • star polymer compound for example, compounds described in JP-A-2012-148555 can be preferably used.
  • the star-shaped polymer compound has a polymerizable group such as an ethylenically unsaturated bond for improving the film strength of an image portion as described in JP-A-2008-195018, and has a main chain or a side chain, preferably a side chain. What is possessed in the chain is mentioned. Crosslinks are formed between polymer molecules by the polymerizable group, and curing is accelerated.
  • an ethylenically unsaturated group such as a (meth) acryl group, a vinyl group, an allyl group, and a vinylphenyl group (styryl group) and an epoxy group are preferable, and a (meth) acryl group, a vinyl group, a vinylphenyl A group (styryl group) is more preferable from the viewpoint of polymerization reactivity, and a (meth) acryl group is particularly preferable.
  • These groups can be introduced into the polymer by a polymer reaction or copolymerization.
  • a reaction between a polymer having a carboxy group in a side chain and glycidyl methacrylate, or a reaction between a polymer having an epoxy group and a carboxylic acid having an ethylenically unsaturated group such as methacrylic acid can be used. These groups may be used in combination.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) is preferably 2,000 or more, more preferably 5,000 or more, and more preferably 10,000 to 300, More preferably, 000.
  • hydrophilic polymers such as polyacrylic acid and polyvinyl alcohol described in JP-A-2008-195018 can be used in combination. Further, a lipophilic polymer and a hydrophilic polymer can be used in combination.
  • another binder polymer may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the other binder polymer can be contained in an arbitrary amount in the image recording layer, but the content of the binder polymer is preferably 1% by mass to 90% by mass based on the total mass of the image recording layer. It is more preferably from 5% by mass to 80% by mass.
  • the content of the other binder polymer based on the total mass of the specific binder polymer and the other binder polymer is more than 0% by mass and 99% by mass or less. Is preferably 20% by mass to 95% by mass, more preferably 40% by mass to 90% by mass.
  • the image recording layer used in the present disclosure may contain a chain transfer agent.
  • the chain transfer agent contributes to improving the printing durability of the lithographic printing plate.
  • a thiol compound is preferable, a thiol compound having 7 or more carbon atoms is more preferable from the viewpoint of a boiling point (difficulty of volatilization), and a compound having a mercapto group on an aromatic ring (aromatic thiol compound) is further preferable.
  • the thiol compound is preferably a monofunctional thiol compound.
  • chain transfer agent examples include the following compounds.
  • the content of the chain transfer agent is preferably 0.01% by mass to 50% by mass, more preferably 0.05% by mass to 40% by mass, and more preferably 0.1% by mass to 30% by mass based on the total mass of the image recording layer. % Is more preferred.
  • the image recording layer may contain a sensitizing agent such as a phosphonium compound, a nitrogen-containing low molecular weight compound, or an ammonium group-containing polymer in order to improve the inking property.
  • a sensitizing agent such as a phosphonium compound, a nitrogen-containing low molecular weight compound, or an ammonium group-containing polymer
  • these compounds function as a surface coating agent for the inorganic layered compound, and can suppress a decrease in the inking property of the inorganic layered compound during printing.
  • the sensitizer it is preferable to use a phosphonium compound, a nitrogen-containing low-molecular compound, and an ammonium group-containing polymer in combination, and it is preferable to use a phosphonium compound, a quaternary ammonium salt, and an ammonium group-containing polymer in combination. Is more preferred.
  • nitrogen-containing low molecular weight compound examples include amine salts and quaternary ammonium salts. Further, imidazolinium salts, benzimidazolinium salts, pyridinium salts, and quinolinium salts are also included. Among them, quaternary ammonium salts and pyridinium salts are preferred.
  • tetramethylammonium hexafluorophosphate
  • tetrabutylammonium hexafluorophosphate
  • dodecyltrimethylammonium p-toluenesulfonate
  • benzyltriethylammonium hexafluorophosphate
  • benzyldimethyloctylammonium hexafluorophosphate
  • the ammonium group-containing polymer may have an ammonium group in its structure, and is preferably a polymer containing (meth) acrylate having an ammonium group in a side chain as a copolymerization component in an amount of 5 mol% to 80 mol%.
  • Specific examples include the polymers described in paragraphs 0089 to 0105 of JP-A-2009-208458.
  • the ammonium salt-containing polymer preferably has a reduced specific viscosity (unit: ml / g) in the range of 5 to 120, preferably 10 to 110, determined according to the measuring method described in JP-A-2009-208458. Are more preferable, and those in the range of 15 to 100 are particularly preferable.
  • Mw weight average molecular weight
  • the content of the sensitizer is preferably 1% by mass to 40.0% by mass, more preferably 2% by mass to 25.0% by mass, and more preferably 3% by mass to 20% by mass based on the total mass of the image recording layer. % Is more preferred.
  • the image recording layer used in the present disclosure may include a development accelerator.
  • a hydrophilic high molecular compound or a hydrophilic low molecular compound is preferable.
  • a hydrophilic high molecular compound refers to a compound having a molecular weight (weight average molecular weight when having a molecular weight distribution) of 3,000 or more
  • a hydrophilic low molecular compound refers to a molecular weight (weight average when having a molecular weight distribution). Molecular weight) of less than 3,000.
  • hydrophilic polymer compound examples include a cellulose compound and polyvinyl alcohol, and a cellulose compound is preferable.
  • examples of the cellulose compound include cellulose or a compound in which at least a part of cellulose is modified (modified cellulose compound), and a modified cellulose compound is preferable.
  • modified cellulose compound a compound in which at least a part of the hydroxy group of cellulose is substituted by at least one selected from the group consisting of an alkyl group and a hydroxyalkyl group is preferably exemplified.
  • an alkyl cellulose compound or a hydroxyalkyl cellulose compound is preferable, and a hydroxyalkyl cellulose compound is more preferable.
  • Preferred examples of the alkyl cellulose compound include methyl cellulose.
  • Preferred examples of the hydroxyalkyl cellulose compound include hydroxypropyl cellulose.
  • the molecular weight of the hydrophilic polymer compound (weight average molecular weight when it has a molecular weight distribution) is preferably from 3,000 to 300,000, more preferably from 10,000 to 150,000.
  • hydrophilic low molecular weight compound examples include a glycol compound, a polyol compound, an organic amine compound, an organic sulfonic acid compound, an organic sulfamine compound, an organic sulfate compound, an organic phosphonic acid compound, an organic carboxylic acid compound, and a betaine compound. , An organic sulfonic acid compound or a betaine compound.
  • glycol compound examples include glycols such as ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, propylene glycol, dipropylene glycol, and tripropylene glycol, and ether or ester derivatives of these compounds.
  • examples of the polyol compound include glycerin, pentaerythritol, tris (2-hydroxyethyl) isocyanurate and the like.
  • examples of the organic amine compound include triethanolamine, diethanolamine, monoethanolamine, and the like, and salts thereof.
  • Examples of the organic sulfonic acid compound include alkyl sulfonic acid, toluene sulfonic acid, benzene sulfonic acid and the like, and salts thereof, and an alkyl sulfonic acid having an alkyl group having 8 to 20 carbon atoms is preferable.
  • Examples of the organic sulfamine compound include alkylsulfamic acid and the like and salts thereof.
  • Examples of the organic sulfate compound include alkyl sulfate, alkyl ether sulfate, and the like, and salts thereof.
  • Examples of the organic phosphonic acid compound include phenylphosphonic acid and the like and salts thereof.
  • organic carboxylic acid compound examples include tartaric acid, oxalic acid, citric acid, malic acid, lactic acid, gluconic acid, and the like, and salts thereof.
  • betaine compound examples include a phosphobetaine compound, a sulfobetaine compound, a carboxybetaine compound and the like, and preferably a trimethylglycine.
  • the molecular weight of the hydrophilic low molecular weight compound (weight average molecular weight when having a molecular weight distribution) is preferably 50 or more and less than 3,000, and more preferably 100 to 1,000.
  • the content of the development accelerator based on the total mass of the image recording layer is preferably from 0.1% by mass to 20% by mass, more preferably from 0.5% by mass to 15% by mass, and more preferably from 1% by mass to 10% by mass. % By mass or less is more preferable.
  • the image recording layer may contain, as other components, a surfactant, a polymerization inhibitor, a higher fatty acid derivative, a plasticizer, inorganic particles, an inorganic layer compound, and the like. Specifically, the description in paragraphs 0114 to 0159 of JP-A-2008-284817 can be referred to.
  • the image recording layer in the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure is coated, for example, by dispersing or dissolving the necessary components described above in a known solvent, as described in paragraphs 0142 to 0143 of JP-A-2008-195018.
  • a liquid can be formed by preparing a liquid, applying a coating liquid on a support by a known method such as coating with a bar coater, and drying.
  • the coating amount (solid content) of the image recording layer after coating and drying varies depending on the use, but is preferably from 0.3 g / m 2 to 3.0 g / m 2 . Within this range, good sensitivity and good film properties of the image recording layer can be obtained.
  • As the solvent a known solvent can be used.
  • the solvents may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the solid content concentration in the coating solution is preferably from 1% by mass to 50% by mass.
  • the coating amount (solid content) of the image recording layer after coating and drying varies depending on the application, but from the viewpoint of obtaining good sensitivity and good film properties of the image recording layer, 0.3 g / m 2 to 3.0 g / m. m 2 is preferred.
  • the thickness of the image recording layer in the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure is preferably from 0.1 ⁇ m to 3.0 ⁇ m, and more preferably from 0.3 ⁇ m to 2.0 ⁇ m.
  • the thickness of each layer in the lithographic printing plate precursor is determined by preparing a slice cut in a direction perpendicular to the surface of the lithographic printing plate precursor, and observing a cross section of the slice with a scanning microscope (SEM). Confirmed by
  • the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure has an overcoat layer (sometimes called a “protective layer”) on the surface of the image recording layer opposite to the support.
  • the thickness of the overcoat layer is larger than the thickness of the image recording layer.
  • the overcoat layer has a function of preventing damage to the image recording layer and a function of preventing ablation at the time of high-intensity laser exposure, in addition to a function of suppressing an image formation inhibition reaction by blocking oxygen.
  • the overcoat layer having such characteristics is described in, for example, US Pat. No. 3,458,311 and Japanese Patent Publication No. 55-49729.
  • the low oxygen permeable polymer used for the overcoat layer any of a water-soluble polymer and a water-insoluble polymer can be appropriately selected and used, and if necessary, a mixture of two or more types may be used.
  • the water-soluble polymer is a solution in which 1 g or more is dissolved in 100 g of pure water at 70 ° C., and a solution in which 1 g of the polymer is dissolved in 70 ° C.
  • the water-soluble polymer used in the overcoat layer include polyvinyl alcohol, modified polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, a water-soluble cellulose derivative, polyethylene glycol, poly (meth) acrylonitrile, and the like.
  • modified polyvinyl alcohol an acid-modified polyvinyl alcohol having a carboxy group or a sulfo group is preferably used. Specific examples include modified polyvinyl alcohols described in JP-A-2005-250216 and JP-A-2006-259137.
  • the above water-soluble polymers it is preferable to include polyvinyl alcohol, and it is more preferable to include polyvinyl alcohol having a saponification degree of 50% or more.
  • the saponification degree is preferably at least 60%, more preferably at least 70%, even more preferably at least 85%.
  • the upper limit of the degree of saponification is not particularly limited, and may be 100% or less.
  • the saponification degree is measured according to the method described in JIS K 6726: 1994.
  • an embodiment containing polyvinyl alcohol and polyethylene glycol is also preferably exemplified.
  • the content of the water-soluble polymer is preferably 1% by mass to 99% by mass, and more preferably 3% by mass to 97% by mass based on the total mass of the overcoat layer. More preferably, it is 5 to 95% by mass.
  • the overcoat layer may contain an inorganic layered compound in order to enhance oxygen barrier properties.
  • the inorganic layered compound is a particle having a thin tabular shape, for example, a group of mica such as natural mica and synthetic mica, talc, teniolite, montmorillonite, saponite, hectotype represented by the formula: 3MgO.4SiO.H 2 O Light, zirconium phosphate and the like.
  • the inorganic layer compound preferably used is a mica compound.
  • Examples of the mica compound include a compound represented by the formula: A (B, C) 2-5 D 4 O 10 (OH, F, O) 2 [where A is any of K, Na, and Ca; One of Fe (II), Fe (III), Mn, Al, Mg, and V, and D is Si or Al. ] Mica groups such as natural mica and synthetic mica.
  • natural mica includes muscovite, soda mica, phlogopite, biotite and scale mica.
  • synthetic mica include non-swelling mica such as fluorophlogopite mica 3 (AlSi 3 O 10 ) F 2 , potassium tetrasilicic mica KMg 2.5 Si 4 O 10 ) F 2 , and Na tetrasilic mica NaMg 2.
  • the lattice layer has a shortage of positive charges, and cations such as Li + , Na + , Ca 2+ , and Mg 2+ are adsorbed between the layers to compensate for the shortage.
  • the cations interposed between these layers are called exchangeable cations and can exchange with various cations.
  • the shape of the mica compound is preferably as thin as possible, and the planar size is preferably as large as not to impair the smoothness of the coated surface and the transmittance of active light. Therefore, the aspect ratio is preferably 20 or more, more preferably 100 or more, and particularly preferably 200 or more.
  • the aspect ratio is the ratio of the major axis to the thickness of the particle, and can be measured, for example, from a projection of a particle by a micrograph. The greater the aspect ratio, the greater the effect obtained.
  • the average particle diameter of the mica compound is preferably 0.3 ⁇ m to 20 ⁇ m, more preferably 0.5 ⁇ m to 10 ⁇ m, and particularly preferably 1 ⁇ m to 5 ⁇ m.
  • the average thickness of the particles is preferably 0.1 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 0.05 ⁇ m or less, particularly preferably 0.01 ⁇ m or less.
  • the preferred embodiment has a thickness of about 1 nm to 50 nm and a plane size (major axis) of about 1 ⁇ m to 20 ⁇ m.
  • the content of the inorganic layered compound is preferably from 1% by mass to 60% by mass, more preferably from 3% by mass to 50% by mass, based on the total solid content of the overcoat layer. Even when a plurality of types of inorganic layered compounds are used in combination, the total amount of the inorganic layered compounds is preferably the above-mentioned content. Within the above range, oxygen barrier properties are improved, and good sensitivity is obtained. Further, it is possible to prevent a decrease in the inking property.
  • the overcoat layer may contain known additives such as a plasticizer for imparting flexibility, a surfactant for improving coating properties, and inorganic particles for controlling surface slipperiness. Further, the sensitizer described in the image recording layer may be contained in the overcoat layer.
  • the overcoat layer is applied by a known method.
  • the coating amount of the overcoat layer (solid content) is preferably from 0.01g / m 2 ⁇ 10g / m 2, more preferably 0.02g / m 2 ⁇ 3g / m 2, 0.02g / m 2 ⁇ 1g / m 2 is particularly preferred.
  • the thickness of the overcoat layer in the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure is preferably from 0.1 ⁇ m to 5.0 ⁇ m, and more preferably from 0.3 ⁇ m to 4.0 ⁇ m.
  • the thickness of the overcoat layer in the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure is preferably 1.1 to 5.0 times, and preferably 1.5 to 3.0 times, the film thickness of the image recording layer. More preferably, it is twice.
  • the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure preferably has an undercoat layer (sometimes called an intermediate layer) between the image recording layer and the support.
  • the undercoat layer enhances the adhesion between the support and the image recording layer in the exposed area, and easily peels off the image recording layer from the support in the unexposed area, while suppressing a decrease in printing durability. It contributes to improving developability.
  • the undercoat layer functions as a heat insulating layer, which also has the effect of preventing heat generated by exposure from diffusing to the support and lowering the sensitivity.
  • Examples of the compound used for the undercoat layer include a polymer having an adsorptive group and a hydrophilic group that can be adsorbed on the support surface. In order to improve the adhesion to the image recording layer, a polymer having an adsorptive group and a hydrophilic group and further having a crosslinkable group is preferable.
  • the compound used for the undercoat layer may be a low molecular compound or a polymer. The compounds used in the undercoat layer may be used as a mixture of two or more as necessary.
  • the compound used in the undercoat layer is a polymer
  • a copolymer of a monomer having an adsorptive group, a monomer having a hydrophilic group, and a monomer having a crosslinkable group is preferable.
  • the adsorptive group that can be adsorbed on the support surface include a phenolic hydroxy group, a carboxy group, —PO 3 H 2 , —OPO 3 H 2 , —CONHSO 2 —, —SO 2 NHSO 2 —, and —COCH 2 COCH 3. Is preferred.
  • the hydrophilic group a sulfo group or a salt thereof, and a salt of a carboxy group are preferable.
  • the polymer may have a polar substituent of the polymer, a substituent having a countercharge with the polar substituent and a crosslinkable group introduced by salt formation with a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond, Other monomers, preferably hydrophilic monomers, may be further copolymerized.
  • a silane coupling agent having an addition-polymerizable ethylenic double bond reactive group described in JP-A-10-282679 and an ethylenic double bond described in JP-A-2-304441 are disclosed.
  • a preferred example is a phosphorus compound having a heavy bond reactive group.
  • Low-molecular or high-molecular compounds having a functional group and a hydrophilic group that interact with the surface are also preferably used. More preferred are high-molecular polymers having an adsorptive group, a hydrophilic group and a crosslinkable group that can be adsorbed on the support surface described in JP-A-2005-125749 and JP-A-2006-188038.
  • the content of the ethylenically unsaturated bonding group in the polymer used for the undercoat layer is preferably 0.1 mmol to 10.0 mmol, more preferably 0.2 mmol to 5.5 mmol, per 1 g of the polymer.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polymer used for the undercoat layer is preferably 5,000 or more, more preferably 10,000 to 300,000.
  • the undercoat layer is, in addition to the undercoat layer compound described above, a chelating agent, a secondary or tertiary amine, a polymerization inhibitor, an amino group or a functional group having a polymerization inhibiting ability, and a support surface in order to prevent contamination with time.
  • a chelating agent such as 1,4-diazabicyclo [2.2.2] octane (DABCO), 2,3,5,6-tetrahydroxy-p-quinone, chloranil, sulfophthalic acid, Ethylethylenediaminetriacetic acid, dihydroxyethylethylenediaminediacetic acid, hydroxyethyliminodiacetic acid, etc.
  • the undercoat layer is applied by a known method.
  • the coating amount (solid content) of the undercoat layer is preferably from 0.1 mg / m 2 to 100 mg / m 2, more preferably from 1 mg / m 2 to 30 mg / m 2 .
  • the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure is subjected to image exposure and development processing to produce a lithographic printing plate.
  • the method for preparing a lithographic printing plate according to the present disclosure includes a step of imagewise exposing the on-press development type lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure (hereinafter, also referred to as an “exposure step”), and printing on a printing press.
  • a step of supplying at least one selected from the group consisting of ink and fountain solution to remove the image recording layer in the non-image area hereinafter, also referred to as “on-press development step”).
  • the lithographic printing method according to the present disclosure includes a step of exposing the on-press development type lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure imagewise (exposure step), and at least one selected from the group consisting of a printing ink and a fountain solution. Supplying the image recording layer of the non-image portion on a printing press to produce a lithographic printing plate (on-press development process); and printing (printing process) with the obtained lithographic printing plate.
  • On-press development process to produce a lithographic printing plate (on-press development process)
  • printing printing process
  • the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure can be developed with a developer.
  • the exposure step and the on-press development step in the method for preparing a lithographic printing plate will be described, but the exposure step in the method for preparing a lithographic printing plate according to the present disclosure is the same as the exposure step in the lithographic printing method according to the present disclosure.
  • the on-press development step in the lithographic printing plate manufacturing method according to the present disclosure is the same as the on-press development step in the lithographic printing method according to the present disclosure.
  • the method for preparing a lithographic printing plate according to the present disclosure preferably includes an exposure step of exposing the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure imagewise to form an exposed portion and an unexposed portion.
  • the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure is preferably exposed imagewise by laser exposure through a transparent original having a line image, a halftone dot image, or the like, or by laser beam scanning using digital data.
  • the wavelength of the light source is preferably from 750 nm to 1,400 nm.
  • a solid-state laser and a semiconductor laser that emit infrared rays are suitable.
  • the output is preferably 100 mW or more, the exposure time per pixel is preferably within 20 microseconds, and the irradiation energy amount is 10 mJ / cm 2 to 300 mJ / cm 2. preferable. Further, it is preferable to use a multi-beam laser device in order to shorten the exposure time.
  • the exposure mechanism may be any of an internal drum system, an external drum system, a flatbed system, and the like. Image exposure can be performed by a conventional method using a plate setter or the like. In the case of on-press development, after the lithographic printing plate precursor is mounted on the printing press, image exposure may be performed on the printing press.
  • the method of preparing a lithographic printing plate according to the present disclosure includes an on-press development step of supplying at least one selected from the group consisting of a printing ink and a fountain solution on a printing press to remove an image recording layer of a non-image portion. It is preferred to include.
  • the on-press development method will be described below.
  • an imagewise exposed lithographic printing plate precursor is supplied with an oil-based ink and an aqueous component on a printing press, and the image recording layer in the non-image area is removed to produce a lithographic printing plate.
  • the lithographic printing plate precursor is directly mounted on a printing machine without any development processing, or, after the lithographic printing plate precursor is mounted on a printing machine, image exposure is performed on the printing machine.
  • an uncured image recording layer is formed in a non-image portion at an early stage during printing by one or both of the supplied oil-based ink and the aqueous component. It is removed by dissolution or dispersion, and a hydrophilic surface is exposed at that portion. On the other hand, in the exposed portion, the image recording layer cured by exposure forms an oil-based ink receiving portion having a lipophilic surface.
  • An oil-based ink or an aqueous component may be supplied to the plate first, but the oil-based ink is supplied first in order to prevent the aqueous component from being contaminated by the components of the image recording layer from which the aqueous component has been removed. Is preferred.
  • the lithographic printing plate precursor is developed on-press on a printing press and used as is for printing a large number of sheets.
  • the oil-based ink and the aqueous component a normal printing ink for lithographic printing and a fountain solution are suitably used.
  • the wavelength of the light source is preferably from 300 nm to 450 nm or from 750 nm to 1,400 nm.
  • a light source having a wavelength of 300 nm to 450 nm a lithographic printing plate precursor containing a sensitizing dye having an absorption maximum in this wavelength region in an image recording layer is preferably used, and the light source having a wavelength of 750 nm to 1,400 nm is preferably as described above. Used.
  • a semiconductor laser is preferable.
  • a lithographic printing method includes a printing step of printing a recording medium by supplying printing ink to a lithographic printing plate.
  • the printing ink is not particularly limited, and various known inks can be used as desired. Further, as the printing ink, an oil-based ink or an ultraviolet-curable ink (UV ink) is preferably exemplified.
  • a dampening solution may be supplied as needed. Further, the printing step may be performed continuously to the on-press development step without stopping the printing press.
  • the recording medium is not particularly limited, and a known recording medium can be used as desired.
  • the lithographic printing In the method of preparing a lithographic printing plate from the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure, and the lithographic printing method according to the present disclosure, if necessary, before the exposure, during the exposure, between the exposure and the development, the lithographic printing The entire surface of the plate master may be heated. By such heating, an image forming reaction in the image recording layer is promoted, and advantages such as improvement in sensitivity and printing durability, stabilization of sensitivity, and the like may be generated. Heating before development is preferably performed under mild conditions of 150 ° C. or less. According to the above aspect, problems such as hardening of the non-image portion can be prevented. It is preferable to use very strong conditions for heating after development, and it is preferable that the temperature be in the range of 100 ° C. to 500 ° C. When the content is in the above range, a sufficient image strengthening effect can be obtained, and problems such as deterioration of the support and thermal decomposition of the image portion can be suppressed.
  • the molecular weight is the weight average molecular weight (Mw), and the ratio of the constituent repeating units is a mole percentage.
  • Mw weight average molecular weight
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) is a value measured as a polystyrene equivalent value by gel permeation chromatography (GPC).
  • etching on the grained surface was about 3 g / m 2 .
  • the electrolytic solution was a 1% by mass aqueous solution of nitric acid (containing 0.5% by mass of aluminum ions), and the temperature of the solution was 50 ° C.
  • the AC power supply waveform is an electrochemical roughening process using a trapezoidal rectangular wave alternating current with a time TP for the current value from zero to a peak to reach a peak of 0.8 ms, a duty ratio of 1: 1 and a carbon electrode as a counter electrode.
  • Ferrite was used for the auxiliary anode.
  • the current density was 30 A / dm 2 at the peak value of the current, and 5% of the current flowing from the power supply was shunted to the auxiliary anode.
  • the amount of electricity in the nitric acid electrolysis was 175 C / dm 2 when the aluminum plate was an anode. Thereafter, water washing by spraying was performed.
  • nitric acid electrolysis was performed using a 0.5% by mass aqueous solution of hydrochloric acid (containing 0.5% by mass of aluminum ions) and an electrolytic solution at a liquid temperature of 50 ° C. under the conditions of an electric charge of 50 C / dm 2 when the aluminum plate was an anode.
  • Electrochemical surface roughening treatment was performed in the same manner as described above, and then water washing was performed by spraying.
  • a DC anodized film of 2.5 g / m 2 was formed on the aluminum plate at a current density of 15 A / dm 2 using a 15% by mass aqueous solution of sulfuric acid (containing 0.5% by mass of aluminum ions) as an electrolytic solution, followed by water washing After drying, a support was prepared.
  • the average pore diameter (surface average pore diameter) in the surface layer of the anodized film was 10 nm.
  • the pore diameter in the surface layer of the anodic oxide film was measured using an ultra-high resolution SEM (scanning electron microscope, S-900 manufactured by Hitachi, Ltd.) at a relatively low accelerating voltage of 12 V to impart conductivity.
  • the surface was observed at a magnification of 150,000 times without performing a vapor deposition process or the like, and 50 pores were randomly extracted to obtain an average value.
  • the standard deviation was ⁇ 10% or less of the average value.
  • An undercoat liquid (1) having the following composition was applied on the support so as to have a dry coating amount of 20 mg / m 2 , and dried in an oven at 100 ° C. for 30 seconds to prepare a support having an undercoat layer.
  • the following image recording layer coating solution (1) was coated on the undercoat layer with a bar, and dried in an oven at 100 ° C. for 60 seconds.
  • ⁇ dripping liquid 1 >> -Aqueous solution of the monomer M-1: 87.59 parts-14.63 parts of the monomer M-2-VA-046B (2,2'-azobis [2- (2-imidazolin-2-yl) propane] disulfate Fate dihydrate, manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.): 0.386 parts, distilled water: 20.95 parts
  • the exposed image included a solid image and a 50% halftone dot chart of a 20 ⁇ m dot FM screen.
  • the obtained exposed lithographic printing plate precursor was attached to a plate cylinder of a printing machine LITHRONE 26 manufactured by Komori Corporation without developing.
  • the number of copies is defined as the number of copies when the value measured by x-lite (manufactured by x-lite) of the 3% halftone dot area ratio of the FM screen in printed matter is 5% lower than the measured value of the 100th printed sheet.
  • the printing durability was evaluated as follows.
  • Index value is 95% or more and 100% or less 4: Index value is 80% or more and less than 95% 3: Index value is 60% or more and less than 80% 2: Index value is 40% or more and less than 60% 1: Index value is less than 40%
  • the lithographic printing plate precursor obtained in each Example or Comparative Example was mounted on a Luxel PLATESETTER T-6000III manufactured by FUJIFILM Corporation equipped with an infrared semiconductor laser. Exposure was performed at 400 dpi. The exposed image included a solid image, a 50% halftone dot chart of a 20 ⁇ m dot FM screen, and a non-image portion. The obtained exposed master was mounted on a plate cylinder of a printing machine LITHRONE 26 manufactured by Komori Corporation without developing. Komori Co., Ltd.
  • the on-press development property was measured as the number of sheets of printing paper required until the on-press development of the unexposed portion of the image recording layer on the printing press was completed and no ink was transferred to the non-image portion. It can be said that the smaller the number, the more excellent the on-press developability.
  • the index value is 100 sheets or more 2: The index value is 50 sheets or more and less than 100 sheets 3: The index value is 30 sheets or more and less than 50 sheets 4: The index value is 20 sheets or more and less than 30 sheets 5 : Index value is less than 20 sheets
  • Table 1 the description in the column of “Type” of the electron donating polymerization initiator indicates which of the following compounds 1 to 10 was used.
  • Table 1 the description in the column of “Type” of the infrared absorbent indicates which compound of the following infrared absorbents 1 to 5 was used.
  • the unit of HOMO and LUMO described below is eV.
  • Table 1 the description in the column of "Type” in the column of the specific binder polymer indicates which compound of Polymer 1 or Polymer 2 below was used.
  • composition ratio of the structural unit formed by the compound 1, the structural unit formed by the compound 2, and the structural unit formed by the compound 3 is 50:30:20 (mass ratio), and the weight average of the binder polymer 5 is obtained.
  • the molecular weight was 75,000.
  • the solid content was 20% by mass.

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Inorganic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Structural Engineering (AREA)
  • Architecture (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Thermal Sciences (AREA)
  • Manufacturing & Machinery (AREA)
  • Materials For Photolithography (AREA)
  • Printing Methods (AREA)
  • Printing Plates And Materials Therefor (AREA)
  • Photosensitive Polymer And Photoresist Processing (AREA)
  • Manufacture Or Reproduction Of Printing Formes (AREA)

Abstract

Provided are: an on-press development type lithographic printing plate precursor which has, in order, a support, an image recording layer, and an overcoat layer, wherein the image recording layer includes a binder polymer and an electron donor type polymerization initiator, the binder polymer has a constituent unit formed by an aromatic vinyl compound and a constituent unit formed by an acrylonitrile compound, and the overcoat layer has a thickness that is greater than the thickness of the image recording layer; a method of producing a lithographic printing plate using the on-press development type lithographic printing plate precursor; and a lithographic printing method using the on-press development type lithographic printing plate precursor.

Description

機上現像型平版印刷版原版、平版印刷版の作製方法、及び、平版印刷方法On-press development type planographic printing plate precursor, method of preparing planographic printing plate, and planographic printing method
 本開示は、機上現像型平版印刷版原版、平版印刷版の作製方法、及び、平版印刷方法に関する。 The present disclosure relates to an on-press development type lithographic printing plate precursor, a method for preparing a lithographic printing plate, and a lithographic printing method.
 一般に、平版印刷版は、印刷過程でインキを受容する親油性の画像部と、湿し水を受容する親水性の非画像部とからなる。平版印刷は、水と油性インキが互いに反発する性質を利用して、平版印刷版の親油性の画像部をインキ受容部、親水性の非画像部を湿し水受容部(インキ非受容部)として、平版印刷版の表面にインキの付着性の差異を生じさせ、画像部のみにインキを着肉させた後、紙などの被印刷体にインキを転写して印刷する方法である。
 この平版印刷版を作製するため、従来、親水性の支持体上に親油性の感光性樹脂層(画像記録層)を設けてなる平版印刷版原版(PS版)が広く用いられている。通常は、平版印刷版原版を、リスフィルムなどの原画を通した露光を行った後、画像記録層の画像部となる部分を残存させ、それ以外の不要な画像記録層をアルカリ性現像液又は有機溶剤によって溶解除去し、親水性の支持体表面を露出させて非画像部を形成する方法により製版を行って、平版印刷版を得ている。
In general, a lithographic printing plate is composed of an oleophilic image area that receives ink during a printing process and a hydrophilic non-image area that receives fountain solution. Lithographic printing utilizes the property that water and oil-based ink repel each other, so that the lipophilic image area of the lithographic printing plate is an ink receiving area and the hydrophilic non-image area is a dampening water receiving area (ink non-receiving area). In this method, a difference in ink adhesion is caused on the surface of a lithographic printing plate, the ink is deposited only on an image portion, and then the ink is transferred to a printing medium such as paper for printing.
Conventionally, in order to produce this lithographic printing plate, a lithographic printing plate precursor (PS plate) comprising a hydrophilic support and a lipophilic photosensitive resin layer (image recording layer) provided thereon is widely used. Normally, after the lithographic printing plate precursor is exposed through an original such as a lithographic film, the image portion of the image recording layer is left, and the other unnecessary image recording layer is washed with an alkaline developer or an organic solvent. Plate making is performed by a method of dissolving and removing with a solvent and exposing the surface of the hydrophilic support to form a non-image portion to obtain a lithographic printing plate.
 また、地球環境への関心の高まりから、現像処理などの湿式処理に伴う廃液に関する環境課題がクローズアップされている。
 上記の環境課題に対して、現像あるいは製版の簡易化、無処理化が指向されている。簡易な作製方法の一つとしては、「機上現像」と呼ばれる方法が行われている。すなわち、平版印刷版原版を露光後、従来の現像は行わず、そのまま印刷機に装着して、画像記録層の不要部分の除去を通常の印刷工程の初期段階で行う方法である。
 本開示において、このような機上現像に用いることができる平版印刷版原版を、「機上現像型平版印刷版原版」という。
 従来の平版印刷版原版又は平版印刷版原版を用いた印刷方法としては、例えば、特許文献1~3に記載されたものが挙げられる。
Also, due to increasing interest in the global environment, environmental issues relating to waste liquids associated with wet processing such as development processing have been highlighted.
In response to the above-mentioned environmental issues, simplification and non-processing of development or plate making are aimed at. As one of the simple manufacturing methods, a method called “on-press development” is performed. That is, after exposure of the lithographic printing plate precursor, conventional development is not carried out, and the lithographic printing plate precursor is directly mounted on a printing machine to remove unnecessary portions of the image recording layer at an initial stage of a normal printing process.
In the present disclosure, a lithographic printing plate precursor that can be used for such on-press development is referred to as an "on-press development type lithographic printing plate precursor".
Conventional lithographic printing plate precursors or printing methods using lithographic printing plate precursors include, for example, those described in Patent Documents 1 to 3.
 特許文献1には、支持体と、下記一般式(1)で表される繰り返し単位を有する化合物及びラジカル重合開始剤を含有する画像記録層を有するネガ型平版印刷版原版が記載されている。 Patent Document 1 describes a negative type lithographic printing plate precursor having an image recording layer containing a support, a compound having a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (1), and a radical polymerization initiator.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
 一般式(1)中、Aは単結合又は二価の連結基を表す。Arはベンゼン核又はナフタレン核を表す。Rは水酸基、アルキル基又はアリール基を表す。iは0~3の整数を表す。iが2以上の整数を表す場合、複数存在するRは同じでも異なってもよい。Rは水素原子、アルキル基又はアリール基を表す。Lは*-O-**、*-OCO-**又は*-OCONH-**を表す。*はArに結合する部位を表す。**はYに結合する部位を表す。Yは(m+1)価の連結基を表す。Xは(メタ)アクリロイルオキシ基を表す。
lは0又は1の整数を表す。mは1又は2の整数を表す。但し、lが0の場合、mは1である。nは1又は2の整数を表す。
In the general formula (1), A represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. Ar represents a benzene nucleus or a naphthalene nucleus. R 1 represents a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group or an aryl group. i represents an integer of 0 to 3. When i represents an integer of 2 or more, a plurality of R 1 may be the same or different. R 2 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group. L represents * -O-**, * -OCO-** or * -OCONH-**. * Represents a site binding to Ar. ** represents a site binding to Y. Y represents a (m + 1) -valent linking group. X represents a (meth) acryloyloxy group.
l represents an integer of 0 or 1. m represents an integer of 1 or 2. However, when l is 0, m is 1. n represents an integer of 1 or 2.
 特許文献2には、画像形成性層を上に有する基材を含み、当該画像形成性層が、遊離基重合性成分、画像形成輻射線への暴露によって遊離基重合性基の重合を開始するのに十分な遊離基を生成することのできる開始剤組成物であって、ホウ酸ジアリールヨードニウムを含む開始剤組成物、複素環式基を連結しているメチン鎖を有する赤外線吸収性シアニン色素、ここで、上記メチン鎖は少なくとも7個の炭素原子鎖長を有する、および一次ポリマーバインダー、を含み、上記画像形成性要素は、さらに、上記画像形成性層上に配置されたオーバーコートを含み、当該オーバーコートは、主に、85%以下の加水分解度を有するポリ(ビニルアルコール)から構成されている、画像形成性要素が記載されている。 U.S. Pat. No. 5,086,067 includes a substrate having an imageable layer thereon, wherein the imageable layer initiates polymerization of the free radically polymerizable groups upon exposure to free radically polymerizable components, imaging radiation. An initiator composition comprising diaryl iodonium borate, an infrared absorbing cyanine dye having a methine chain linking a heterocyclic group, Wherein the methine chain has a chain length of at least 7 carbon atoms, and comprises a primary polymer binder, and the imageable element further comprises an overcoat disposed on the imageable layer; The overcoat describes an imageable element that is comprised primarily of poly (vinyl alcohol) having a degree of hydrolysis of 85% or less.
 特許文献3には、基板と、上記基板上に配置されたネガ型画像形成性層であって、フリーラジカル重合性成分、画像化放射光に露光するとフリーラジカルを生成することができる開始剤組成物、放射光吸収剤、及び、ポリマーバインダーを含むネガ型画像形成性層と、上記ネガ型画像形成性層上に直接配置されている最外水溶性オーバーコート層であって、(1)存在する1種又は複数の膜形成水溶性ポリマーバインダー、及び、(2)総最外水溶性オーバーコート層重量基準で少なくとも1.3重量%及び最大で60重量%の量の、上記1種又は複数の膜形成水溶性ポリマーバインダー中に分散した有機ワックス粒子を含む最外水溶性オーバーコート層とを含むネガ型平版印刷版原版であって、上記有機ワックス粒子が上記乾燥最外水溶性オーバーコート層の走査型電子顕微鏡写真から測定される、少なくとも0.05μm及び最大で0.7μmの平均最大寸法を有するネガ型平版印刷版原版が記載されている。 US Pat. No. 5,047,097 discloses a substrate and a negative-working imageable layer disposed on the substrate, comprising a free-radically polymerizable component and an initiator composition capable of generating free radicals when exposed to imaging radiation. A negative-type image-forming layer containing a substance, a radiation-absorbing agent, and a polymer binder, and an outermost water-soluble overcoat layer directly disposed on the negative-type image-forming layer; One or more film-forming water-soluble polymer binders, and (2) one or more of the above one or more in an amount of at least 1.3 wt% and up to 60 wt% based on the total outermost water-soluble overcoat layer weight. A negative-working lithographic printing plate precursor comprising: an outermost water-soluble overcoat layer containing organic wax particles dispersed in a film-forming water-soluble polymer binder; Is measured from a scanning electron micrograph of the overcoat layer, negative-working lithographic printing plate precursor having an average maximum dimension of 0.7μm at least 0.05μm and maximum are described.
  特許文献1:特開2017-132227号公報
  特許文献2:特表2010-529490号公報
  特許文献3:特表2015-519610号公報
Patent Document 1: JP-A-2017-132227 Patent Document 2: JP-T-2010-529490 JP Patent Document 3: JP-T-2015-519610
 平版印刷版を用いた印刷においては、例えば印刷中にプレートクリーナー等を用いて版面を洗浄することが行われる。そのため、プレートクリーナー等の薬品に対する耐薬品性に優れた平版印刷版が得られる機上現像型平版印刷版原版が求められている。
 本発明者らは、本開示に係る機上現像型平版印刷版原版(以下、単に「平版印刷版原版」ともいう。)によれば、特許文献1~3に記載の平版印刷版原版よりも、得られる平版印刷版における耐薬品性を更に向上させることが可能であることを見出した。
In printing using a lithographic printing plate, for example, the plate surface is washed using a plate cleaner or the like during printing. Therefore, an on-press development type lithographic printing plate precursor capable of obtaining a lithographic printing plate excellent in chemical resistance to chemicals such as a plate cleaner is required.
According to the on-press development type lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure (hereinafter, also simply referred to as “lithographic printing plate precursor”), the present inventors have compared with the lithographic printing plate precursors described in Patent Documents 1 to 3. It has been found that it is possible to further improve the chemical resistance of the resulting lithographic printing plate.
 本発明の実施形態が解決しようとする課題は、耐薬品性に優れる平版印刷版が得られる機上現像型平版印刷版原版、上記機上現像型平版印刷版原版を用いた平版印刷版の作製方法、及び、上記機上現像型平版印刷版原版を用いた平版印刷方法を提供することである。 The problem to be solved by the embodiments of the present invention is that an on-press development type lithographic printing plate precursor capable of obtaining a lithographic printing plate excellent in chemical resistance, production of a lithographic printing plate using the on-press development type lithographic printing plate precursor. And a lithographic printing method using the on-press development type lithographic printing plate precursor.
 上記課題を解決するための手段には、以下の態様が含まれる。
 <1> 支持体と、画像記録層と、オーバーコート層と、をこの順で有し、
 上記画像記録層が、バインダーポリマー、及び、電子供与型重合開始剤を含み、
 上記バインダーポリマーが、芳香族ビニル化合物により形成される構成単位、及び、アクリロニトリル化合物により形成される構成単位を有し、
 上記オーバーコート層の膜厚が、上記画像記録層の膜厚よりも厚い
 機上現像型平版印刷版原版。
 <2> 上記画像記録層が重合性化合物を更に含み、上記画像記録層における上記重合性化合物の全質量に対する上記バインダーポリマーの含有量が、0質量%を超え400質量%以下である、上記<1>に記載の機上現像型平版印刷版原版。
 <3> 上記オーバーコート層が、水溶性ポリマーを含む、上記<1>又は<2>に記載の機上現像型平版印刷版原版。
 <4> 上記水溶性ポリマーが、けん化度が50%以上であるポリビニルアルコールを含む、上記<3>に記載の機上現像型平版印刷版原版。
 <5> 上記電子供与型重合開始剤が、ボレート化合物である、上記<1>~<4>のいずれか1つに記載の機上現像型平版印刷版原版。
 <6> 上記電子供与型重合開始剤が、テトラアリールボレート化合物である、上記<1>~<5>のいずれか1つに記載の機上現像型平版印刷版原版。
 <7> 上記電子供与型重合開始剤が、テトラフェニルボレート化合物である、上記<1>~<6>のいずれか1つに記載の機上現像型平版印刷版原版。
 <8> 上記電子供与型重合開始剤の最高被占軌道が-6.0eV以上である、上記<1>~<7>のいずれか1つに記載の機上現像型平版印刷版原版。
 <9> 上記画像記録層が、電子受容型重合開始剤を更に含む、上記<1>~<8>のいずれか1つに記載の機上現像型平版印刷版原版。
 <10> 上記電子受容型重合開始剤が、オニウム化合物である、上記<9>に記載の機上現像型平版印刷版原版。
 <11> 上記電子受容型重合開始剤の最低空軌道が、-3.0eV以下である、上記<9>又は<10>に記載の機上現像型平版印刷版原版。
 <12> 上記電子受容型重合開始剤と、上記電子供与型重合開始剤とが、塩を形成している、上記<9>~<11>のいずれか1つに記載の機上現像型平版印刷版原版。
 <13> 上記電子受容型重合開始剤、及び、上記電子供与型重合開始剤として、ヨードニウムボレート化合物を含む、上記<9>~<12>のいずれか1つに記載の機上現像型平版印刷版原版。
 <14> 上記バインダーポリマーが、N-ビニルピロリドンにより形成される構成単位を更に有する、上記<1>~<13>のいずれか1つに記載の機上現像型平版印刷版原版。
 <15> 上記画像記録層が、赤外線吸収剤を更に含む、上記<1>~<14>のいずれか1つに記載の機上現像型平版印刷版原版。
 <16> 上記赤外線吸収剤が、赤外線露光により分解する赤外線吸収剤である上記<15>に記載の機上現像型平版印刷版原版。
 <17> 上記赤外線吸収剤が、赤外線露光に起因する熱、電子移動又はその両方により分解する赤外線吸収剤である上記<15>又は<16>に記載の機上現像型平版印刷版原版。
 <18> 上記赤外線吸収剤が、シアニン色素である上記<15>~<17>のいずれか1つに記載の機上現像型平版印刷版原版。
 <19> 上記赤外線吸収剤が、下記式1で表される化合物である上記<15>~<18>のいずれか1つに記載の機上現像型平版印刷版原版。
Means for solving the above problems include the following aspects.
<1> having a support, an image recording layer, and an overcoat layer in this order;
The image recording layer contains a binder polymer, and an electron donating polymerization initiator,
The binder polymer has a structural unit formed by an aromatic vinyl compound, and a structural unit formed by an acrylonitrile compound,
An on-press development type lithographic printing plate precursor wherein the thickness of the overcoat layer is larger than the thickness of the image recording layer.
<2> The image recording layer further contains a polymerizable compound, and the content of the binder polymer with respect to the total mass of the polymerizable compound in the image recording layer is more than 0% by mass and 400% by mass or less. An on-press development type lithographic printing plate precursor as described in 1>.
<3> The on-press development type lithographic printing plate precursor according to <1> or <2>, wherein the overcoat layer contains a water-soluble polymer.
<4> The on-press development type lithographic printing plate precursor according to <3>, wherein the water-soluble polymer contains polyvinyl alcohol having a saponification degree of 50% or more.
<5> The on-press development type lithographic printing plate precursor as described in any one of <1> to <4> above, wherein the electron donating polymerization initiator is a borate compound.
<6> The on-press development type lithographic printing plate precursor as described in any one of <1> to <5> above, wherein the electron donating polymerization initiator is a tetraaryl borate compound.
<7> The on-press development type lithographic printing plate precursor as described in any one of <1> to <6> above, wherein the electron donating polymerization initiator is a tetraphenylborate compound.
<8> The on-press development type lithographic printing plate precursor as described in any one of the above items <1> to <7>, wherein the highest occupied orbit of the electron donating polymerization initiator is −6.0 eV or more.
<9> The on-press development type lithographic printing plate precursor as described in any one of <1> to <8> above, wherein the image recording layer further contains an electron-accepting polymerization initiator.
<10> The on-press development type lithographic printing plate precursor as described in <9> above, wherein the electron-accepting polymerization initiator is an onium compound.
<11> The on-press development type lithographic printing plate precursor as described in <9> or <10> above, wherein the electron-accepting polymerization initiator has a minimum free orbit of −3.0 eV or less.
<12> The on-press development type lithographic plate according to any one of <9> to <11>, wherein the electron-accepting polymerization initiator and the electron-donating polymerization initiator form a salt. Printing plate original.
<13> On-press development type lithographic printing as described in any one of the above items <9> to <12>, comprising an iodonium borate compound as the electron-accepting polymerization initiator and the electron-donating polymerization initiator. Original version.
<14> The on-press development type lithographic printing plate precursor according to any one of <1> to <13>, wherein the binder polymer further has a structural unit formed of N-vinylpyrrolidone.
<15> The on-press development type lithographic printing plate precursor according to any one of <1> to <14> above, wherein the image recording layer further contains an infrared absorbent.
<16> The on-press development type lithographic printing plate precursor as described in <15> above, wherein the infrared absorber is an infrared absorber that is decomposed by infrared exposure.
<17> The on-press development type lithographic printing plate precursor as described in <15> or <16> above, wherein the infrared absorber is an infrared absorber that is decomposed by heat, electron transfer, or both due to infrared exposure.
<18> The on-press development type lithographic printing plate precursor as described in any one of the above <15> to <17>, wherein the infrared absorbent is a cyanine dye.
<19> The on-press development type lithographic printing plate precursor according to any one of <15> to <18>, wherein the infrared absorbent is a compound represented by the following formula 1.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
 式1中、Rは赤外線露光によりR-L結合が開裂する基を表し、R11~R18はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、-Ra、-ORb、-SRc又は-NRdReを表し、Ra~Reはそれぞれ独立に、炭化水素基を表し、A、A及び複数のR11~R18が連結して単環又は多環を形成してもよく、A及びAはそれぞれ独立に、酸素原子、硫黄原子又は窒素原子を表し、n11及びn12はそれぞれ独立に、0~5の整数を表し、但し、n11及びn12の合計は2以上であり、n13及びn14はそれぞれ独立に、0又は1を表し、Lは酸素原子、硫黄原子又は-NR10-を表し、R10は水素原子、アルキル基又はアリール基を表し、Zaは電荷を中和する対イオンを表す。 In Formula 1, R 1 represents a group capable of cleaving the R 1 -L bond by infrared exposure, and R 11 to R 18 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, —Ra, —ORb, —SRc or —NRdRe. And Ra to Re each independently represent a hydrocarbon group, A 1 and A 2 and a plurality of R 11 to R 18 may be linked to form a monocyclic or polycyclic ring, and A 1 and A 2 Each independently represents an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom or a nitrogen atom; n 11 and n 12 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 5, provided that the sum of n 11 and n 12 is 2 or more; 13 and n 14 each independently represent 0 or 1, L represents an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom or —NR 10 —, R 10 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group, and Za represents a charge neutralizer. Represents a counter ion.
<20> 上記式1におけるRが、下記式2で表される基である上記<19>に記載の機上現像型平版印刷版原版。 <20> R 1 in the above formula 1, the on-press development type lithographic printing plate precursor as described in <19> is a group represented by the following formula 2.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
 式2中、Rは、アルキル基を表し、波線部分は、上記式1中のLで表される基との結合部位を表す。 In Formula 2, R Z represents an alkyl group, and a wavy line represents a bonding site with the group represented by L in Formula 1 above.
 <21> 上記<1>~<20>のいずれか1つに記載の機上現像型平版印刷版原版を、画像様に露光する工程と、
 印刷機上で印刷インキ及び湿し水よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも一方を供給して非画像部の画像記録層を除去する工程と、を含む
 平版印刷版の作製方法。
 <22> 上記<1>~<20>のいずれか1つに記載の機上現像型平版印刷版原版を画像様に露光する工程と、
 印刷インキ及び湿し水よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも一方を供給して印刷機上で非画像部の画像記録層を除去し平版印刷版を作製する工程と、
 得られた平版印刷版により印刷する工程と、を含む
 平版印刷方法。
<21> a step of imagewise exposing the on-press development type lithographic printing plate precursor according to any one of the above <1> to <20>,
Supplying at least one selected from the group consisting of a printing ink and a fountain solution on a printing press to remove the image recording layer in the non-image area.
<22> a step of imagewise exposing the on-press development type lithographic printing plate precursor according to any one of the above <1> to <20>,
A step of providing a lithographic printing plate by supplying at least one selected from the group consisting of printing ink and fountain solution and removing the image recording layer of the non-image portion on a printing press,
Printing with the obtained lithographic printing plate.
 本発明の実施形態によれば、耐薬品性に優れる平版印刷版が得られる機上現像型平版印刷版原版、上記機上現像型平版印刷版原版を用いた平版印刷版の作製方法、及び、上記機上現像型平版印刷版原版を用いた平版印刷方法を提供することができる。 According to the embodiment of the present invention, an on-press development type lithographic printing plate precursor capable of obtaining a lithographic printing plate excellent in chemical resistance, a method for producing a lithographic printing plate using the on-press development type lithographic printing plate precursor, and A planographic printing method using the on-press development type planographic printing plate precursor can be provided.
 以下において、本開示の内容について詳細に説明する。以下に記載する構成要件の説明は、本開示の代表的な実施態様に基づいてなされることがあるが、本開示はそのような実施態様に限定されるものではない。
 なお、本明細書において、数値範囲を示す「~」とはその前後に記載される数値を下限値及び上限値として含む意味で使用される。
 また、本明細書における基(原子団)の表記において、置換及び無置換を記していない表記は、置換基を有さないものと共に置換基を有するものをも包含するものである。例えば「アルキル基」とは、置換基を有さないアルキル基(無置換アルキル基)のみならず、置換基を有するアルキル基(置換アルキル基)をも包含するものである。
 本明細書において、「(メタ)アクリル」は、アクリル及びメタクリルの両方を包含する概念で用いられる語であり、「(メタ)アクリロイル」は、アクリロイル及びメタクリロイルの両方を包含する概念として用いられる語である。
 また、本明細書中の「工程」の用語は、独立した工程だけではなく、他の工程と明確に区別できない場合であっても、その工程の所期の目的が達成されれば本用語に含まれる。 また、本開示において、「質量%」と「重量%」とは同義であり、「質量部」と「重量部」とは同義である。
 特に限定しない限りにおいて、本開示において組成物中の各成分、又は、ポリマー中の各構成単位は、1種単独で含まれていてもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよいものとする。
 更に、本開示において組成物中の各成分、又は、ポリマー中の各構成単位の量は、組成物中に各成分、又は、ポリマー中の各構成単位に該当する物質又は構成単位が複数存在する場合、特に断らない限り、組成物中に存在する該当する複数の物質、又は、ポリマー中に存在する該当する複数の各構成単位の合計量を意味する。
 更に、本開示において、2以上の好ましい態様の組み合わせは、より好ましい態様である。
 また、本開示における重量平均分子量(Mw)及び数平均分子量(Mn)は、特に断りのない限り、TSKgel GMHxL、TSKgel G4000HxL、TSKgel G2000HxL(何れも東ソー(株)製の商品名)のカラムを使用したゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィ(GPC)分析装置により、溶媒THF(テトラヒドロフラン)、示差屈折計により検出し、標準物質としてポリスチレンを用いて換算した分子量である。
 本開示において、「平版印刷版原版」の用語は、平版印刷版原版だけでなく、捨て版原版を包含する。また、「平版印刷版」の用語は、平版印刷版原版を、必要により、露光、現像などの操作を経て作製された平版印刷版だけでなく、捨て版を包含する。捨て版原版の場合には、必ずしも、露光、現像の操作は必要ない。なお、捨て版とは、例えばカラーの新聞印刷において一部の紙面を単色又は2色で印刷を行う場合に、使用しない版胴に取り付けるための平版印刷版原版である。
 また、本開示において、化学構造式における「*」は、他の構造との結合位置を表す。
 以下、本開示を詳細に説明する。
Hereinafter, the content of the present disclosure will be described in detail. The description of the components described below may be made based on typical embodiments of the present disclosure, but the present disclosure is not limited to such embodiments.
In this specification, “to” indicating a numerical range is used to mean that the numerical values described before and after the numerical range are included as the lower limit and the upper limit.
Further, in the notation of a group (atomic group) in this specification, the notation of not indicating substituted or unsubstituted includes not only a group having no substituent but also a group having a substituent. For example, the “alkyl group” includes not only an alkyl group having no substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group).
In the present specification, “(meth) acryl” is a term used in a concept including both acryl and methacryl, and “(meth) acryloyl” is a term used as a concept including both acryloyl and methacryloyl. It is.
In addition, the term “step” in the present specification is not limited to an independent step, and even if it cannot be clearly distinguished from other steps, the term is used as long as the intended purpose of the step is achieved. included. In the present disclosure, “mass%” and “weight%” have the same meaning, and “mass part” and “part by weight” have the same meaning.
Unless particularly limited, each component in the composition or each constituent unit in the polymer in the present disclosure may be included alone or in combination of two or more. .
Further, in the present disclosure, the amount of each component in the composition, or each constituent unit in the polymer, each component in the composition, or a plurality of substances or constituent units corresponding to each constituent unit in the polymer are present In this case, unless otherwise specified, it refers to the total amount of the corresponding plural substances present in the composition or the corresponding plural structural units present in the polymer.
Furthermore, in the present disclosure, a combination of two or more preferred embodiments is a more preferred embodiment.
In addition, columns of TSKgel GMHxL, TSKgel G4000HxL, and TSKgel G2000HxL (all trade names manufactured by Tosoh Corporation) are used for the weight average molecular weight (Mw) and the number average molecular weight (Mn) in the present disclosure unless otherwise specified. It is a molecular weight detected by a gel permeation chromatography (GPC) analyzer using a solvent THF (tetrahydrofuran) and a differential refractometer and converted using polystyrene as a standard substance.
In the present disclosure, the term “lithographic printing plate precursor” includes not only the lithographic printing plate precursor but also a discarded plate precursor. Further, the term “lithographic printing plate” includes not only a lithographic printing plate precursor but also a lithographic printing plate produced through operations such as exposure and development, if necessary, as well as a discarded plate. In the case of a discarded plate master, the operations of exposure and development are not necessarily required. The discarded plate is a lithographic printing plate precursor to be attached to an unused plate cylinder, for example, when printing a part of the paper surface in monochrome or two colors in color newspaper printing.
In the present disclosure, “*” in a chemical structural formula represents a bonding position with another structure.
Hereinafter, the present disclosure will be described in detail.
(機上現像型平版印刷版原版)
 本開示に係る機上現像型平版印刷版原版は、支持体と、画像記録層と、オーバーコート層と、をこの順で有し、上記画像記録層が、バインダーポリマー、及び、電子供与型重合開始剤を含み、上記バインダーポリマーが、芳香族ビニル化合物により形成される構成単位、及び、アクリロニトリル化合物により形成される構成単位を有し、上記オーバーコート層の膜厚が、上記画像記録層の膜厚よりも厚い。
(On-press development type lithographic printing plate precursor)
The on-press development type lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure has a support, an image recording layer, and an overcoat layer in this order, and the image recording layer comprises a binder polymer, and an electron donating polymer. Including an initiator, the binder polymer has a structural unit formed by an aromatic vinyl compound, and a structural unit formed by an acrylonitrile compound, and the film thickness of the overcoat layer is a film of the image recording layer. Thicker than thick.
 本発明者が鋭意検討した結果、上記構成を採用することにより、耐薬品性に優れた平版印刷版が得られる平版印刷版原版を提供することができることを見出した。
 上記効果が得られる詳細なメカニズムは不明であるが、以下のように推測される。
 本開示に係る平版印刷版原版は、電子供与型重合開始剤を含み、かつ、画像記録層よりも厚い膜厚のオーバーコート層を有する。これにより、露光部分におけるラジカル重合性化合物の重合効率が向上し、現像後に得られる画像部の膜の強度が向上するため、耐薬品性が向上すると考えられる。
 また、本開示に係る平版印刷版原版は、芳香族ビニル化合物により形成される構成単位、及び、アクリロニトリル化合物により形成される構成単位を有するバインダーポリマー(以下、「特定バインダーポリマー」ともいう。)を含む。この特定バインダーポリマーと、上記オーバーコート層と、上記電子供与型重合開始剤と、の全てを含むことによる相乗的な効果により、耐薬品性が更に向上するが、そのメカニズムは定かではない。
As a result of intensive studies by the present inventors, it has been found that, by employing the above-described configuration, a lithographic printing plate precursor from which a lithographic printing plate having excellent chemical resistance can be obtained can be provided.
The detailed mechanism for obtaining the above effects is unknown, but is presumed as follows.
The lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure includes an overcoat layer having a thickness greater than that of an image recording layer, including an electron donating polymerization initiator. Thereby, the polymerization efficiency of the radically polymerizable compound in the exposed portion is improved, and the strength of the film in the image area obtained after development is improved, so that the chemical resistance is considered to be improved.
Further, the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure includes a binder polymer having a structural unit formed of an aromatic vinyl compound and a structural unit formed of an acrylonitrile compound (hereinafter, also referred to as “specific binder polymer”). Including. The chemical resistance is further improved by the synergistic effect of including all of the specific binder polymer, the overcoat layer, and the electron donating polymerization initiator, but the mechanism is not clear.
 特許文献1又は2に記載の平版印刷版原版においては、特定バインダーポリマーを含まないものであり、耐薬品性の向上に更なる改善の余地がある。
 特許文献3に記載の平版印刷版原版においては、画像記録層よりも厚い膜厚のオーバーコート層を有することについて記載も示唆もなく、耐薬品性に劣るものである。
The lithographic printing plate precursor described in Patent Document 1 or 2 does not contain a specific binder polymer, and there is room for further improvement in chemical resistance.
The lithographic printing plate precursor described in Patent Document 3 has no description or suggestion that it has an overcoat layer having a thickness greater than that of the image recording layer, and is poor in chemical resistance.
 また、本開示に係る平版印刷版原版によれば、耐刷性に優れた平版印刷版が得られやすいと考えられる。これは、上述の重合効率の向上、上述の相乗的な効果等によるものであると推測される。
 平版印刷版において、版の印刷可能な枚数が多いことを、「耐刷性に優れる」という。 更に、本開示に係る平版印刷版原版によれば、インキ着肉性(以下、単に「着肉性」ともいう。)に優れた平版印刷版が得られやすいと考えられる。これは、上述の特定バインダーポリマーを含むこと、上述の相乗的な効果等によるものであると推測される。
 また、本開示に係る平版印刷版原版によれば、機上現像性に優れた平版印刷版原版が得られやすいと考えられる。これは、特定バインダーポリマーを含むことにより、機上現像時に非画像部がインキローラーにくっつくことにより除去(インキタック現像)されやすいこと、上述の相乗的な効果等によるものであると推測される。
According to the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure, it is considered that a lithographic printing plate excellent in printing durability is easily obtained. This is presumed to be due to the above-mentioned improvement in polymerization efficiency, the above-mentioned synergistic effect, and the like.
In a lithographic printing plate, the fact that the number of printable plates is large is referred to as "excellent in printing durability". Furthermore, according to the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure, it is considered that a lithographic printing plate excellent in ink deposition property (hereinafter, also simply referred to as “deposition property”) is easily obtained. This is presumably due to the inclusion of the specific binder polymer described above, the synergistic effect described above, and the like.
According to the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure, it is considered that a lithographic printing plate precursor excellent in on-press developability is easily obtained. This is presumed to be due to the fact that the non-image portion sticks to the ink roller during the on-press development and is easily removed (ink tack development) by including the specific binder polymer, and the synergistic effect described above. .
 本開示に係る平版印刷版原版は、特定バインダーポリマーと、上記オーバーコート層と、上記電子供与型重合開始剤と、の全ての要件を含むことにより、耐刷性、耐薬品性、着肉性及び機上現像性のいずれも優れるという効果に優れやすいと考えられる。上記要件の1つでも欠けた場合、これらの効果のうち少なくとも1つが低下すると考えられる。
 一般的には、機上現像型平版印刷版において、上記プレートクリーナー等の薬剤による画像部の溶解性を低下させることにより得られる耐薬品性、又は、薬剤であるインキに対する耐性を向上させることにより得られる耐刷性と、インキに対する親和性を向上させることにより得られるインキ着肉性、又は、未露光部がインキとの親和性に優れることにより得られる機上現像性とを両立することは困難であると考えられ、本開示に係る平版印刷版原版はこれらの両立が可能である点で非常に有用であると考えられる。
 以下、本開示に係る平版印刷版原版における各構成要件の詳細について説明する。
The lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure includes a specific binder polymer, the overcoat layer, and the electron donating polymerization initiator, and includes all the requirements for printing durability, chemical resistance, and inking property. Further, it is considered that both the on-press developability and the on-press developability are excellent. If even one of the above requirements is missing, it is likely that at least one of these effects will be reduced.
In general, in an on-press development type lithographic printing plate, by improving the chemical resistance obtained by lowering the solubility of the image area by the agent such as the plate cleaner, or by improving the resistance to ink as an agent. It is necessary to achieve both the printing durability obtained and the ink inking property obtained by improving the affinity for the ink, or the on-press developability obtained by the unexposed part having an excellent affinity for the ink. It is considered difficult, and the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure is considered to be very useful in that both of these can be achieved.
Hereinafter, the details of each component in the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure will be described.
<支持体>
 本開示に係る平版印刷版原版は、支持体を有する。
 支持体としては、親水性表面を有する支持体(「親水性支持体」ともいう。)が好ましい。親水性表面としては、水との接触角が10°より小さいものが好ましく、5°より小さいものがより好ましい。
 本開示における水接触角は、協和界面化学(株)製DM-501によって、25℃における表面上の水滴の接触角(0.2秒後)として測定される。
 本開示に係る平版印刷版原版の支持体は、公知の平版印刷版原版用支持体から適宜選択して用いることができる。支持体としては、公知の方法で粗面化処理され、陽極酸化処理されたアルミニウム板が好ましい。
 アルミニウム板は更に必要に応じて、特開2001-253181号公報及び特開2001-322365号公報に記載されている陽極酸化皮膜のマイクロポアの拡大処理や封孔処理、米国特許第2,714,066号、同第3,181,461号、同第3,280,734号及び同第3,902,734号の各明細書に記載されているようなアルカリ金属シリケートによる表面親水化処理、米国特許第3,276,868号、同第4,153,461号及び同第4,689,272号の各明細書に記載されているようなポリビニルホスホン酸などによる表面親水化処理を適宜選択して行ってもよい。
 支持体は、中心線平均粗さが0.10μm~1.2μmであることが好ましい。
<Support>
The lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure has a support.
As the support, a support having a hydrophilic surface (also referred to as a “hydrophilic support”) is preferable. The hydrophilic surface preferably has a contact angle with water of less than 10 °, more preferably less than 5 °.
The water contact angle in the present disclosure is measured as the contact angle of a water droplet on a surface at 25 ° C. (after 0.2 seconds) by DM-501 manufactured by Kyowa Interface Chemical Co., Ltd.
The support of the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure can be appropriately selected from known lithographic printing plate precursor supports and used. As the support, an aluminum plate which has been subjected to surface roughening treatment and anodized by a known method is preferable.
The aluminum plate may be further processed, if necessary, by enlarging or sealing the micropores of the anodic oxide film described in JP-A-2001-253181 and JP-A-2001-322365, US Pat. No. 066, No. 3,181,461, No. 3,280,734 and No. 3,902,734, surface hydrophilization treatment with an alkali metal silicate, U.S.A. The surface hydrophilization treatment with polyvinylphosphonic acid or the like described in each specification of Patent Nos. 3,276,868, 4,153,461 and 4,689,272 is appropriately selected. You may go.
The support preferably has a center line average roughness of 0.10 μm to 1.2 μm.
 支持体は、必要に応じて、画像記録層とは反対側の面に、特開平5-45885号公報に記載の有機高分子化合物又は特開平6-35174号公報に記載のケイ素のアルコキシ化合物等を含むバックコート層を有していてもよい。 The support may have an organic polymer compound described in JP-A-5-45885 or a silicon alkoxy compound described in JP-A-6-35174, if necessary, on the surface opposite to the image recording layer. May be included.
<画像記録層>
 本開示に係る平版印刷版原版は、支持体上に形成された画像記録層を有する。
 本開示に用いられる画像記録層は、耐刷性、及び、感光性の観点から、重合性化合物を更に含むことが好ましい。
 本開示に用いられる画像記録層は、耐刷性、及び、感光性の観点から、電子受容型重合開始剤を更に含むことが好ましい。
 本開示に用いられる画像記録層は、露光感度の観点から、赤外線吸収剤を更に含むことが好ましい。
 本開示に用いられる画像記録層は、露光部を現像前に確認するために、酸発色剤を更に含んでもよい。
 本開示に係る平版印刷版原版は、機上現像性の観点から、画像記録層の未露光部が湿し水及び印刷インキよりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1つにより除去可能であることが好ましい。
 以下、画像記録層に含まれる各成分の詳細について説明する。
<Image recording layer>
The lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure has an image recording layer formed on a support.
The image recording layer used in the present disclosure preferably further contains a polymerizable compound from the viewpoints of printing durability and photosensitivity.
The image recording layer used in the present disclosure preferably further contains an electron-accepting polymerization initiator from the viewpoints of printing durability and photosensitivity.
The image recording layer used in the present disclosure preferably further contains an infrared absorber from the viewpoint of exposure sensitivity.
The image recording layer used in the present disclosure may further include an acid coloring agent in order to confirm the exposed portion before development.
In the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure, it is preferable that the unexposed portion of the image recording layer can be removed by at least one selected from the group consisting of fountain solution and printing ink from the viewpoint of on-press developability. .
Hereinafter, details of each component contained in the image recording layer will be described.
〔特定バインダーポリマー〕
 本開示において用いられる画像記録層は、特定バインダーポリマーを含む。
 本開示において、特定バインダーポリマーとは、粒子形状ではない結着樹脂であって、後述するポリマー粒子は本開示における特定バインダーポリマーには含まれないものとする。
 特定バインダーポリマーは、芳香族ビニル化合物により形成される構成単位、及び、アクリロニトリル化合物により形成される構成単位を有する。
(Specific binder polymer)
The image recording layer used in the present disclosure contains a specific binder polymer.
In the present disclosure, the specific binder polymer is a binder resin that is not in a particle shape, and polymer particles described below are not included in the specific binder polymer in the present disclosure.
The specific binder polymer has a structural unit formed by an aromatic vinyl compound and a structural unit formed by an acrylonitrile compound.
-芳香族ビニル化合物により形成される構成単位-
 特定バインダーポリマーは、芳香族ビニル化合物により形成される構成単位を有する。
 芳香族ビニル化合物としては、芳香環にビニル基が結合した構造を有する化合物であればよいが、スチレン化合物、ビニルナフタレン化合物等が挙げられ、スチレン化合物が好ましく、スチレンがより好ましい。
 スチレン化合物としては、スチレン、p-メチルスチレン、p-メトキシスチレン、β-メチルスチレン、p-メチル-β-メチルスチレン、α-メチルスチレン、及びp-メトキシ-β-メチルスチレン等が挙げられ、スチレンが好ましく挙げられる。
 ビニルナフタレン化合物としては、1-ビニルナフタレン、メチル-1-ビニルナフタレン、β-メチル-1-ビニルナフタレン、4-メチル-1-ビニルナフタレン、4-メトキシ-1-ビニルナフタレン等が挙げられ、1-ビニルナフタレンが好ましく挙げられる。
-Structural unit formed by aromatic vinyl compound-
The specific binder polymer has a structural unit formed by an aromatic vinyl compound.
The aromatic vinyl compound may be any compound having a structure in which a vinyl group is bonded to an aromatic ring, and examples thereof include a styrene compound and a vinyl naphthalene compound. A styrene compound is preferable, and styrene is more preferable.
Examples of the styrene compound include styrene, p-methylstyrene, p-methoxystyrene, β-methylstyrene, p-methyl-β-methylstyrene, α-methylstyrene, and p-methoxy-β-methylstyrene. Styrene is preferred.
Examples of the vinyl naphthalene compound include 1-vinyl naphthalene, methyl-1-vinyl naphthalene, β-methyl-1-vinyl naphthalene, 4-methyl-1-vinyl naphthalene, and 4-methoxy-1-vinyl naphthalene. -Vinyl naphthalene is preferred.
 また、芳香族ビニル化合物により形成される構成単位としては、下記式A1で表される構成単位が好ましく挙げられる。 構成 Moreover, as a structural unit formed of an aromatic vinyl compound, a structural unit represented by the following formula A1 is preferably exemplified.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
 式A1中、RA1及びRA2はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又はアルキル基を表し、Arは芳香環基を表し、RA3は置換基を表し、nはArの最大置換基数以下の整数を表す。
 式A1中、RA1及びRA2はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又は炭素数1~4のアルキル基であることが好ましく、水素原子又はメチル基であることがより好ましく、いずれも水素原子であることが更に好ましい。
 式A1中、Arはベンゼン環又はナフタレン環であることが好ましく、ベンゼン環であることがより好ましい。
 式A1中、RA3はアルキル基又はアルコキシ基であることが好ましく、炭素数1~4のアルキル基又は炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基であることがより好ましく、メチル基又はメトキシ基であることが更に好ましい。
 式A1中、RA3が複数存在する場合、複数のRA3は同一であってもよいし、それぞれ異なっていてもよい。
 式A1中、nは0~2の整数であることが好ましく、0又は1であることがより好ましく、0であることが更に好ましい。
In Formula A1, R A1 and R A2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, Ar represents an aromatic ring group, R A3 represents a substituent, and n represents an integer equal to or less than the maximum number of substituents of Ar. .
In formula A1, R A1 and R A2 are each independently preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, more preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and both are hydrogen atoms. Is more preferred.
In Formula A1, Ar is preferably a benzene ring or a naphthalene ring, and more preferably a benzene ring.
In the formula A1, R A3 is preferably an alkyl group or an alkoxy group, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and a methyl group or a methoxy group. Is more preferred.
In the formula A1, when the R A3 there are a plurality, plural of R A3 may be the same or may be different.
In the formula A1, n is preferably an integer of 0 to 2, more preferably 0 or 1, and even more preferably 0.
 特定バインダーポリマーにおける、芳香族ビニル化合物により形成される構成単位の含有量は、特定バインダーポリマーの全質量に対し、15質量%~85質量%であることが好ましく、30質量%~70質量%であることがより好ましい。 The content of the structural unit formed by the aromatic vinyl compound in the specific binder polymer is preferably from 15% by mass to 85% by mass, and more preferably from 30% by mass to 70% by mass based on the total mass of the specific binder polymer. More preferably, there is.
-アクリロニトリル化合物により形成される構成単位-
 特定バインダーポリマーは、アクリロニトリル化合物により形成される構成単位を有する。
 アクリロニトリル化合物としては、(メタ)アクリロニトリル等が挙げられ、アクリロニトリルが好ましく挙げられる。
-Structural unit formed by acrylonitrile compound-
The specific binder polymer has a structural unit formed by an acrylonitrile compound.
Examples of the acrylonitrile compound include (meth) acrylonitrile and the like, with acrylonitrile being preferred.
 また、アクリロニトリル化合物により形成される構成単位としては、下記式B1で表される構成単位が好ましく挙げられる。 構成 Moreover, as a structural unit formed of an acrylonitrile compound, a structural unit represented by the following formula B1 is preferably exemplified.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
 式B1中、RB1は水素原子又はアルキル基を表す。
 式B1中、RB1は水素原子又は炭素数1~4のアルキル基であることが好ましく、水素原子又はメチル基であることがより好ましく、水素原子であることが更に好ましい。
In Formula B1, R B1 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
In the formula B1, R B1 is preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, more preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and further preferably a hydrogen atom.
 特定バインダーポリマーにおける、アクリロニトリル化合物により形成される構成単位の含有量は、特定バインダーポリマーの全質量に対し、15質量%~85質量%であることが好ましく、30質量%~70質量%であることがより好ましい。 The content of the structural unit formed by the acrylonitrile compound in the specific binder polymer is preferably from 15% by mass to 85% by mass, and more preferably from 30% by mass to 70% by mass, based on the total mass of the specific binder polymer. Is more preferred.
-N-ビニル複素環化合物により形成される構成単位-
 特定バインダーポリマーは、耐刷性及び耐薬品性の観点から、N-ビニル複素環化合物により形成される構成単位をさらに有することが好ましい。
 N-ビニル複素環化合物としては、例えば、N-ビニルピロリドン、N-ビニルカルバゾール、N-ビニルピロール、N-ビニルフェノチアジン、N-ビニルコハク酸イミド、N-ビニルフタルイミド、N-ビニルカプロラクタム、及びN-ビニルイミダゾールが挙げられ、N-ビニルピロリドンが好ましい。
-Structural unit formed by N-vinyl heterocyclic compound-
The specific binder polymer preferably further has a structural unit formed of an N-vinyl heterocyclic compound from the viewpoint of printing durability and chemical resistance.
Examples of the N-vinyl heterocyclic compound include N-vinylpyrrolidone, N-vinylcarbazole, N-vinylpyrrole, N-vinylphenothiazine, N-vinylsuccinimide, N-vinylphthalimide, N-vinylcaprolactam, and N-vinylcaprolactam. Vinyl imidazole is preferred, with N-vinylpyrrolidone being preferred.
 また、N-ビニル複素環化合物により形成される構成単位としては、下記式C1で表される構成単位が好ましく挙げられる。 構成 Further, as the structural unit formed by the N-vinyl heterocyclic compound, a structural unit represented by the following formula C1 is preferably exemplified.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
 式C1中、Arは窒素原子を含む複素環構造を表し、Ar中の窒素原子が*で示した炭素原子と結合する。
 式C1中、Arにより表される複素環構造は、ピロリドン環、カルバゾール環、ピロール環、フェノチアジン環、スクシンイミド環、フタルイミド環、カプロラクタム環、及びイミダゾール環であることが好ましく、ピロリドン環であることがより好ましい。
 また、Arにより表される複素環構造は公知の置換基を有していてもよい。
In the formula C1, Ar N represents a heterocyclic structure containing a nitrogen atom, a nitrogen atom in Ar N is bonded to the carbon atoms indicated by *.
In Formula C1, the heterocyclic structure represented by Ar N is preferably a pyrrolidone ring, a carbazole ring, a pyrrole ring, a phenothiazine ring, a succinimide ring, a phthalimide ring, a caprolactam ring, or an imidazole ring, and more preferably a pyrrolidone ring. Is more preferred.
Further, the heterocyclic structure represented by Ar N may have a known substituent.
 特定バインダーポリマーにおける、N-ビニル複素環化合物により形成される構成単位の含有量は、特定バインダーポリマーの全質量に対し、5質量%~50質量%であることが好ましく、10質量%~40質量%であることがより好ましい。 The content of the structural unit formed by the N-vinyl heterocyclic compound in the specific binder polymer is preferably from 5% by mass to 50% by mass, and more preferably from 10% by mass to 40% by mass, based on the total mass of the specific binder polymer. % Is more preferable.
-エチレン性不飽和基を有する構成単位-
 特定バインダーポリマーは、エチレン性不飽和基を有する構成単位を更に有していてもよい。
 エチレン性不飽和基としては、特に限定されないが、ビニル基、アリル基、ビニルフェニル基、(メタ)アクリルアミド基、又は、(メタ)アクリロイルオキシ基等が挙げられ、反応性の観点から、(メタ)アクリロイルオキシ基であることが好ましい。
 エチレン性不飽和基を有する構成単位は、高分子反応又は共重合により特定バインダーポリマーに導入することができる。具体的には、例えば、メタクリル酸等のカルボキシ基を有する構成単位を導入した重合体に対し、エポキシ基及びエチレン性不飽和基を有する化合物(例えば、グリシジルメタクリレートなど)を反応させる方法、ヒドロキシ基等の活性水素を有する基を有する構成単位を導入した重合体に対し、イソシアネート基及びエチレン性不飽和基を有する化合物(2-イソシアナトエチルメタクリレートなど)を反応させる方法等により導入することができる。
 また、エチレン性不飽和基を有する構成単位は、グリシジル(メタ)アクリレート等のエポキシ基を有する構成単位を導入した重合体に対し、カルボキシ基及びエチレン性不飽和基を有する化合物を反応させる等の方法により特定バインダーポリマーに導入されてもよい。
 更に、エチレン性不飽和基を有する構成単位は、例えば下記式d1又は下記式d2により表される部分構造を含む単量体を用いることにより特定バインダーポリマー中に導入されてもよい。具体的には、例えば、上記単量体を少なくとも用いた重合後に、下記式d1又は下記式d2により表される部分構造に対し、塩基化合物を用いた脱離反応によってエチレン性不飽和基を形成することにより、エチレン性不飽和基を有する構成単位が特定バインダーポリマー中に導入される。
-Structural unit having an ethylenically unsaturated group-
The specific binder polymer may further have a structural unit having an ethylenically unsaturated group.
Examples of the ethylenically unsaturated group include, but are not particularly limited to, a vinyl group, an allyl group, a vinylphenyl group, a (meth) acrylamide group, and a (meth) acryloyloxy group. ) An acryloyloxy group is preferred.
The constituent unit having an ethylenically unsaturated group can be introduced into a specific binder polymer by a polymer reaction or copolymerization. Specifically, for example, a method in which a compound having an epoxy group and an ethylenically unsaturated group (eg, glycidyl methacrylate) is reacted with a polymer into which a structural unit having a carboxy group such as methacrylic acid is introduced, Such as a method in which a compound having an isocyanate group and an ethylenically unsaturated group (such as 2-isocyanatoethyl methacrylate) is reacted with a polymer into which a structural unit having a group having an active hydrogen such as has been introduced. .
Further, the structural unit having an ethylenically unsaturated group may be obtained by reacting a polymer having a structural unit having an epoxy group such as glycidyl (meth) acrylate with a compound having a carboxy group and an ethylenically unsaturated group. It may be introduced into a specific binder polymer by a method.
Further, the constituent unit having an ethylenically unsaturated group may be introduced into the specific binder polymer by using, for example, a monomer having a partial structure represented by the following formula d1 or d2. Specifically, for example, after polymerization using at least the above monomer, an ethylenically unsaturated group is formed by a elimination reaction using a base compound on a partial structure represented by the following formula d1 or the following formula d2. By doing so, the structural unit having an ethylenically unsaturated group is introduced into the specific binder polymer.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000009
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000009
 式d1及び式d2中、Rは水素原子又はアルキル基を表し、Aはハロゲン原子を表し、Xは-O-又は-NR-を表し、Rは水素原子又はアルキル基を表し、*は他の構造との結合部位を表す。
 式d1及び式d2中、Rは水素原子又はメチル基であることが好ましい。
 式d1及び式d2中、Aは塩素原子、臭素原子、又は、ヨウ素原子であることが好ましい。
 式d1及び式d2中、Xは-O-であることが好ましい。Xが-NR-を表す場合、Rは水素原子又は炭素数1~4のアルキル基が好ましく、水素原子がより好ましい。
In the formula d1 and wherein d2, R d represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, A d represents a halogen atom, X d is -O- or -NR N - represents, R N represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group , * Represents a binding site to another structure.
In the formulas d1 and d2, R d is preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
In the formula d1 and wherein d2, A d is a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, or preferably a iodine atom.
In the formulas d1 and d2, X d is preferably -O-. When X d represents —NR N —, R N is preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and more preferably a hydrogen atom.
 エチレン性不飽和基を有する構成単位としては、例えば、下記式D1により表される構成単位が挙げられる。 {Examples of the structural unit having an ethylenically unsaturated group include a structural unit represented by the following formula D1.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
 式D1中、LD1は単結合又は二価の連結基を表し、LD2はm+1価の連結基を表し、XD1及びXD2はそれぞれ独立に、-O-又は-NR-を表し、Rは水素原子又はアルキル基を表し、RD1及びRD2はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又はメチル基を表し、mは1以上の整数を表す。 In Formula D1, L D1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, L D2 represents an m + 1-valent linking group, X D1 and X D2 each independently represent -O- or -NR N- , R N represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, R D1 and R D2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and m represents an integer of 1 or more.
 式D1中、LD1は単結合であることが好ましい。LD1が二価の連結基を表す場合、アルキレン基、アリーレン基又はこれらの2以上が結合した二価の基が好ましく、炭素数2~10のアルキレン基又はフェニレン基がより好ましい。
 式D1中、LD2は下記式D2~下記式D6のいずれかにより表される基が好ましい。
 式D1中、XD1及びXD2はいずれも-O-であることが好ましい。また、XD1及びXD2の少なくとも一つが-NR-を表す場合、Rは水素原子又は炭素数1~4のアルキル基が好ましく、水素原子がより好ましい。
 式D1中、RD1はメチル基であることが好ましい。
 式D1中、m個のRD2のうち少なくとも1つはメチル基であることが好ましい。
 式D1中、mは1~4の整数であることが好ましく、1又は2であることがより好ましく、1であることが更に好ましい。
In the formula D1, L D1 is preferably a single bond. When LD1 represents a divalent linking group, an alkylene group, an arylene group or a divalent group in which two or more of these groups are bonded is preferable, and an alkylene group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms or a phenylene group is more preferable.
In Formula D1, L D2 is preferably a group represented by any of Formulas D2 to D6.
In Formula D1, X D1 and X D2 are preferably both —O—. When at least one of X D1 and X D2 represents —NR N —, R N is preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and more preferably a hydrogen atom.
In the formula D1, R D1 is preferably a methyl group.
In the formula D1, at least one of m R D2 is preferably a methyl group.
In the formula D1, m is preferably an integer of 1 to 4, more preferably 1 or 2, and still more preferably 1.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
 式D2~式D6中、LD3~LD7は二価の連結基を表し、LD5とLD6は異なっていてもよく、*は式D1中のXD1との結合部位を表し、波線部は式D1中のXD2との結合部位を表す。 In Formulas D2 to D6, L D3 to L D7 represent a divalent linking group, L D5 and L D6 may be different, and * represents a binding site to X D1 in Formula D1; Represents a binding site to XD2 in Formula D1.
 式D3中、LD3はアルキレン基、アリーレン基、又はこれらが2以上結合した基であることが好ましく、炭素数1~10のアルキレン基、フェニレン基又はこれらが2以上結合した基であることがより好ましい。
 式D4中、LD4はアルキレン基、アリーレン基、又はこれらが2以上結合した基であることが好ましく、炭素数1~10のアルキレン基、フェニレン基又はこれらが2以上結合した基であることがより好ましい。
 式D5中、LD5はアルキレン基、アリーレン基、又はこれらが2以上結合した基であることが好ましく、炭素数1~10のアルキレン基、フェニレン基又はこれらが2以上結合した基であることがより好ましい。
 式D6中、LD6はアルキレン基、アリーレン基、又はこれらが2以上結合した基であることが好ましく、炭素数1~10のアルキレン基、フェニレン基又はこれらが2以上結合した基であることがより好ましい。
 式D7中、LD7はアルキレン基、アリーレン基、又はこれらが2以上結合した基であることが好ましく、炭素数1~10のアルキレン基、フェニレン基又はこれらが2以上結合した基であることがより好ましい。
In Formula D3, LD3 is preferably an alkylene group, an arylene group, or a group having two or more of these bonded, and is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a phenylene group, or a group having two or more of these bonded. More preferred.
In formula D4, LD4 is preferably an alkylene group, an arylene group, or a group having two or more of these bonded, and preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a phenylene group, or a group having two or more of these bonded. More preferred.
In Formula D5, LD5 is preferably an alkylene group, an arylene group, or a group having two or more of these bonded, and is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a phenylene group, or a group having two or more of these bonded. More preferred.
In Formula D6, LD6 is preferably an alkylene group, an arylene group, or a group having two or more of these bonded, and is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a phenylene group, or a group having two or more of these bonded. More preferred.
In Formula D7, LD7 is preferably an alkylene group, an arylene group, or a group in which two or more thereof are bonded, and is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a phenylene group, or a group in which two or more thereof are bonded. More preferred.
 エチレン性不飽和基を有する構成単位の具体例を下記に示すが、本開示に係るバインダーポリマーに含まれるエチレン性不飽和基を有する構成単位は、これに限定されるものではない。下記具体例中、Rはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又はメチル基を表す。 具体 Specific examples of the structural unit having an ethylenically unsaturated group are shown below, but the structural unit having an ethylenically unsaturated group contained in the binder polymer according to the present disclosure is not limited thereto. In the following specific examples, each R independently represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
 特定バインダーポリマーにおける、エチレン性不飽和基を有する構成単位の含有量は、特定バインダーポリマーの全質量に対し、5質量%~60質量%であることが好ましく、10質量%~30質量%であることがより好ましい。 The content of the structural unit having an ethylenically unsaturated group in the specific binder polymer is preferably from 5% by mass to 60% by mass, and more preferably from 10% by mass to 30% by mass, based on the total mass of the specific binder polymer. Is more preferable.
-酸性基を有する構成単位-
 特定バインダーポリマーは、酸性基を有する構成単位を含有してもよいが、機上現像性及びインキ着肉性の観点からは、酸性基を有する構成単位を含有しないことが好ましい。
 具体的には、特定バインダーポリマーにおける酸性基を有する構成単位の含有量は、20質量%以下であることが好ましく、10質量%以下であることがより好ましく、5質量%以下であることが更に好ましい。上記含有量の下限は特に限定されず、0質量%であってもよい。
 また、特定バインダーポリマーの酸価は、160mgKOH/g以下であることが好ましく、80mgKOH/g以下であることがより好ましく、40mgKOH/g以下であることが更に好ましい。上記酸価の下限は特に限定されず、0mgKOH/gであってもよい。
 本開示において、酸価はJIS K0070:1992に準拠した測定法により求められる。
-Structural unit having acidic group-
Although the specific binder polymer may contain a constituent unit having an acidic group, it is preferable that the specific binder polymer does not contain a constituent unit having an acidic group from the viewpoints of on-press developability and ink adhesion.
Specifically, the content of the structural unit having an acidic group in the specific binder polymer is preferably 20% by mass or less, more preferably 10% by mass or less, and further preferably 5% by mass or less. preferable. The lower limit of the content is not particularly limited, and may be 0% by mass.
Further, the acid value of the specific binder polymer is preferably 160 mgKOH / g or less, more preferably 80 mgKOH / g or less, and further preferably 40 mgKOH / g or less. The lower limit of the acid value is not particularly limited, and may be 0 mgKOH / g.
In the present disclosure, the acid value is determined by a measuring method based on JIS K0070: 1992.
-疎水性基を有する構成単位-
 特定バインダーポリマーは、インキ着肉性の観点から、疎水性基を含む構成単位を含有してもよい。
 上記疎水性基としては、アルキル基、アリール基、アラルキル基等が挙げられる。
 疎水性基を含む構成単位としては、アルキル(メタ)アクリレート化合物、アリール(メタ)アクリレート化合物、又は、アラルキル(メタ)アクリレート化合物により形成される構成単位が好ましく、アルキル(メタ)アクリレート化合物により形成される構成単位がより好ましい。
 上記アルキル(メタ)アクリレート化合物におけるアルキル基の炭素数は、1~10であることが好ましい。上記アルキル基は直鎖状であっても分岐鎖状であってもよく、環状構造を有していてもよい。アルキル(メタ)アクリレート化合物としては、メチル(メタ)アクリレート、エチル(メタ)アクリレート、プロピル(メタ)アクリレート、シクロヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート、2-エチルヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート、ジシクロペンタニル(メタ)アクリレート等が挙げられる。
 上記アリール(メタ)アクリレート化合物におけるアリール基の炭素数は、6~20であることが好ましく、フェニル基であることがより好ましい。また、上記アリール基は公知の置換基を有していてもよい。アリール(メタ)アクリレート化合物としては、フェニル(メタ)アクリレートが好ましく挙げられる。
 上記アラルキル(メタ)アクリレート化合物におけるアルキル基の炭素数は、1~10であることが好ましい。上記アルキル基は直鎖状であっても分岐鎖状であってもよく、環状構造を有していてもよい。また、上記アラルキル(メタ)アクリレート化合物におけるアリール基の炭素数は、6~20であることが好ましく、フェニル基であることがより好ましい。アラルキル(メタ)アクリレート化合物としては、ベンジル(メタ)アクリレートが好ましく挙げられる。
-Structural unit having a hydrophobic group-
The specific binder polymer may contain a structural unit containing a hydrophobic group from the viewpoint of ink adhesion.
Examples of the hydrophobic group include an alkyl group, an aryl group, and an aralkyl group.
As the structural unit containing a hydrophobic group, a structural unit formed of an alkyl (meth) acrylate compound, an aryl (meth) acrylate compound, or an aralkyl (meth) acrylate compound is preferable, and a structural unit formed of an alkyl (meth) acrylate compound is preferred. Is more preferable.
The alkyl (meth) acrylate compound preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms in the alkyl group. The alkyl group may be linear or branched, and may have a cyclic structure. Examples of the alkyl (meth) acrylate compound include methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, propyl (meth) acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth) acrylate, and dicyclopentanyl (meth) acrylate. Is mentioned.
The aryl group in the aryl (meth) acrylate compound preferably has 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably a phenyl group. Further, the aryl group may have a known substituent. Preferred examples of the aryl (meth) acrylate compound include phenyl (meth) acrylate.
The aralkyl (meth) acrylate compound preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms in the alkyl group. The alkyl group may be linear or branched, and may have a cyclic structure. The aryl group in the aralkyl (meth) acrylate compound preferably has 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably a phenyl group. As an aralkyl (meth) acrylate compound, benzyl (meth) acrylate is preferably exemplified.
 特定バインダーポリマーにおける、疎水性基を有する構成単位の含有量は、特定バインダーポリマーの全質量に対し、5質量%~50質量%であることが好ましく、10質量%~30質量%であることがより好ましい。 The content of the structural unit having a hydrophobic group in the specific binder polymer is preferably from 5% by mass to 50% by mass, and more preferably from 10% by mass to 30% by mass, based on the total mass of the specific binder polymer. More preferred.
-親水性基を有する構成単位-
 特定バインダーポリマーは、耐刷性、耐薬品性及び機上現像性の向上の観点から、親水性基を有する構成単位を含んでもよい。
 上記親水性基としては、-OH、-CN、-CONR、-NRCOR(R、Rはそれぞれ独立して水素原子、アルキル基、アルケニル基、又は、アリール基を表す。RとRは結合して環を形成してもよい。)-NR、-N(R~Rは、それぞれ独立して炭素数1~8のアルキル基を表し、Xはカウンターアニオンを表す)、下記式POにより表される基等が挙げられる。
 これら親水性基の中でも、-CONR又は式POにより表される基が好ましく、式POにより表される基がより好ましい。
-Structural unit having a hydrophilic group-
The specific binder polymer may include a structural unit having a hydrophilic group from the viewpoint of improving printing durability, chemical resistance, and on-press developability.
Examples of the hydrophilic group include —OH, —CN, —CONR 1 R 2 , and —NR 2 COR 1 (R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, or an aryl group. R 1 and R 2 may combine to form a ring.) —NR 3 R 4 , —N + R 3 R 4 R 5 X (R 3 to R 5 each independently have a carbon number. represents an alkyl group of 1 ~ 8, X - represents a counter anion), include groups represented by the following formula PO.
Among these hydrophilic groups, a group represented by —CONR 1 R 2 or the formula PO is preferable, and a group represented by the formula PO is more preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
 式PO中、Lはそれぞれ独立に、アルキレン基を表し、Rは水素原子又はアルキル基を表し、nは1~100の整数を表す。
 式PO中、Lはそれぞれ独立に、エチレン基、1-メチルエチレン基又は2-メチルエチレン基であることが好ましく、エチレン基であることがより好ましい。
 式PO中、Rは水素原子又は炭素数1~18のアルキル基であることが好ましく、水素原子又は炭素数1~10のアルキル基であることがより好ましく、水素原子又は炭素数1~4のアルキル基であることが更に好ましく、水素原子又はメチル基であることが特に好ましい。
 式PO中、nは1~10の整数が好ましく、1~4の整数がより好ましい。
In the formula PO, L P each independently represents an alkylene group, R P represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, and n represents an integer of 1 to 100.
Wherein PO, L P is each independently represents preferably an ethylene group, a 1-methylethylene or 2-methylethylene group, more preferably an ethylene group.
Wherein PO, R P is preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, more preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a hydrogen atom or a C 1-4 Is more preferably an alkyl group, and particularly preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
In the formula PO, n is preferably an integer of 1 to 10, more preferably an integer of 1 to 4.
 特定バインダーポリマーにおける、親水性基を有する構成単位の含有量は、特定バインダーポリマーの全質量に対し、5質量%~60質量%であることが好ましく、10質量%~30質量%であることがより好ましい。 The content of the structural unit having a hydrophilic group in the specific binder polymer is preferably 5% by mass to 60% by mass, and more preferably 10% by mass to 30% by mass based on the total mass of the specific binder polymer. More preferred.
-その他の構成単位-
 特定バインダーポリマーは、その他の構成単位を更に含有してもよい。その他の構成単位としては、上述の各構成単位以外の構成単位を特に限定なく含有することができ、例えば、アクリルアミド化合物、ビニルエーテル化合物等により形成される構成単位が挙げられる。
 アクリルアミド化合物としては、例えば、(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-メチル(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-エチル(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-プロピル(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-ブチル(メタ)アクリルアミド、N,N’-ジメチル(メタ)アクリルアミド、N,N’-ジエチル(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-ヒドロキシエチル(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-ヒドロキシプロピル(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-ヒドロキシブチル(メタ)アクリルアミド等が挙げられる。
 ビニルエーテル化合物としては、例えば、メチルビニルエーテル、エチルビニルエーテル、プロピルビニルエーテル、n-ブチルビニルエーテル、tert-ブチルビニルエーテル、2-エチルヘキシルビニルエーテル、n-ノニルビニルエーテル、ラウリルビニルエーテル、シクロヘキシルビニルエーテル、シクロヘキシルメチルビニルエーテル、4-メチルシクロヘキシルメチルビニルエーテル、ベンジルビニルエーテル、ジシクロペンテニルビニルエーテル、2-ジシクロペンテノキシエチルビニルエーテル、メトキシエチルビニルエーテル、エトキシエチルビニルエーテル、ブトキシエチルビニルエーテル、メトキシエトキシエチルビニルエーテル、エトキシエトキシエチルビニルエーテル、メトキシポリエチレングリコールビニルエーテル、テトラヒドロフルフリルビニルエーテル、2-ヒドロキシエチルビニルエーテル、2-ヒドロキシプロピルビニルエーテル、4-ヒドロキシブチルビニルエーテル、4-ヒドロキシメチルシクロヘキシルメチルビニルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノビニルエーテル、ポリエチレングリコールビニルエーテル、クロロエチルビニルエーテル、クロロブチルビニルエーテル、クロロエトキシエチルビニルエーテル、フェニルエチルビニルエーテル、フェノキシポリエチレングリコールビニルエーテル、などが挙げられる。
-Other structural units-
The specific binder polymer may further contain other constituent units. As other structural units, structural units other than the above-described structural units can be contained without any particular limitation, and examples thereof include structural units formed of an acrylamide compound, a vinyl ether compound, and the like.
Examples of the acrylamide compound include (meth) acrylamide, N-methyl (meth) acrylamide, N-ethyl (meth) acrylamide, N-propyl (meth) acrylamide, N-butyl (meth) acrylamide, N, N′-dimethyl (Meth) acrylamide, N, N'-diethyl (meth) acrylamide, N-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylamide, N-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylamide, N-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylamide and the like can be mentioned.
Examples of the vinyl ether compound include methyl vinyl ether, ethyl vinyl ether, propyl vinyl ether, n-butyl vinyl ether, tert-butyl vinyl ether, 2-ethylhexyl vinyl ether, n-nonyl vinyl ether, lauryl vinyl ether, cyclohexyl vinyl ether, cyclohexylmethyl vinyl ether, and 4-methylcyclohexyl. Methyl vinyl ether, benzyl vinyl ether, dicyclopentenyl vinyl ether, 2-dicyclopentenoxyethyl vinyl ether, methoxyethyl vinyl ether, ethoxyethyl vinyl ether, butoxyethyl vinyl ether, methoxyethoxyethyl vinyl ether, ethoxyethoxyethyl vinyl ether, methoxypolyethylene glycol vinyl Ether, tetrahydrofurfuryl vinyl ether, 2-hydroxyethyl vinyl ether, 2-hydroxypropyl vinyl ether, 4-hydroxybutyl vinyl ether, 4-hydroxymethylcyclohexylmethyl vinyl ether, diethylene glycol monovinyl ether, polyethylene glycol vinyl ether, chloroethyl vinyl ether, chlorobutyl vinyl ether, chloro Examples include ethoxyethyl vinyl ether, phenylethyl vinyl ether, phenoxy polyethylene glycol vinyl ether, and the like.
 特定バインダーポリマーにおける、その他の構成単位の含有量は、特定バインダーポリマーの全質量に対し、5質量%~50質量%であることが好ましく、10質量%~30質量%であることがより好ましい。 含有 The content of the other constituent units in the specific binder polymer is preferably from 5% by mass to 50% by mass, more preferably from 10% by mass to 30% by mass, based on the total mass of the specific binder polymer.
-特定バインダーポリマーの製造方法-
 特定バインダーポリマーの製造方法は、特に限定されず、公知の方法により製造することができる。
 例えば、スチレン化合物と、アクリロニトリル化合物と、必要に応じて上記N-ビニル複素環化合物、上記エチレン性不飽和基を有する構成単位の形成に用いられる化合物、上記酸性基を有する構成単位の形成に用いられる化合物、上記疎水性基を有する構成単位の形成に用いられる化合物、及び、上記その他の構成単位の形成に用いられる化合物よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種の化合物、とを、公知の方法により重合することにより得られる。
-Method for producing specific binder polymer-
The method for producing the specific binder polymer is not particularly limited, and can be produced by a known method.
For example, a styrene compound, an acrylonitrile compound, and if necessary, the N-vinyl heterocyclic compound, the compound used to form the structural unit having an ethylenically unsaturated group, and the compound used to form the structural unit having an acidic group And at least one compound selected from the group consisting of a compound used for forming the structural unit having the hydrophobic group, and a compound used for forming the other structural unit, using a known method. Obtained by polymerization with
-分子量-
 特定バインダーポリマーの重量平均分子量は、3,000~300,000であることが好ましく、5,000~100,000であることがより好ましい。
-Molecular weight-
The weight average molecular weight of the specific binder polymer is preferably from 3,000 to 300,000, and more preferably from 5,000 to 100,000.
-具体例-
 特定バインダーポリマーの具体例を下記表に示すが、本開示において用いられる特定バインダーポリマーはこれに限定されるものではない。
-Concrete example-
Specific examples of the specific binder polymer are shown in the following table, but the specific binder polymer used in the present disclosure is not limited thereto.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
 また、上記具体例中、各構成単位の含有比は、上述の各構成単位の含有量の好ましい範囲に従って、適宜変更可能である。
 また、上記具体例に示す各化合物の重量平均分子量は、上述の特定バインダーポリマーの重量平均分子量の好ましい範囲に従って、適宜変更可能である。
In the above specific examples, the content ratio of each structural unit can be appropriately changed according to the preferable range of the content of each structural unit described above.
In addition, the weight average molecular weight of each compound shown in the above specific examples can be appropriately changed according to the preferable range of the weight average molecular weight of the specific binder polymer.
-含有量-
 画像記録層は、特定バインダーポリマーを1種単独で含有してもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。
 画像記録層の全質量に対する特定バインダーポリマーの含有量は、5質量%以上95質量%以下であることが好ましく、7質量%以上80質量%以下がより好ましく、10質量%以上60質量%以下がより好ましい。
-Content-
The image recording layer may contain one specific binder polymer alone, or two or more specific binder polymers may be used in combination.
The content of the specific binder polymer with respect to the total mass of the image recording layer is preferably from 5% by mass to 95% by mass, more preferably from 7% by mass to 80% by mass, and preferably from 10% by mass to 60% by mass. More preferred.
〔電子供与型重合開始剤〕
 本開示において用いられる画像記録層は、電子供与型重合開始剤を含有することが好ましい。電子供与型重合開始剤は、平版印刷版における耐薬品性、及び、耐刷性の向上に寄与すると考えられる。電子供与型重合開始剤としては、例えば、以下の5種類が挙げられる。
(i)アルキル又はアリールアート錯体:酸化的に炭素-ヘテロ結合が解裂し、活性ラジカルを生成すると考えられる。具体的には、ボレート化合物等が挙げられる。
(ii)アミノ酢酸化合物:酸化により窒素に隣接した炭素上のC-X結合が解裂し、活性ラジカルを生成するものと考えられる。Xとしては、水素原子、カルボキシ基、トリメチルシリル基又はベンジル基が好ましい。具体的には、N-フェニルグリシン類(フェニル基に置換基を有していてもよい。)、N-フェニルイミノジ酢酸(フェニル基に置換基を有していてもよい。)等が挙げられる。
(iii)含硫黄化合物:上述のアミノ酢酸化合物の窒素原子を硫黄原子に置き換えたものが、同様の作用により活性ラジカルを生成し得る。具体的には、フェニルチオ酢酸(フェニル基に置換基を有していてもよい。)等が挙げられる。
(iv)含錫化合物:上述のアミノ酢酸化合物の窒素原子を錫原子に置き換えたものが、同様の作用により活性ラジカルを生成し得る。
(v)スルフィン酸塩類:酸化により活性ラジカルを生成し得る。具体的は、アリールスルフィン酸ナトリウム等が挙げられる。
(Electron-donating polymerization initiator)
The image recording layer used in the present disclosure preferably contains an electron donating polymerization initiator. The electron donating polymerization initiator is considered to contribute to the improvement of chemical resistance and printing durability of the lithographic printing plate. Examples of the electron donating polymerization initiator include the following five types.
(I) Alkyl or arylate complex: It is considered that the carbon-hetero bond is oxidatively cleaved to generate an active radical. Specific examples include borate compounds.
(Ii) Aminoacetic acid compound: It is considered that the CX bond on carbon adjacent to nitrogen is cleaved by oxidation to generate an active radical. X is preferably a hydrogen atom, a carboxy group, a trimethylsilyl group or a benzyl group. Specific examples include N-phenylglycine (a phenyl group may have a substituent), N-phenyliminodiacetic acid (a phenyl group may have a substituent), and the like. Can be
(Iii) Sulfur-containing compound: The above-mentioned aminoacetic acid compound in which a nitrogen atom is replaced with a sulfur atom can generate an active radical by the same action. Specific examples include phenylthioacetic acid (a phenyl group may have a substituent).
(Iv) Tin-containing compound: A compound in which the nitrogen atom of the above-mentioned aminoacetic acid compound is replaced with a tin atom can generate an active radical by the same action.
(V) Sulfinates: Active radicals can be generated by oxidation. Specific examples include sodium arylsulfinate and the like.
 これら電子供与型重合開始剤の中でも、画像記録層は、ボレート化合物を含有することが好ましい。ボレート化合物としては、テトラアリールボレート化合物又はモノアルキルトリアリールボレート化合物が好ましく、化合物の安定性の観点から、テトラアリールボレート化合物がより好ましく、テトラフェニルボレート化合物が特に好ましい。
 ボレート化合物が有する対カチオンとしては、特に制限はないが、アルカリ金属イオン、又は、テトラアルキルアンモニウムイオンであることが好ましく、ナトリウムイオン、カリウムイオン、又は、テトラブチルアンモニウムイオンであることがより好ましい。
Among these electron donating polymerization initiators, the image recording layer preferably contains a borate compound. As the borate compound, a tetraaryl borate compound or a monoalkyltriaryl borate compound is preferable, and from the viewpoint of the stability of the compound, a tetraaryl borate compound is more preferable, and a tetraphenyl borate compound is particularly preferable.
The counter cation of the borate compound is not particularly limited, but is preferably an alkali metal ion or a tetraalkylammonium ion, and more preferably a sodium ion, a potassium ion, or a tetrabutylammonium ion.
 ボレート化合物として具体的には、ナトリウムテトラフェニルボレートが好ましく挙げられる。 Specific examples of the borate compound include sodium tetraphenyl borate.
 また、本開示に用いられる電子供与型重合開始剤の最高被占軌道(HOMO)は、耐薬品性及び耐刷性の観点から、-6.00eV以上であることが好ましく、-5.95eV以上であることがより好ましく、-5.93eV以上であることが更に好ましい。
 また、上限としては、-5.00eV以下であることが好ましく、-5.40eV以下であることがより好ましい。
Further, the highest occupied orbital (HOMO) of the electron donating polymerization initiator used in the present disclosure is preferably −6.00 eV or more, and −5.95 eV or more from the viewpoint of chemical resistance and printing durability. Is more preferable, and more preferably −5.93 eV or more.
Further, the upper limit is preferably -5.00 eV or less, more preferably -5.40 eV or less.
 本開示において、最高被占軌道(HOMO)及び最低空軌道(LUMO)の計算は、以下の方法により行う。
 まず、計算対象となる化合物における対アニオンは無視する。
 量子化学計算ソフトウェアGaussian09を用い、構造最適化はDFT(B3L
YP/6-31G(d))で行う。
 MO(分子軌道)エネルギー計算は、上記構造最適化で得た構造でDFT(B3LYP/6-31+G(d,p)/CPCM(solvent=methanol))で行う。
 上記MOエネルギー計算で得られたMOエネルギーEbare(単位:hartree)を以下の公式により、本開示においてHOMO及びLUMOの値として用いるEscaled(単位:eV)へ変換する。
  Escaled=0.823168×27.2114×Ebare-1.07634
 なお、27.2114は単にhartreeをeVに変換するための係数であり、0.823168と-1.07634とは調節係数であり、計算対象となる化合物のHOMOとLUMOとを計算が実測の値に合うように定める。
In the present disclosure, the calculation of the highest occupied orbit (HOMO) and the lowest unoccupied orbit (LUMO) is performed by the following method.
First, the counter anion in the compound to be calculated is ignored.
Structure optimization was performed using DFT (B3L) using quantum chemical calculation software Gaussian09.
YP / 6-31G (d)).
The MO (molecular orbital) energy calculation is performed by DFT (B3LYP / 6-31 + G (d, p) / CPCM (solvent = methanol)) using the structure obtained by the above structure optimization.
The MO energy Ebare (unit: hearttree) obtained by the MO energy calculation is converted into Escaled (unit: eV) used as a value of HOMO and LUMO in the present disclosure by the following formula.
Escaled = 0.823168 × 27.2114 × Ebare-1.07634
Note that 27.2114 is simply a coefficient for converting hearttree to eV, 0.823168 and -1.07634 are adjustment coefficients, and the HOMO and LUMO of the compound to be calculated are actually measured values. Set to fit.
 以下に電子供与型重合開始剤の好ましい具体例として、B-1~B-8及び他の化合物を示すが、これらに限定されないことは、言うまでもない。また、下記化学式において、Buはn-ブチル基を表し、Zは対カチオンを表す。
 Zで表される対カチオンとしては、Na、K、N(Bu)等が挙げられる。上記Buはn-ブチル基を表す。
 また、Zで表される対カチオンとしては、後述する電子受容型重合開始剤におけるオニウムイオンも好適にあげられる。
Preferred specific examples of the electron donating polymerization initiator include B-1 to B-8 and other compounds, but needless to say, the invention is not limited thereto. In the following chemical formula, Bu represents an n-butyl group, and Z represents a counter cation.
Examples of the counter cation represented by Z include Na + , K + , and N + (Bu) 4 . Bu represents an n-butyl group.
Further, as a counter cation represented by Z, an onium ion in an electron-accepting polymerization initiator described below is also preferably exemplified.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
 電子供与型重合開始剤は、1種のみを添加しても、2種以上を併用してもよい。
 電子供与型重合開始剤の含有量は、画像記録層の全質量に対し、0.01質量%~30質量%が好ましく、0.05質量%~25質量%がより好ましく、0.1質量%~20質量%が更に好ましい。
The electron donating polymerization initiator may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
The content of the electron donating polymerization initiator is preferably 0.01% by mass to 30% by mass, more preferably 0.05% by mass to 25% by mass, and more preferably 0.1% by mass, based on the total mass of the image recording layer. -20% by mass is more preferred.
〔重合性化合物〕
 本開示における画像記録層は、重合性化合物を含むことが好ましい。
 本開示において、重合性を有する化合物であっても、上述の特定バインダーポリマー、後述するポリマー粒子、及び、後述する特定バインダー以外のバインダーポリマーに該当する化合物は、重合性化合物には該当しないものとする。
 重合性化合物の分子量(分子量分布を有する場合には、重量平均分子量)は、50以上2,500未満であることが好ましく、50以上2,000以下であることがより好ましい。
 本開示に用いられる重合性化合物は、例えば、ラジカル重合性化合物であっても、カチオン重合性化合物であってもよいが、少なくとも1個のエチレン性不飽和結合を有する付加重合性化合物(エチレン性不飽和化合物)であることが好ましい。エチレン性不飽和化合物としては、末端エチレン性不飽和結合を少なくとも1個有する化合物であることが好ましく、末端エチレン性不飽和結合を2個以上有する化合物であることがより好ましい。重合性化合物は、例えばモノマー、プレポリマー、すなわち2量体、3量体若しくはオリゴマー、又は、それらの混合物などの化学的形態をもつ。
(Polymerizable compound)
The image recording layer in the present disclosure preferably contains a polymerizable compound.
In the present disclosure, even if it is a compound having polymerizability, the above-mentioned specific binder polymer, polymer particles described below, and a compound corresponding to a binder polymer other than the specific binder described below are not applicable to the polymerizable compound. I do.
The molecular weight of the polymerizable compound (in the case of having a molecular weight distribution, the weight average molecular weight) is preferably 50 or more and less than 2,500, and more preferably 50 or more and 2,000 or less.
The polymerizable compound used in the present disclosure may be, for example, a radical polymerizable compound or a cationic polymerizable compound, but may be an addition polymerizable compound having at least one ethylenically unsaturated bond (ethylenic compound). Unsaturated compounds). The ethylenically unsaturated compound is preferably a compound having at least one terminal ethylenically unsaturated bond, and more preferably a compound having two or more terminal ethylenically unsaturated bonds. The polymerizable compound has a chemical form such as, for example, a monomer, a prepolymer, ie, a dimer, trimer or oligomer, or a mixture thereof.
 モノマーの例としては、不飽和カルボン酸(例えば、アクリル酸、メタクリル酸、イタコン酸、クロトン酸、イソクロトン酸、マレイン酸など)や、そのエステル類、アミド類が挙げられ、好ましくは、不飽和カルボン酸と多価アルコール化合物とのエステル類、不飽和カルボン酸と多価アミン化合物とのアミド類が用いられる。また、ヒドロキシ基、アミノ基、メルカプト基等の求核性置換基を有する不飽和カルボン酸エステル類あるいはアミド類と単官能もしくは多官能イソシアネート類あるいはエポキシ類との付加反応物、及び単官能もしくは多官能のカルボン酸との脱水縮合反応物等も好適に使用される。また、イソシアネート基、エポキシ基等の親電子性置換基を有する不飽和カルボン酸エステル類あるいはアミド類と単官能又は多官能のアルコール類、アミン類、チオール類との付加反応物、更にハロゲン原子、トシルオキシ基等の脱離性置換基を有する不飽和カルボン酸エステル類あるいはアミド類と単官能又は多官能のアルコール類、アミン類、チオール類との置換反応物も好適である。また、別の例として、上記の不飽和カルボン酸を、不飽和ホスホン酸、スチレン、ビニルエーテル等に置き換えた化合物群を使用することも可能である。これらは、特表2006-508380号公報、特開2002-287344号公報、特開2008-256850号公報、特開2001-342222号公報、特開平9-179296号公報、特開平9-179297号公報、特開平9-179298号公報、特開2004-294935号公報、特開2006-243493号公報、特開2002-275129号公報、特開2003-64130号公報、特開2003-280187号公報、特開平10-333321号公報等に記載されている。 Examples of the monomer include unsaturated carboxylic acids (eg, acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, itaconic acid, crotonic acid, isocrotonic acid, maleic acid, etc.) and esters and amides thereof. Esters of an acid and a polyhydric alcohol compound and amides of an unsaturated carboxylic acid and a polyamine compound are used. Further, an addition reaction product of an unsaturated carboxylic acid ester or amide having a nucleophilic substituent such as a hydroxy group, an amino group or a mercapto group with a monofunctional or polyfunctional isocyanate or an epoxy, A dehydration-condensation reaction product with a functional carboxylic acid is also preferably used. Further, an isocyanate group, an unsaturated carboxylic acid ester or amide having an electrophilic substituent such as an epoxy group and an amide and a monofunctional or polyfunctional alcohol, an amine, an addition reaction product with a thiol, further a halogen atom, Substitution products of unsaturated carboxylic esters or amides having a leaving substituent such as a tosyloxy group with monofunctional or polyfunctional alcohols, amines and thiols are also suitable. Further, as another example, it is also possible to use a compound group in which the above unsaturated carboxylic acid is replaced with unsaturated phosphonic acid, styrene, vinyl ether or the like. These are described in JP-T-2006-508380, JP-A-2002-287344, JP-A-2008-256850, JP-A-2001-342222, JP-A-9-179296, and JP-A-9-179297. JP-A-9-179298, JP-A-2004-294935, JP-A-2006-243493, JP-A-2002-275129, JP-A-2003-64130, JP-A-2003-280187, It is described in Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. Hei 10-333321.
 多価アルコール化合物と不飽和カルボン酸とのエステルのモノマーの具体例としては、アクリル酸エステルとして、エチレングリコールジアクリレート、1,3-ブタンジオールジアクリレート、テトラメチレングリコールジアクリレート、プロピレングリコールジアクリレート、トリメチロールプロパントリアクリレート、ヘキサンジオールジアクリレート、テトラエチレングリコールジアクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールテトラアクリレート、ソルビトールトリアクリレート、イソシアヌル酸エチレンオキシド(EO)変性トリアクリレート、ポリエステルアクリレートオリゴマー等が挙げられる。メタクリル酸エステルとして、テトラメチレングリコールジメタクリレート、ネオペンチルグリコールジメタクリレート、トリメチロールプロパントリメタクリレート、エチレングリコールジメタクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールトリメタクリレート、ビス〔p-(3-メタクリルオキシ-2-ヒドロキシプロポキシ)フェニル〕ジメチルメタン、ビス〔p-(メタクリルオキシエトキシ)フェニル〕ジメチルメタン等が挙げられる。また、多価アミン化合物と不飽和カルボン酸とのアミドのモノマーの具体例としては、メチレンビスアクリルアミド、メチレンビスメタクリルアミド、1,6-ヘキサメチレンビスアクリルアミド、1,6-ヘキサメチレンビスメタクリルアミド、ジエチレントリアミントリスアクリルアミド、キシリレンビスアクリルアミド、キシリレンビスメタクリルアミド等が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the monomer of the ester of the polyhydric alcohol compound and the unsaturated carboxylic acid include, as acrylates, ethylene glycol diacrylate, 1,3-butanediol diacrylate, tetramethylene glycol diacrylate, propylene glycol diacrylate, Examples include trimethylolpropane triacrylate, hexanediol diacrylate, tetraethylene glycol diacrylate, pentaerythritol tetraacrylate, sorbitol triacrylate, isocyanuric acid ethylene oxide (EO) -modified triacrylate, and polyester acrylate oligomer. As methacrylic acid esters, tetramethylene glycol dimethacrylate, neopentyl glycol dimethacrylate, trimethylolpropane trimethacrylate, ethylene glycol dimethacrylate, pentaerythritol trimethacrylate, bis [p- (3-methacryloxy-2-hydroxypropoxy) phenyl] Dimethylmethane, bis [p- (methacryloxyethoxy) phenyl] dimethylmethane and the like. Specific examples of the monomer of the amide of the polyvalent amine compound and the unsaturated carboxylic acid include methylene bisacrylamide, methylene bismethacrylamide, 1,6-hexamethylenebisacrylamide, 1,6-hexamethylenebismethacrylamide, Examples include diethylenetriaminetrisacrylamide, xylylenebisacrylamide, xylylenebismethacrylamide, and the like.
 また、イソシアネートとヒドロキシ基の付加反応を用いて製造されるウレタン系付加重合性化合物も好適であり、その具体例としては、例えば、特公昭48-41708号公報に記載されている1分子に2個以上のイソシアネート基を有するポリイソシアネート化合物に、下記式(M)で表されるヒドロキシ基を含有するビニルモノマーを付加させた1分子中に2個以上の重合性ビニル基を含有するビニルウレタン化合物等が挙げられる。
 CH=C(RM4)COOCHCH(RM5)OH    (M)
 式(M)中、RM4及びRM5はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又はメチル基を表す。
Urethane-based addition-polymerizable compounds produced by an addition reaction between an isocyanate and a hydroxy group are also suitable. Specific examples thereof include, for example, two molecules per molecule described in JP-B-48-41708. A vinyl urethane compound containing two or more polymerizable vinyl groups in one molecule obtained by adding a hydroxyl group-containing vinyl monomer represented by the following formula (M) to a polyisocyanate compound having two or more isocyanate groups: And the like.
CH 2 CC (R M4 ) COOCH 2 CH (R M5 ) OH (M)
In the formula (M), R M4 and R M5 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
 また、特開昭51-37193号公報、特公平2-32293号公報、特公平2-16765号公報、特開2003-344997号公報、特開2006-65210号公報に記載のウレタンアクリレート類、特公昭58-49860号公報、特公昭56-17654号公報、特公昭62-39417号公報、特公昭62-39418号公報、特開2000-250211号公報、特開2007-94138号公報に記載のエチレンオキサイド系骨格を有するウレタン化合物類、米国特許第7153632号明細書、特表平8-505958号公報、特開2007-293221号公報、特開2007-293223号公報に記載の親水基を有するウレタン化合物類も好適である。 Also, urethane acrylates described in JP-A-51-37193, JP-B-2-32293, JP-B-2-16765, JP-A-2003-344997, and JP-A-2006-65210 are disclosed. Ethylene described in JP-B-58-49860, JP-B-56-17654, JP-B-62-39417, JP-B-62-39418, JP-A-2000-250211, and JP-A-2007-94138. Urethane compounds having an oxide skeleton, and urethane compounds having a hydrophilic group described in US Pat. No. 7,153,632, JP-T 8-505958, JP-A 2007-293221, and JP-A 2007-293223. Classes are also suitable.
 重合性化合物の構造、単独使用か併用か、添加量等の使用方法の詳細は、任意に設定できる。
 重合性化合物の含有量は、画像記録層の全質量に対して、5質量%~75質量%であることが好ましく、10質量%~70質量%であることがより好ましく、15質量%~60質量%であることが更に好ましい。
 また、上記画像記録層における上記重合性化合物の全質量に対する上記特定バインダーポリマーの含有量は、0質量%を超え400質量%以下であることが好ましく、25質量%~300質量%であることがより好ましく、50質量%~200質量%であることが更に好ましい。
 画像記録層において、特定バインダーポリマーと上記重合性化合物とは、海島構造をとることが好ましい。例えば、特定バインダーポリマーの海(連続相)の中に、上記重合性化合物が島状に分散(不連続層)した構造を採用することができる。上記重合性化合物の全質量に対する上記特定バインダーポリマーの含有量を上記範囲内の値とすることにより、海島構造を形成しやすいと考えられる。
Details of the method of use, such as the structure of the polymerizable compound, whether it is used alone or in combination, and the amount added, can be arbitrarily set.
The content of the polymerizable compound is preferably from 5% by mass to 75% by mass, more preferably from 10% by mass to 70% by mass, and more preferably from 15% by mass to 60% by mass, based on the total mass of the image recording layer. More preferably, it is mass%.
Further, the content of the specific binder polymer with respect to the total mass of the polymerizable compound in the image recording layer is preferably more than 0% by mass and 400% by mass or less, and more preferably 25% by mass to 300% by mass. More preferably, it is more preferably from 50% by mass to 200% by mass.
In the image recording layer, the specific binder polymer and the polymerizable compound preferably have a sea-island structure. For example, a structure in which the polymerizable compound is dispersed in an island shape (discontinuous layer) in the sea (continuous phase) of the specific binder polymer can be adopted. It is considered that the sea-island structure is easily formed by setting the content of the specific binder polymer to the total mass of the polymerizable compound within the above range.
〔電子受容型重合開始剤〕
 上記画像記録層は、電子受容型重合開始剤を含むことが好ましい。
 本開示に用いられる電子受容型重合開始剤は、光、熱又はその両方のエネルギーによりラジカルやカチオン等の重合開始種を発生する化合物であって、公知の熱重合開始剤、結合解離エネルギーの小さな結合を有する化合物、光重合開始剤などを適宜選択して用いることができる。
 電子受容型重合開始剤としては、ラジカル重合開始剤が好ましく、オニウム化合物がより好ましい。
 また、電子受容型重合開始剤としては、赤外線感光性重合開始剤であることが好ましい。
 電子受容型重合開始剤は、1種単独で用いてもよく、2種以上を併用してもよい。
 ラジカル重合開始剤としては、例えば、(a)有機ハロゲン化物、(b)カルボニル化合物、(c)アゾ化合物、(d)有機過酸化物、(e)メタロセン化合物、(f)アジド化合物、(g)ヘキサアリールビイミダゾール化合物、(i)ジスルホン化合物、(j)オキシムエステル化合物、(k)オニウム化合物が挙げられる。
(Electron-accepting polymerization initiator)
The image recording layer preferably contains an electron-accepting polymerization initiator.
The electron-accepting polymerization initiator used in the present disclosure is a compound that generates a polymerization initiating species such as a radical or a cation by the energy of light, heat or both, and is a known thermal polymerization initiator, having a small bond dissociation energy. A compound having a bond, a photopolymerization initiator, and the like can be appropriately selected and used.
As the electron-accepting polymerization initiator, a radical polymerization initiator is preferable, and an onium compound is more preferable.
In addition, the electron-accepting polymerization initiator is preferably an infrared-sensitive polymerization initiator.
The electron accepting polymerization initiator may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
Examples of the radical polymerization initiator include (a) an organic halide, (b) a carbonyl compound, (c) an azo compound, (d) an organic peroxide, (e) a metallocene compound, (f) an azide compound, (g) ) Hexaarylbiimidazole compounds, (i) disulfone compounds, (j) oxime ester compounds, and (k) onium compounds.
 (a)有機ハロゲン化物としては、例えば、特開2008-195018号公報の段落0022~0023に記載の化合物が好ましい。
 (b)カルボニル化合物としては、例えば、特開2008-195018号公報の段落0024に記載の化合物が好ましい。
 (c)アゾ化合物としては、例えば、特開平8-108621号公報に記載のアゾ化合物等を使用することができる。
 (d)有機過酸化物としては、例えば、特開2008-195018号公報の段落0025に記載の化合物が好ましい。
 (e)メタロセン化合物としては、例えば、特開2008-195018号公報の段落0026に記載の化合物が好ましい。
 (f)アジド化合物としては、例えば、2,6-ビス(4-アジドベンジリデン)-4-メチルシクロヘキサノン等の化合物を挙げることができる。
 (g)ヘキサアリールビイミダゾール化合物としては、例えば、特開2008-195018号公報の段落0027に記載の化合物が好ましい。
 (i)ジスルホン化合物としては、例えば、特開昭61-166544号、特開2002-328465号の各公報に記載の化合物が挙げられる。
 (j)オキシムエステル化合物としては、例えば、特開2008-195018号公報の段落0028~0030に記載の化合物が好ましい。
As the organic halide (a), for example, compounds described in paragraphs 0022 to 0023 of JP-A-2008-195018 are preferable.
As the carbonyl compound (b), for example, compounds described in paragraph 0024 of JP-A-2008-195018 are preferable.
As the azo compound (c), for example, azo compounds described in JP-A-8-108621 can be used.
As the organic peroxide (d), for example, compounds described in paragraph 0025 of JP-A-2008-195018 are preferable.
As the metallocene compound (e), for example, compounds described in paragraph 0026 of JP-A-2008-195018 are preferable.
Examples of the (f) azide compound include compounds such as 2,6-bis (4-azidobenzylidene) -4-methylcyclohexanone.
As the (g) hexaarylbiimidazole compound, for example, compounds described in paragraph 0027 of JP-A-2008-195018 are preferable.
Examples of the (i) disulfone compound include compounds described in JP-A-61-166544 and JP-A-2002-328465.
As the oxime ester compound (j), for example, compounds described in paragraphs 0028 to 0030 of JP-A-2008-195018 are preferable.
 上記電子受容型重合開始剤の中でも好ましいものとして、硬化性の観点から、オキシムエステル化合物及びオニウム化合物が挙げられる。中でも、耐刷性の観点から、ヨードニウム塩化合物、スルホニウム塩化合物又はアジニウム塩化合物が好ましく、ヨードニウム塩化合物又はスルホニウム塩化合物がより好ましく、ヨードニウム塩化合物が更に好ましい。
 これら化合物の具体例を以下に示すが、本開示はこれに限定されるものではない。
Among the electron-accepting polymerization initiators, oxime ester compounds and onium compounds are preferable from the viewpoint of curability. Among them, from the viewpoint of printing durability, iodonium salt compounds, sulfonium salt compounds or azinium salt compounds are preferable, iodonium salt compounds or sulfonium salt compounds are more preferable, and iodonium salt compounds are further preferable.
Specific examples of these compounds are shown below, but the present disclosure is not limited thereto.
 ヨードニウム塩化合物の例としては、ジアリールヨードニウム塩化合物が好ましく、特に電子供与性基、例えば、アルキル基又はアルコキシル基で置換されたジフェニルヨードニウム塩化合物がより好ましく、また、非対称のジフェニルヨードニウム塩化合物が好ましい。具体例としては、ジフェニルヨードニウム=ヘキサフルオロホスファート、4-メトキシフェニル-4-(2-メチルプロピル)フェニルヨードニウム=ヘキサフルオロホスファート、4-(2-メチルプロピル)フェニル-p-トリルヨードニウム=ヘキサフルオロホスファート、4-ヘキシルオキシフェニル-2,4,6-トリメトキシフェニルヨードニウム=ヘキサフルオロホスファート、4-ヘキシルオキシフェニル-2,4-ジエトキシフェニルヨードニウム=テトラフルオロボラート、4-オクチルオキシフェニル-2,4,6-トリメトキシフェニルヨードニウム=1-ペルフルオロブタンスルホナート、4-オクチルオキシフェニル-2,4,6-トリメトキシフェニルヨードニウム=ヘキサフルオロホスファート、ビス(4-t-ブチルフェニル)ヨードニウム=ヘキサフルオロホスファートが挙げられる。 As an example of the iodonium salt compound, a diaryliodonium salt compound is preferable, particularly an electron donating group, for example, a diphenyliodonium salt compound substituted with an alkyl group or an alkoxyl group is more preferable, and an asymmetric diphenyliodonium salt compound is preferable. . As specific examples, diphenyliodonium = hexafluorophosphate, 4-methoxyphenyl-4- (2-methylpropyl) phenyliodonium = hexafluorophosphate, 4- (2-methylpropyl) phenyl-p-tolyliodonium = hexa Fluorophosphate, 4-hexyloxyphenyl-2,4,6-trimethoxyphenyliodonium = hexafluorophosphate, 4-hexyloxyphenyl-2,4-diethoxyphenyliodonium = tetrafluoroborate, 4-octyloxy Phenyl-2,4,6-trimethoxyphenyliodonium = 1-perfluorobutanesulfonate, 4-octyloxyphenyl-2,4,6-trimethoxyphenyliodonium = hexafluorophosphate, bis ( -t- butylphenyl) iodonium hexafluorophosphate and the like.
 スルホニウム塩化合物の例としては、トリアリールスルホニウム塩化合物が好ましく、特に電子求引性基、例えば、芳香環上の基の少なくとも一部がハロゲン原子で置換されたトリアリールスルホニウム塩化合物が好ましく、芳香環上のハロゲン原子の総置換数が4以上であるトリアリールスルホニウム塩化合物が更に好ましい。具体例としては、トリフェニルスルホニウム=ヘキサフルオロホスファート、トリフェニルスルホニウム=ベンゾイルホルマート、ビス(4-クロロフェニル)フェニルスルホニウム=ベンゾイルホルマート、ビス(4-クロロフェニル)-4-メチルフェニルスルホニウム=テトラフルオロボラート、トリス(4-クロロフェニル)スルホニウム=3,5-ビス(メトキシカルボニル)ベンゼンスルホナート、トリス(4-クロロフェニル)スルホニウム=ヘキサフルオロホスファート、トリス(2,4-ジクロロフェニル)スルホニウム=ヘキサフルオロホスファートが挙げられる。 As an example of the sulfonium salt compound, a triarylsulfonium salt compound is preferable, and in particular, a triarylsulfonium salt compound in which at least a part of a group on an aromatic ring is substituted with a halogen atom is preferable. Triarylsulfonium salt compounds in which the total number of substitution of halogen atoms on the ring is 4 or more are more preferred. As specific examples, triphenylsulfonium = hexafluorophosphate, triphenylsulfonium = benzoylformate, bis (4-chlorophenyl) phenylsulfonium = benzoylformate, bis (4-chlorophenyl) -4-methylphenylsulfonium = tetrafluoro Borate, tris (4-chlorophenyl) sulfonium = 3,5-bis (methoxycarbonyl) benzenesulfonate, tris (4-chlorophenyl) sulfonium = hexafluorophosphate, tris (2,4-dichlorophenyl) sulfonium = hexafluorophos Fart.
 また、ヨードニウム塩化合物及びスルホニウム塩化合物の対アニオンとしては、スルホンアミドアニオン又はスルホンイミドアニオンが好ましく、スルホンイミドアニオンがより好ましい。
 スルホンアミドアニオンとしては、アリールスルホンアミドアニオンが好ましい。
 また、スルホンイミドアニオンとしては、ビスアリールスルホンイミドアニオンが好ましい。
 スルホンアミドアニオン又はスルホンイミドアニオンの具体例を以下に示すが、本開示はこれらに限定されるものではない。下記具体例中、Phはフェニル基を、Meはメチル基を、Etはエチル基を、それぞれ表す。
The counter anion of the iodonium salt compound and the sulfonium salt compound is preferably a sulfonamide anion or a sulfonimide anion, and more preferably a sulfonimide anion.
As the sulfonamide anion, an arylsulfonamide anion is preferable.
As the sulfonimide anion, a bisarylsulfonimide anion is preferable.
Specific examples of the sulfonamide anion or the sulfonimide anion are shown below, but the present disclosure is not limited thereto. In the following specific examples, Ph represents a phenyl group, Me represents a methyl group, and Et represents an ethyl group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
 また、本開示における好ましい態様の一つは、上記電子受容型重合開始剤と、上記電子供与型重合開始剤とが、塩を形成している態様である。
 具体的には、例えば、上記オニウム化合物が、オニウムイオンと、上述の電子供与型重合開始剤におけるアニオン(例えば、テトラフェニルボレートアニオン)との塩である態様が挙げられる。また、より好ましくは、後述するヨードニウム塩化合物におけるヨードニウムカチオン(例えば、ジ-p-トリルヨードニウムカチオン)と、上述の電子供与型重合開始剤におけるボレートアニオンとが塩を形成した、ヨードニウムボレート化合物が挙げられる。
 本開示において、画像記録層が、オニウムイオンと、上述の電子供与型重合開始剤における陰イオンとを含む場合、画像記録層は電子受容型重合開始剤及び電子供与型重合開始剤を含むものとする。
One preferred embodiment of the present disclosure is an embodiment in which the electron-accepting polymerization initiator and the electron-donating polymerization initiator form a salt.
Specifically, for example, an embodiment in which the onium compound is a salt of an onium ion and an anion (for example, a tetraphenylborate anion) in the above-described electron donating polymerization initiator. More preferably, an iodonium borate compound in which an iodonium cation (for example, di-p-tolyliodonium cation) in an iodonium salt compound described below and a borate anion in the above-described electron donating polymerization initiator form a salt, is mentioned. Can be
In the present disclosure, when the image recording layer contains onium ions and the above-mentioned anion in the electron donating polymerization initiator, the image recording layer contains an electron accepting polymerization initiator and an electron donating polymerization initiator.
 電子受容型重合開始剤の最低空軌道(LUMO)は、耐薬品性及び耐刷性の観点から、-3.00eV以下であることが好ましく、-3.02eV以下であることがより好ましい。
 また、下限としては、-3.80eV以上であることが好ましく、-3.60eV以上であることがより好ましい。
The lowest unoccupied orbit (LUMO) of the electron-accepting polymerization initiator is preferably −3.00 eV or less, more preferably −3.02 eV or less, from the viewpoint of chemical resistance and printing durability.
Further, the lower limit is preferably -3.80 eV or more, more preferably -3.60 eV or more.
 電子受容型重合開始剤の含有量は、画像記録層の全質量に対して、0.1質量%~50質量%であることが好ましく、0.5質量%~30質量%であることがより好ましく、0.8質量%~20質量%であることが特に好ましい。 The content of the electron-accepting polymerization initiator is preferably from 0.1% by mass to 50% by mass, more preferably from 0.5% by mass to 30% by mass, based on the total mass of the image recording layer. It is particularly preferable that the content be 0.8% by mass to 20% by mass.
〔赤外線吸収剤〕
 上記画像記録層は、赤外線吸収剤を含むことが好ましい。
 赤外線吸収剤としては、顔料及び染料が挙げられる。
 赤外線吸収剤として用いられる染料としては、市販の染料及び例えば、「染料便覧」(有機合成化学協会編集、昭和45年刊)等の文献に記載されている公知のものが利用できる。具体的には、アゾ染料、金属錯塩アゾ染料、ピラゾロンアゾ染料、ナフトキノン染料、アントラキノン染料、フタロシアニン染料、カルボニウム染料、キノンイミン染料、メチン染料、シアニン染料、スクアリリウム色素、ピリリウム塩、金属チオレート錯体等の染料が挙げられる。
 これらの染料のうち特に好ましいものとしては、シアニン色素、スクアリリウム色素、ピリリウム塩、ニッケルチオレート錯体、インドレニンシアニン色素が挙げられる。更に、シアニン色素やインドレニンシアニン色素が挙げられる。中でも、シアニン色素が特に好ましい。
(Infrared absorber)
The image recording layer preferably contains an infrared absorbing agent.
Infrared absorbents include pigments and dyes.
As the dye used as the infrared absorber, commercially available dyes and known dyes described in literatures such as "Dye Handbook" (edited by The Society of Synthetic Organic Chemistry, Japan, 1970) can be used. Specifically, azo dyes, metal complex salt azo dyes, pyrazolone azo dyes, naphthoquinone dyes, anthraquinone dyes, phthalocyanine dyes, carbonium dyes, quinone imine dyes, methine dyes, cyanine dyes, squarylium dyes, pyrylium salts, dyes such as metal thiolate complexes Is mentioned.
Particularly preferred among these dyes are cyanine dyes, squarylium dyes, pyrylium salts, nickel thiolate complexes, and indolenine cyanine dyes. Further, cyanine dyes and indolenine cyanine dyes are exemplified. Among them, cyanine dyes are particularly preferred.
 シアニン色素の具体例としては、特開2001-133969号公報の段落0017~0019に記載の化合物、特開2002-023360号公報の段落0016~0021、特開2002-040638号公報の段落0012~0037に記載の化合物、好ましくは特開2002-278057号公報の段落0034~0041、特開2008-195018号公報の段落0080~0086に記載の化合物、特に好ましくは特開2007-90850号公報の段落0035~0043に記載の化合物、特開2012-206495号公報の段落0105~0113に記載の化合物が挙げられる。
 また、特開平5-5005号公報の段落0008~0009、特開2001-222101号公報の段落0022~0025に記載の化合物も好ましく使用することができる。
 顔料としては、特開2008-195018号公報の段落0072~0076に記載の化合物が好ましい。
Specific examples of the cyanine dye include the compounds described in paragraphs 0017 to 0019 of JP-A-2001-133969, paragraphs 0016 to 0021 of JP-A-2002-023360, and paragraphs 0012 to 0037 of JP-A-2002-040638. The compounds described in paragraphs 0034 to 0041 of JP-A-2002-278057, and the compounds described in paragraphs 0080 to 008 of JP-A-2008-195018, particularly preferably paragraph 0035 of JP-A-2007-90850 are preferred. And the compounds described in paragraphs 0105 to 0113 of JP-A-2012-206495.
Further, compounds described in paragraphs 0008 to 0009 of JP-A-5-5005 and paragraphs 0022 to 0025 of JP-A-2001-222101 can also be preferably used.
As the pigment, compounds described in paragraphs 0072 to 0076 of JP-A-2008-195018 are preferable.
 また、上記赤外線吸収剤が、赤外線露光により分解する赤外線吸収剤(以下、「分解性赤外線吸収剤」ともいう。)であることが好ましい。
 上記赤外線吸収剤として、赤外線露光により分解する赤外線吸収剤色素を用いることにより、上記赤外線吸収剤又はその分解物が重合を促進し、また、特定バインダーポリマーを用いることにより極性の高い膜を得ることができ、更に、上記赤外線吸収剤の分解物と上記バインダーポリマーとが相互作用することにより、UVインクを用いた場合であっても耐刷性(UV耐刷性)に優れると推定している。
 上記分解性赤外線吸収剤は、赤外線露光により、赤外線を吸収し、分解して、発色する機能を有する赤外線吸収剤であることが好ましい。ここで、「発色」とは、赤外線露光前は可視光領域(400nm以上750nm未満の波長域)にほとんど吸収がないが、赤外線露光により可視光領域に吸収を生じることを意味し、可視光領域よりも低波長領域の吸収が可視光領域に長波長化することも包含する。
 以降、分解性赤外線吸収剤が、赤外線露光により、赤外線を吸収し、分解して形成される発色した化合物を、「分解性赤外線吸収剤の発色体」ともいう。
 また、分解性赤外線吸収剤は、赤外線露光により、赤外線を吸収し、吸収した赤外線を熱に変換する機能を有することが好ましい。
 上記分解性赤外線吸収剤は、赤外線波長域(波長750nm~1mm)の少なくとも1部の光を吸収し、分解するものであればよいが、750nm~1,400nmの波長域に極大吸収を有する赤外線吸収剤であることが好ましい。
Further, it is preferable that the infrared absorbing agent is an infrared absorbing agent that decomposes upon exposure to infrared light (hereinafter also referred to as “degradable infrared absorbing agent”).
As the infrared absorbing agent, by using an infrared absorbing agent dye that decomposes by infrared exposure, the infrared absorbing agent or a decomposition product thereof promotes polymerization, and a highly polar film is obtained by using a specific binder polymer. Further, it is presumed that the decomposed product of the infrared absorber and the binder polymer interact with each other, so that the printing durability (UV printing durability) is excellent even when a UV ink is used. .
The decomposable infrared absorbent is preferably an infrared absorbent that has a function of absorbing infrared light, decomposing it, and developing color by infrared exposure. Here, the term "coloring" means that the visible light region (wavelength region of 400 nm or more and less than 750 nm) has almost no absorption before infrared exposure, but the visible light region absorbs by infrared exposure. It also includes the case where the absorption in the lower wavelength region becomes longer in the visible light region.
Hereinafter, a colored compound formed by the decomposable infrared absorber absorbing infrared rays upon exposure to infrared light and decomposing the same is also referred to as a “color former of the decomposable infrared absorber”.
Further, it is preferable that the decomposable infrared absorbent has a function of absorbing infrared light by infrared exposure and converting the absorbed infrared light into heat.
The decomposable infrared absorbent may be any as long as it absorbs and decomposes at least a part of light in an infrared wavelength range (wavelength 750 nm to 1 mm), and an infrared ray having a maximum absorption in a wavelength range of 750 nm to 1,400 nm. Preferably it is an absorbent.
 上記分解性赤外線吸収剤は、赤外線露光に起因する熱、電子移動又はその両方により分解する赤外線吸収剤であることが好ましく、赤外線露光に起因する電子移動により分解する赤外線吸収剤であることがより好ましい。ここで、「電子移動により分解する」とは、赤外線露光によって分解性赤外線吸収剤のHOMO(最高被占軌道)からLUMO(最低空軌道)に励起した電子が、分子内の電子受容基(LUMOと電位が近い基)に分子内電子移動し、それに伴って分解が生じることを意味する。 The decomposable infrared absorbent is preferably an infrared absorbent that decomposes due to heat due to infrared exposure, electron transfer or both, more preferably an infrared absorbent that decomposes due to electron transfer due to infrared exposure. preferable. Here, “decomposed by electron transfer” means that the electrons excited from the HOMO (highest occupied orbit) of the decomposable infrared absorbent to the LUMO (lowest unoccupied orbit) of the decomposable infrared absorbent by infrared exposure are converted into an electron accepting group (LUMO) in the molecule. Electron transfer to a group having a potential close to that of the molecule), and decomposition occurs accordingly.
 上記分解性赤外線吸収剤としては、発色性、及び、得られる平版印刷版のUV耐刷性の観点から、赤外線露光により分解する、シアニン色素が好ましい。
 上記赤外線吸収剤としては、発色性、及び、得られる平版印刷版のUV耐刷性の観点から、下記式1で表される化合物であることがより好ましい。
As the decomposable infrared absorbing agent, a cyanine dye that decomposes by infrared exposure is preferable from the viewpoints of color developability and UV printing durability of the resulting lithographic printing plate.
The above-mentioned infrared absorber is more preferably a compound represented by the following formula 1 from the viewpoints of color developability and UV printing durability of the resulting lithographic printing plate.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
 式1中、Rは赤外線露光によりR-L結合が開裂する基を表し、R11~R18はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、-Ra、-ORb、-SRc又は-NRdReを表し、Ra~Reはそれぞれ独立に、炭化水素基を表し、A、A及び複数のR11~R18が連結して単環又は多環を形成してもよく、A及びAはそれぞれ独立に、酸素原子、硫黄原子又は窒素原子を表し、n11及びn12はそれぞれ独立に、0~5の整数を表し、但し、n11及びn12の合計は2以上であり、n13及びn14はそれぞれ独立に、0又は1を表し、Lは酸素原子、硫黄原子又は-NR10-を表し、R10は水素原子、アルキル基又はアリール基を表し、Zaは電荷を中和する対イオンを表す。 In Formula 1, R 1 represents a group capable of cleaving the R 1 -L bond by infrared exposure, and R 11 to R 18 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, —Ra, —ORb, —SRc or —NRdRe. And Ra to Re each independently represent a hydrocarbon group, A 1 and A 2 and a plurality of R 11 to R 18 may be linked to form a monocyclic or polycyclic ring, and A 1 and A 2 Each independently represents an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom or a nitrogen atom; n 11 and n 12 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 5, provided that the sum of n 11 and n 12 is 2 or more; 13 and n 14 each independently represent 0 or 1, L represents an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom or —NR 10 —, R 10 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group, and Za represents a charge neutralizer. Represents a counter ion.
 式1で表されるシアニン色素は、赤外線で露光されると、R-L結合が開裂し、Lは、=O、=S又は=NR10となって、分解性赤外線吸収剤の発色体が形成される。Rは離脱して、ラジカル体又はイオン体を形成する。これらは、画像記録層に含まれる重合性を有する化合物の重合に寄与する。 When the cyanine dye represented by Formula 1 is exposed to infrared light, the R 1 -L bond is cleaved, and L becomes OO, SS, or NRNR 10, and the color forming body of a decomposable infrared absorbent Is formed. R 1 is separated to form a radical form or an ionic form. These contribute to the polymerization of the polymerizable compound contained in the image recording layer.
 式1において、R11~R18は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、-Ra、-ORb、-SRc又は-NRdReが好ましい。
 Ra~Reにおける炭化水素基は、炭素数1~30の炭化水素基が好ましく、炭素数1~15の炭化水素基がより好ましく、炭素数1~10の炭化水素基が更に好ましい。上記炭化水素基は、直鎖状であっても、分岐を有していても、環構造を有していてもよい。
In Formula 1, R 11 to R 18 are each independently preferably a hydrogen atom, —Ra, —ORb, —SRc, or —NRdRe.
The hydrocarbon group in Ra to Re is preferably a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, and further preferably a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. The hydrocarbon group may be linear, branched, or have a ring structure.
 式1におけるR11~R14はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又は炭化水素基が好ましく、水素原子又はアルキル基がより好ましく、水素原子が更に好ましい。
 また、Lが結合する炭素原子と結合する炭素原子に結合するR11及びR13は、アルキル基が好ましく、両者が連結して環を形成することがより好ましい。上記形成される環は5員環又は6員環が好ましく、5員環がより好ましい。
 A が結合する炭素原子に結合するR12及びAが結合する炭素原子に結合するR14は、それぞれ、R15及びR17と連結して環を形成することが好ましい。
R 11 to R 14 in Formula 1 are each independently preferably a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group, more preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, and further preferably a hydrogen atom.
Further, R 11 and R 13 bonded to the carbon atom bonded to the carbon atom bonded to L are preferably an alkyl group, and more preferably the two are linked to form a ring. The formed ring is preferably a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring, more preferably a 5-membered ring.
It is preferable that R 12 bonded to the carbon atom bonded to A 1 + and R 14 bonded to the carbon atom bonded to A 2 be bonded to R 15 and R 17 to form a ring, respectively.
 式1におけるR15は、炭化水素基が好ましい。また、R15と、A が結合する炭素原子に結合するR12とが連結して環を形成することが好ましい。形成される環としては、インドリウム環、ピリリウム環、チオピリリウム環、ベンゾオキサゾリン環又はベンゾイミダゾリン環が好ましく、発色性の観点から、インドリウム環がより好ましい。
 式1におけるR17は、炭化水素基が好ましい。また、R17と、Aが結合する炭素原子に結合するR14とが連結して環を形成することが好ましい。形成される環としては、インドール環、ピラン環、チオピラン環、ベンゾオキサゾール環、又は、ベンゾイミダゾール環が好ましく、発色性の観点から、インドール環がより好ましい。
 式1におけるR15及びR17は同一の基であることが好ましく、それぞれが環を形成する場合、同一の環を形成することが好ましい。
R 15 in Formula 1 is preferably a hydrocarbon group. Further, it is preferable that R 15 and R 12 bonded to the carbon atom bonded to A 1 + are connected to form a ring. The ring formed is preferably an indolium ring, a pyrylium ring, a thiopyrylium ring, a benzoxazoline ring or a benzimidazoline ring, and more preferably an indolium ring from the viewpoint of color development.
R 17 in Formula 1 is preferably a hydrocarbon group. Further, it is preferable that R 17 and R 14 bonded to the carbon atom to which A 2 is bonded are connected to form a ring. The ring formed is preferably an indole ring, a pyran ring, a thiopyran ring, a benzoxazole ring, or a benzimidazole ring, and more preferably an indole ring from the viewpoint of color development.
R 15 and R 17 in Formula 1 are preferably the same group, and when each forms a ring, it is preferable to form the same ring.
 式1におけるR16及びR18は同一の基であることが好ましい。
 更に、式1により表される化合物の水溶性を向上させる観点から、R16及びR18はそれぞれ独立に、(ポリ)オキシアルキレン基を有するアルキル基又はアニオン構造を有するアルキル基が好ましく、アルコキシアルキル基、カルボキシレート基又はスルホネート基を有するアルキル基がより好ましく、末端にスルホネート基を有するアルキル基が更に好ましい。上記アルキル基としては、炭素数1~10のアルキル基が好ましく、炭素数1~4のアルキル基がより好ましい。
 上記アニオン構造の対カチオンは、式1中のR-Lに含まれうるカチオン又はA であってもよいし、アルカリ金属カチオンやアルカリ土類金属カチオンであってもよい。
 上記スルホネート基の対カチオンは、式1中のR-Lに含まれうるカチオン又はA であってもよいし、アルカリ金属カチオンやアルカリ土類金属カチオンであってもよい。
 また、式1により表される化合物の極大吸収波長を長波長化し、また、発色性及び平版印刷版における耐刷性の観点から、R16及びR18はそれぞれ独立に、アルキル基又は芳香環を有するアルキル基が好ましい。上記アルキル基としては、炭素数1~10のアルキル基が好ましく、炭素数1~4のアルキル基がより好ましく、メチル基又はエチル基が更に好ましい。芳香環を有するアルキル基としては、末端に芳香環を有するアルキル基が好ましく、2-フェニルエチル基、2-ナフタレニルエチル基又は2-(9-アントラセニル)エチル基がより好ましい。
R 16 and R 18 in Formula 1 are preferably the same group.
Further, from the viewpoint of improving the water solubility of the compound represented by Formula 1, R 16 and R 18 are each independently preferably an alkyl group having a (poly) oxyalkylene group or an alkyl group having an anionic structure, and an alkoxyalkyl An alkyl group having a group, a carboxylate group or a sulfonate group is more preferable, and an alkyl group having a terminal sulfonate group is more preferable. The alkyl group is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
The counter cation having the anion structure may be a cation or A 1 + that can be contained in R 1 -L in Formula 1, or may be an alkali metal cation or an alkaline earth metal cation.
The counter cation of the sulfonate group may be a cation or A 1 + that can be contained in R 1 -L in Formula 1, or may be an alkali metal cation or an alkaline earth metal cation.
Further, from the viewpoint of increasing the maximum absorption wavelength of the compound represented by the formula 1 and increasing the color development and printing durability of a lithographic printing plate, R 16 and R 18 each independently represent an alkyl group or an aromatic ring. Preferred is an alkyl group. The alkyl group is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and still more preferably a methyl group or an ethyl group. As the alkyl group having an aromatic ring, an alkyl group having an aromatic ring at the terminal is preferable, and a 2-phenylethyl group, 2-naphthalenylethyl group or 2- (9-anthracenyl) ethyl group is more preferable.
 式1におけるn11及びn12は同一の0~5の整数が好ましく、1~3の整数がより好ましく、1又は2が更に好ましく、2が特に好ましい。 In Formula 1, n 11 and n 12 are preferably the same integer of 0 to 5, more preferably 1 to 3, still more preferably 1 or 2, and particularly preferably 2.
 式1におけるA及びAは、それぞれ独立に、酸素原子、硫黄原子又は窒素原子を表し、窒素原子が好ましい。
 式1におけるA及びAは同一の原子であることが好ましい。
A 1 and A 2 in Formula 1 each independently represent an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or a nitrogen atom, and a nitrogen atom is preferable.
A 1 and A 2 in Formula 1 are preferably the same atom.
 式1におけるZaは、電荷を中和する対イオンを表す。アニオン種を表す場合は、スルホネートイオン、カルボキシレートイオン、テトラフルオロボレートイオン、ヘキサフルオロホスフェートイオン、ヘキサフルオロアンチモネートイオン、p-トルエンスルホネートイオン、過塩素酸塩イオン等が挙げられ、ヘキサフルオロホスフェートイオン又はヘキサフルオロアンチモネートイオンが好ましい。カチオン種を表す場合は、アルカリ金属イオン、アルカリ土類金属イオン、アンモニウムイオン、ピリジニウムイオン、スルホニウムイオン等が挙げられ、ナトリウムイオン、カリウムイオン、アンモニウムイオン、ピリジニウムイオン又はスルホニウムイオンが好ましく、ナトリウムイオン、カリウムイオン又はアンモニウムイオンがより好ましい。
 R11~R18及びR-Lは、アニオン構造やカチオン構造を有していてもよく、R11~R18及びR-Lの全てが電荷的に中性の基であれば、Zaは一価の対アニオンであるが、例えば、R11~R18及びR-Lに2以上のアニオン構造を有する場合、Zaは対カチオンにもなり得る。
 また、式1で表されるシアニン色素が、化合物の全体において電荷的に中性な構造であれば、Zaは存在しない。
Za in Formula 1 represents a counter ion that neutralizes the charge. In the case of representing an anionic species, sulfonate ion, carboxylate ion, tetrafluoroborate ion, hexafluorophosphate ion, hexafluoroantimonate ion, p-toluenesulfonate ion, perchlorate ion and the like can be mentioned, and hexafluorophosphate ion Or a hexafluoroantimonate ion is preferable. When representing a cationic species, an alkali metal ion, an alkaline earth metal ion, an ammonium ion, a pyridinium ion, a sulfonium ion, and the like are mentioned, and a sodium ion, a potassium ion, an ammonium ion, a pyridinium ion or a sulfonium ion is preferable, and a sodium ion, Potassium ions or ammonium ions are more preferred.
R 11 to R 18 and R 1 -L may have an anion structure or a cation structure. If all of R 11 to R 18 and R 1 -L are charge-neutral groups, Za Is a monovalent counter anion. For example, when R 11 to R 18 and R 1 -L have two or more anion structures, Za can also be a counter cation.
If the cyanine dye represented by Formula 1 has a charge neutral structure in the entire compound, Za does not exist.
 式1において、Rで表される赤外線露光によりR-L結合が開裂する基については、後で詳細に記載する。 In Equation 1, for the radicals R 1 -L bond by infrared exposure represented by R 1 is cleaved, as described in detail later.
 上記分解性赤外線吸収剤としては、発色性、及び、得られる平版印刷版のUV耐刷性の観点から、下記式1-Aで表されるシアニン色素がより好ましい。 シ ア As the decomposable infrared absorbing agent, a cyanine dye represented by the following formula 1-A is more preferable from the viewpoints of color developing properties and UV printing durability of the resulting lithographic printing plate.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
 式1-A中、Rは赤外線露光によりR-L結合が開裂する基を表し、R及びRはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又はアルキル基を表し、R及びRが互いに連結して環を形成してもよく、Ar及びArはそれぞれ独立に、ベンゼン環又はナフタレン環を形成する基を表し、Y及びYはそれぞれ独立に、酸素原子、硫黄原子、-NR-又はジアルキルメチレン基を表し、Rは水素原子、アルキル基又はアリール基を表し、R及びRはそれぞれ独立に、アルキル基、-COM基又は-PO基を表し、Mは水素原子、Na原子、K原子又はオニウム基を表し、R~Rはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又はアルキル基を表し、Lは酸素原子、硫黄原子又は-NR10-を表し、R10は水素原子、アルキル基又はアリール基を表し、Zaは電荷を中和する対イオンを表す。 In Formula 1-A, R 1 represents a group capable of cleaving an R 1 -L bond upon exposure to infrared light, R 2 and R 3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, and R 2 and R 3 are linked to each other And Ar 1 and Ar 2 each independently represent a group forming a benzene ring or a naphthalene ring, and Y 1 and Y 2 each independently represent an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, —NR Represents a 0- or dialkylmethylene group, R 0 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group, and R 4 and R 5 each independently represent an alkyl group, a —CO 2 M group or a —PO 3 M 2 group , M represents a hydrogen atom, a Na atom, a K atom or an onium group, R 6 to R 9 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, L represents an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom or -NR 10- , R 10 is a hydrogen atom, Represents a alkyl group or an aryl group, Za represents a counter ion for neutralizing the electric charge.
 式1-Aにおいて、R~R及びRにおけるアルキル基は、炭素数1~30のアルキル基が好ましく、炭素数1~15のアルキル基がより好ましく、炭素数1~10のアルキル基が更に好ましい。上記アルキル基は、直鎖状であっても、分岐を有していても、環構造を有していてもよい。
 具体的には、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基、ペンチル基、ヘキシル基、ヘプチル基、オクチル基、ノニル基、デシル基、ウンデシル基、ドデシル基、トリデシル基、ヘキサデシル基、オクタデシル基、エイコシル基、イソプロピル基、イソブチル基、s-ブチル基、tert-ブチル基、イソペンチル基、ネオペンチル基、1-メチルブチル基、イソヘキシル基、2-エチルヘキシル基、2-メチルヘキシル基、シクロヘキシル基、シクロペンチル基、及び、2-ノルボルニル基が挙げられる。
 アルキル基の中で、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基又はブチル基が好ましい。
In the formula 1-A, the alkyl group for R 2 to R 9 and R 0 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, and an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. Is more preferred. The alkyl group may be linear, branched, or have a ring structure.
Specifically, for example, methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, butyl group, pentyl group, hexyl group, heptyl group, octyl group, nonyl group, decyl group, undecyl group, dodecyl group, tridecyl group, hexadecyl group, octadecyl Group, eicosyl group, isopropyl group, isobutyl group, s-butyl group, tert-butyl group, isopentyl group, neopentyl group, 1-methylbutyl group, isohexyl group, 2-ethylhexyl group, 2-methylhexyl group, cyclohexyl group, cyclopentyl And 2-norbornyl groups.
Among the alkyl groups, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group is preferred.
 上記アルキル基は、置換基を有していてもよい。置換基の例としては、アルコキシ基、アリーロキシ基、アミノ基、アルキルチオ基、アリールチオ基、ハロゲン原子、カルボキシ基、カルボキシレート基、スルホ基、スルホネート基、アルキルオキシカルボニル基、アリールオキシカルボニル基、及び、これらを組み合わせた基等が挙げられる。 The alkyl group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an amino group, an alkylthio group, an arylthio group, a halogen atom, a carboxy group, a carboxylate group, a sulfo group, a sulfonate group, an alkyloxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, and Examples thereof include groups obtained by combining these.
 Rにおけるアリール基は、炭素数6~30のアリール基が好ましく、炭素数6~20のアリール基がより好ましく、炭素数6~12のアリール基が更に好ましい。
 上記アリール基は、置換基を有していてもよい。置換基の例としては、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アリーロキシ基、アミノ基、アルキルチオ基、アリールチオ基、ハロゲン原子、カルボキシ基、カルボキシレート基、スルホ基、スルホネート基、アルキルオキシカルボニル基、アリールオキシカルボニル基、及び、これらを組み合わせた基等が挙げられる。
 具体的には、例えば、フェニル基、ナフチル基、p-トリル基、p-クロロフェニル基、p-フルオロフェニル基、p-メトキシフェニル基、p-ジメチルアミノフェニル基、p-メチルチオフェニル基、p-フェニルチオフェニル基等が挙げられる。
 アリール基の中で、フェニル基、p-メトキシフェニル基、p-ジメチルアミノフェニル基又はナフチル基が好ましい。
The aryl group for R 0 is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and still more preferably an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms.
The aryl group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an amino group, an alkylthio group, an arylthio group, a halogen atom, a carboxy group, a carboxylate group, a sulfo group, a sulfonate group, an alkyloxycarbonyl group, and an aryloxycarbonyl group. And a group obtained by combining these.
Specifically, for example, phenyl group, naphthyl group, p-tolyl group, p-chlorophenyl group, p-fluorophenyl group, p-methoxyphenyl group, p-dimethylaminophenyl group, p-methylthiophenyl group, p-methylthiophenyl group And a phenylthiophenyl group.
Among the aryl groups, a phenyl group, a p-methoxyphenyl group, a p-dimethylaminophenyl group or a naphthyl group is preferred.
 R及びRは、連結して環を形成していることが好ましい。
 R及びRが連結して環を形成する場合、5員環又は6員環が好ましく、5員環が特に好ましい。
R 2 and R 3 are preferably linked to form a ring.
When R 2 and R 3 are linked to form a ring, a 5- or 6-membered ring is preferable, and a 5-membered ring is particularly preferable.
 Y及びYはそれぞれ独立に、酸素原子、硫黄原子、-NR-又はジアルキルメチレン基を表し、-NR-又はジアルキルメチレン基が好ましく、ジアルキルメチレン基がより好ましい。
 Rは水素原子、アルキル基又はアリール基を表し、アルキル基が好ましい。
Y 1 and Y 2 each independently represent an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, —NR 0 — or a dialkylmethylene group, preferably —NR 0 — or a dialkylmethylene group, and more preferably a dialkylmethylene group.
R 0 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group, and is preferably an alkyl group.
 R又はRで表されるアルキル基は、置換アルキルであってもよい。R又はRで表される置換アルキル基としては、下記式(a1)~式(a4)のいずれかで表される基が挙げられる。 The alkyl group represented by R 4 or R 5 may be a substituted alkyl. Examples of the substituted alkyl group represented by R 4 or R 5 include groups represented by any of the following formulas (a1) to (a4).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
 式(a1)~式(a4)中、RW0は炭素数2~6のアルキレン基を表し、Wは単結合又は酸素原子を表し、nW1は1~45の整数を表し、RW1は炭素数1~12のアルキル基又は-C(=O)-RW5を表し、RW5は炭素数1~12のアルキル基を表し、RW2~RW4はそれぞれ独立に、単結合又は炭素数1~12のアルキレン基を表し、Mは水素原子、Na原子、K原子又はオニウム基を表す。 In the formulas (a1) to (a4), R W0 represents an alkylene group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms, W represents a single bond or an oxygen atom, n W1 represents an integer of 1 to 45, and R W1 represents a carbon atom. Represents an alkyl group of the formulas 1 to 12 or —C (= O) —R W5 , R W5 represents an alkyl group of 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and R W2 to R W4 each independently represent a single bond or 1 carbon atom. Represents up to 12 alkylene groups, and M represents a hydrogen atom, Na atom, K atom or onium group.
 式(a1)において、RW0で表されるアルキレン基の具体例としては、エチレン基、n-プロピレン基、イソプロピレン基、n-ブチレン基、イソブチレン基、n-ペンチレン基、イソペンチレン基、n-ヘキシル基、イソヘキシル基等が挙げられ、エチレン基、n-プロピレン基、イソプロピレン基、n-ブチレン基が好ましく、n-プロピレン基が特に好ましい。
 nW1は1~10が好ましく、1~5がより好ましく、1~3が特に好ましい。
 RW1で表されるアルキル基の具体例としては、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、イソブチル基、tert-ブチル基、n-ペンチル基、イソペンチル基、ネオペンチル基、n-ヘキシル基、n-オクチル基、n-ドデシル基等が挙げられ、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、tert-ブチル基が好ましく、メチル基、エチル基が更に好ましく、メチル基が特に好ましい。
 RW5で表されるアルキル基は、RW1で表されるアルキル基と同様であり、好ましい態様もRW1で表されるアルキル基の好ましい態様と同様である。
In the formula (a1), specific examples of the alkylene group represented by R WO include ethylene, n-propylene, isopropylene, n-butylene, isobutylene, n-pentylene, isopentylene, n- Examples include a hexyl group and an isohexyl group, preferably an ethylene group, an n-propylene group, an isopropylene group, and an n-butylene group, and particularly preferably an n-propylene group.
n W1 is preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 5, and particularly preferably 1 to 3.
Specific examples of the alkyl group represented by RW1 include a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group, an isobutyl group, a tert-butyl group, an n-pentyl group, an isopentyl group, and a neopentyl group. Group, n-hexyl group, n-octyl group, n-dodecyl group and the like, and methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group and tert-butyl group are preferable, and methyl group, Ethyl groups are more preferred, and methyl groups are particularly preferred.
Alkyl group represented by R W5 is the same as defined for the alkyl group represented by R W1, preferred embodiments are also the same as the preferred embodiment of the alkyl group represented by R W1.
 式(a1)で表される基の具体例を以下に示すが、本開示はこれらに限定されるものではない。下記構造式中、Meはメチル基、Etはエチル基を表し、*は結合部位を表す。 具体 Specific examples of the group represented by the formula (a1) are shown below, but the present disclosure is not limited thereto. In the following structural formulas, Me represents a methyl group, Et represents an ethyl group, and * represents a binding site.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
 式(a2)~式(a4)において、RW2~RW4で表されるアルキレン基の具体例としては、メチレン基、エチレン基、n-プロピレン基、イソプロピレン基、n-ブチレン基、イソブチレン基、n-ペンチレン基、イソペンチレン基、n-ヘキシル基、イソヘキシル基、n-オクチレン基、n-ドデシレン基等が挙げられ、エチレン基、n-プロピレン基、イソプロピレン基、n-ブチレン基が好ましく、エチレン基、n-プロピレン基が特に好ましい。
 式(a3)において、2つ存在するMは同じでも異なってもよい。
In the formulas (a2) to (a4), specific examples of the alkylene group represented by R W2 to R W4 include a methylene group, an ethylene group, an n-propylene group, an isopropylene group, an n-butylene group, and an isobutylene group. , N-pentylene group, isopentylene group, n-hexyl group, isohexyl group, n-octylene group, n-dodecylene group and the like, and ethylene group, n-propylene group, isopropylene group and n-butylene group are preferable. An ethylene group and an n-propylene group are particularly preferred.
In the formula (a3), two Ms may be the same or different.
 式(a2)~式(a4)において、Mで表されるオニウム基としては、アンモニウム基、ヨードニウム基、ホスホニウム基、スルホニウム基等が挙げられる。 に お い て In the formulas (a2) to (a4), examples of the onium group represented by M include an ammonium group, an iodonium group, a phosphonium group, and a sulfonium group.
 式(a1)~式(a4)で表される基の中で、式(a1)又は式(a4)で表される基が好ましい。 中 で Among the groups represented by formulas (a1) to (a4), a group represented by formula (a1) or (a4) is preferable.
 式1-Aにおいて、R及びRはそれぞれ無置換アルキル基であることが好ましい。R及びRは、同じ基であることが好ましい。 In Formula 1-A, R 4 and R 5 are each preferably an unsubstituted alkyl group. Preferably, R 4 and R 5 are the same group.
 R~Rはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又はアルキル基を表し、水素原子が好ましい。
 Ar及びArはそれぞれ独立に、ベンゼン環又はナフタレン環を形成する基を表す。上記ベンゼン環及びナフタレン環は、置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アリーロキシ基、アミノ基、アルキルチオ基、アリールチオ基、ハロゲン原子、カルボキシ基、カルボキシレート基、スルホ基、スルホネート基、アルキルオキシカルボニル基、アリールオキシカルボニル基、アシルオキシ基、ホスホン酸基、及び、これらを組み合わせた基等が挙げられる。置換基としては、アルキル基が好ましい。
 また、式1-Aで表される化合物の極大吸収波長を長波長化し、また、発色性及び平版印刷版の耐刷性を向上させる観点から、Ar及びArはそれぞれ独立に、ナフタレン環、又は、アルキル基もしくはアルコキシ基を置換基として有するベンゼン環を形成する基が好ましく、ナフタレン環、又は、アルコキシ基を置換基として有するベンゼン環を形成する基がより好ましく、ナフタレン環、又は、メトキシ基を置換基として有するベンゼン環を形成する基が特に好ましい。
R 6 to R 9 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, and a hydrogen atom is preferable.
Ar 1 and Ar 2 each independently represent a group forming a benzene ring or a naphthalene ring. The benzene ring and naphthalene ring may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an amino group, an alkylthio group, an arylthio group, a halogen atom, a carboxy group, a carboxylate group, a sulfo group, a sulfonate group, an alkyloxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, and an acyloxy group. Groups, phosphonic acid groups, and groups obtained by combining them. As the substituent, an alkyl group is preferable.
Further, from the viewpoint of increasing the maximum absorption wavelength of the compound represented by the formula 1-A and improving the color development and the printing durability of the lithographic printing plate, Ar 1 and Ar 2 are each independently a naphthalene ring. Or, a group that forms a benzene ring having an alkyl group or an alkoxy group as a substituent is preferable, a naphthalene ring or a group that forms a benzene ring having an alkoxy group as a substituent is more preferable, and a naphthalene ring or methoxy is preferable. A group forming a benzene ring having a group as a substituent is particularly preferred.
 式1-Aにおいて、Ar又はArが、下記式(b1)で表される基を形成する基であることが好ましい。 In the formula 1-A, Ar 1 or Ar 2 is preferably a group forming a group represented by the following formula (b1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
 式(b1)中、R19は炭素数1~12のアルキル基を表す。n3は1~4の整数を表す。*は結合部位を表す。 In the formula (b1), R 19 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms. n3 represents an integer of 1 to 4. * Represents a binding site.
 Zaは、電荷を中和するための対イオンを表す。但し、式1-Aで表される化合物が、その構造中に対応するイオン性の置換基を有し、電荷の中和が必要ない場合にはZaは必要ない。Zaがアニオン種を示す場合は、スルホネートイオン、カルボキシレートイオン、テトラフルオロボレートイオン、ヘキサフルオロホスフェートイオン、ヘキサフルオロアンチモネートイオン、p-トルエンスルホネートイオン、過塩素酸塩イオン等が挙げられ、ヘキサフルオロホスフェートイオン又はヘキサフルオロアンチモネートイオンが好ましい。Zaがカチオン種を示す場合は、アルカリ金属イオン、アルカリ土類金属イオン、アンモニウムイオン、ピリジニウムイオン又はスルホニウムイオン等が挙げられ、ナトリウムイオン、カリウムイオン、アンモニウムイオン、ピリジニウムイオン又はスルホニウムイオンが好ましく、ナトリウムイオン、カリウムイオン又はアンモニウムイオンがより好ましい。
 R~R、R、Ar、Ar、Y及びYは、アニオン構造やカチオン構造を有していてもよく、R~R、R、Ar、Ar、Y及びYの全てが電荷的に中性の基であれば、Zaは一価の対アニオンであるが、例えば、R~R、R、Ar、Ar、Y及びYに2以上のアニオン構造を有する場合、Zaは対カチオンにもなり得る。
Za represents a counter ion for neutralizing the charge. However, when the compound represented by the formula 1-A has a corresponding ionic substituent in its structure and charge neutralization is not required, Za is not necessary. When Za represents an anionic species, sulfonate ion, carboxylate ion, tetrafluoroborate ion, hexafluorophosphate ion, hexafluoroantimonate ion, p-toluenesulfonate ion, perchlorate ion and the like can be mentioned. A phosphate ion or hexafluoroantimonate ion is preferred. When Za represents a cationic species, examples thereof include an alkali metal ion, an alkaline earth metal ion, an ammonium ion, a pyridinium ion or a sulfonium ion, and a sodium ion, a potassium ion, an ammonium ion, a pyridinium ion or a sulfonium ion are preferable, and sodium Ions, potassium ions or ammonium ions are more preferred.
R 1 to R 9 , R 0 , Ar 1 , Ar 2 , Y 1 and Y 2 may have an anion structure or a cation structure, and R 1 to R 9 , R 0 , Ar 1 , Ar 2 , If all of Y 1 and Y 2 are charge-neutral groups, Za is a monovalent counter anion, but for example, R 1 to R 9 , R 0 , Ar 1 , Ar 2 , Y 1 and When Y 2 has two or more anionic structures, Za can also be a counter cation.
 上記式1及び式1-Aにおいて、Rで表される赤外線露光によりR-L結合が開裂する基について以下に説明する。
 式1又は式1-AにおいてLが酸素原子である場合、Rは、発色性の観点から、下記式(1-1)~式(1-7)のいずれかで表される基が好ましく、下記式(1-1)~式(1-3)のいずれかで表される基がより好ましい。
In the above formula 1 and formula 1-A, R 1 -L bond is described below based on the cleaved by infrared exposure represented by R 1.
When L is an oxygen atom in Formula 1 or Formula 1-A, R 1 is preferably a group represented by any of the following formulas (1-1) to (1-7) from the viewpoint of color development. And groups represented by any of the following formulas (1-1) to (1-3) are more preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
 式(1-1)~(1-7)中、●は、式1又は式1-A中のLで表される酸素原子との結合部位を表し、R20はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アリール基、-OR24、-NR2526又は-SR27を表し、R21はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基又はアリール基を表し、R22はアリール基、-OR24、-NR2526、-SR27、-C(=O)R28、-OC(=O)R28又はハロゲン原子を表し、R23はアリール基、アルケニル基、アルコキシ基又はオニウム基を表し、R24~R27はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基又はアリール基を表し、R28はアルキル基、アリール基、-OR24、-NR2526又は-SR27を表し、Zは電荷を中和するための対イオンを表す。 In the formulas (1-1) to (1-7), ● represents a bonding site to an oxygen atom represented by L in the formula 1 or 1-A, and R 20 is each independently a hydrogen atom, Represents an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, -OR 24 , -NR 25 R 26 or -SR 27 ; R 21 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group; R 22 represents an aryl group; OR 24 , —NR 25 R 26 , —SR 27 , —C (= O) R 28 , —OC (= O) R 28 or a halogen atom, wherein R 23 is an aryl group, an alkenyl group, an alkoxy group or an onium group R 24 to R 27 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group; R 28 represents an alkyl group, an aryl group, —OR 24 , —NR 25 R 26 or —SR 27 ; 1 charge It represents a counter ion to the sum.
 R20、R21及びR24~R28がアルキル基である場合の好ましい態様は、R~R及びRにおけるアルキル基の好ましい態様と同様である。
 R20及びR23におけるアルケニル基の炭素数は、1~30が好ましく、1~15がより好ましく、1~10が更に好ましい。
 R20~R28がアリール基である場合の好ましい態様は、Rにおけるアリール基の好ましい態様と同様である。
Preferred embodiments in the case where R 20 , R 21 and R 24 to R 28 are an alkyl group are the same as the preferred embodiments of the alkyl group in R 2 to R 9 and R 0 .
The carbon number of the alkenyl group in R 20 and R 23 is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 15, and still more preferably 1 to 10.
Preferred embodiments when R 20 to R 28 are an aryl group are the same as the preferred embodiments of the aryl group for R 0 .
 発色性の観点から、式(1-1)におけるR20は、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アリール基、-OR24、-NR2526又は-SR27が好ましく、アルキル基、-OR24、-NR2526又は-SR27がより好ましく、アルキル基又は-OR24が更に好ましく、-OR24が特に好ましい。
 また、式(1-1)におけるR20がアルキル基である場合、上記アルキル基は、α位にアリールチオ基、アルキルオキシカルボニル基、又はアリールスルホニル基を有するアルキル基であってもよく、α位にアリールチオ基又はアルキルオキシカルボニル基を有するアルキル基が好ましい。
 式(1-1)におけるR20が-OR24である場合、R24は、アルキル基が好ましく、炭素数1~8のアルキル基がより好ましく、イソプロピル基又はtert-ブチル基が更に好ましく、t-ブチル基が特に好ましい。
 式(1-1)におけるR20がアルケニル基である場合、上記アルケニル基は、アリール基、又はヒドロキシアリール基を有するアルケニル基であってもよい。
From the viewpoint of color developability, R 20 in the formula (1-1) is preferably an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, —OR 24 , —NR 25 R 26 or —SR 27 , and an alkyl group, —OR 24 , —SR 27. NR 25 R 26 or -SR 27, more preferably, more preferably an alkyl group or -OR 24, -OR 24 are particularly preferred.
When R 20 in the formula (1-1) is an alkyl group, the alkyl group may be an alkyl group having an arylthio group, an alkyloxycarbonyl group, or an arylsulfonyl group at the α-position. Is preferably an alkyl group having an arylthio group or an alkyloxycarbonyl group.
When R 20 in the formula (1-1) is —OR 24 , R 24 is preferably an alkyl group, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, further preferably an isopropyl group or a tert-butyl group. -Butyl groups are particularly preferred.
When R 20 in the formula (1-1) is an alkenyl group, the alkenyl group may be an alkenyl group having an aryl group or a hydroxyaryl group.
 発色性の観点から、式(1-2)におけるR21は、水素原子が好ましい。
 また、発色性の観点から、式(1-2)におけるR22は、-C(=O)OR24、-OC(=O)OR24又はハロゲン原子が好ましく、-C(=O)OR24又は-OC(=O)OR24がより好ましい。式(1-2)におけるR22が-C(=O)OR24又は-OC(=O)OR24である場合、R24は、アルキル基が好ましい。
From the viewpoint of color development, R 21 in Formula (1-2) is preferably a hydrogen atom.
From the viewpoint of color development, R 22 in the formula (1-2) is preferably —C (= O) OR 24 , —OC (= O) OR 24 or a halogen atom, and —C (= O) OR 24 Or —OC (= O) OR 24 is more preferred. When R 22 in the formula (1-2) is —C (= O) OR 24 or —OC (= O) OR 24 , R 24 is preferably an alkyl group.
 発色性の観点から、式(1-3)におけるR21はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又はアルキル基が好ましく、また、式(1-3)における少なくとも1つのR21は、アルキル基がより好ましい。
 また、R21におけるアルキル基は、炭素数1~10のアルキル基が好ましく、炭素数3~10のアルキル基がより好ましい。
 更に、R21におけるアルキル基は、分岐又は環構造を有するアルキル基が好ましく、イソプロピル基、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、又は、tert-ブチル基がより好ましい。また、R21におけるアルキル基は、第二級又は第三級アルキル基であることが好ましい。
 また、発色性の観点から、式(1-3)におけるR23は、アリール基、アルコキシ基又はオニウム基が好ましく、p-ジメチルアミノフェニル基又はピリジニウム基がより好ましく、ピリジニウム基が更に好ましい。
 R23におけるオニウム基としては、ピリジニウム基、アンモニウム基、スルホニウム基等が挙げられる。オニウム基は、置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、アルキル基、アリール基、アルコキシ基、アリーロキシ基、アミノ基、アルキルチオ基、アリールチオ基、ハロゲン原子、カルボキシ基、スルホ基、アルキルオキシカルボニル基、アリールオキシカルボニル基、及び、これらを組み合わせた基等が挙げられるが、アルキル基、アリール基及びこれらを組み合わせた基が好ましい。
 中でも、ピリジニウム基が好ましく、N-アルキル-3-ピリジニウム基、N-ベンジル-3-ピリジニウム基、N-(アルコキシポリアルキレンオキシアルキル)-3-ピリジニウム基、N-アルコキシカルボニルメチル-3-ピリジニウム基、N-アルキル-4-ピリジニウム基、N-ベンジル-4-ピリジニウム基、N-(アルコキシポリアルキレンオキシアルキル)-4-ピリジニウム基、N-アルコキシカルボニルメチル-4-ピリジニウム基、又は、N-アルキル-3,5-ジメチル-4-ピリジニウム基がより好ましく、N-アルキル-3-ピリジニウム基、又は、N-アルキル-4-ピリジニウム基が更に好ましく、N-メチル-3-ピリジニウム基、N-オクチル-3-ピリジニウム基、N-メチル-4-ピリジニウム基、又は、N-オクチル-4-ピリジニウム基が特に好ましく、N-オクチル-3-ピリジニウム基、又は、N-オクチル-4-ピリジニウム基が最も好ましい。
 また、R23がピリジニウム基である場合、対アニオンとしては、スルホネートイオン、カルボキシレートイオン、テトラフルオロボレートイオン、ヘキサフルオロホスフェートイオン、ヘキサフルオロアンチモネートイオン、p-トルエンスルホネートイオン、過塩素酸塩イオン等が挙げられ、p-トルエンスルホネートイオン、ヘキサフルオロホスフェートイオン、又は、ヘキサフルオロアンチモネートイオンが好ましい。
From the viewpoint of color development, R 21 in the formula (1-3) is independently preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, and at least one R 21 in the formula (1-3) is more preferably an alkyl group.
Further, the alkyl group for R 21 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and more preferably an alkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms.
Further, the alkyl group for R 21 is preferably an alkyl group having a branched or cyclic structure, and more preferably an isopropyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, or a tert-butyl group. Further, the alkyl group for R 21 is preferably a secondary or tertiary alkyl group.
Further, from the viewpoint of color development, R 23 in the formula (1-3) is preferably an aryl group, an alkoxy group or an onium group, more preferably a p-dimethylaminophenyl group or a pyridinium group, and further preferably a pyridinium group.
The onium group in R 23, pyridinium group, an ammonium group, sulfonium group and the like. The onium group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include an alkyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an amino group, an alkylthio group, an arylthio group, a halogen atom, a carboxy group, a sulfo group, an alkyloxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, and a combination thereof. Examples of the group include an alkyl group, an aryl group, and a combination thereof.
Among them, a pyridinium group is preferable, and an N-alkyl-3-pyridinium group, an N-benzyl-3-pyridinium group, an N- (alkoxypolyalkyleneoxyalkyl) -3-pyridinium group, an N-alkoxycarbonylmethyl-3-pyridinium group N-alkyl-4-pyridinium group, N-benzyl-4-pyridinium group, N- (alkoxypolyalkyleneoxyalkyl) -4-pyridinium group, N-alkoxycarbonylmethyl-4-pyridinium group, or N-alkyl -3,5-dimethyl-4-pyridinium group is more preferred, N-alkyl-3-pyridinium group or N-alkyl-4-pyridinium group is still more preferred, and N-methyl-3-pyridinium group, N-octyl -3-pyridinium group, N-methyl-4-pyridinium group Or, particularly preferably N- octyl-4-pyridinium group, N- octyl-3-pyridinium group or, N- octyl-4-pyridinium group is most preferred.
When R 23 is a pyridinium group, examples of the counter anion include a sulfonate ion, a carboxylate ion, a tetrafluoroborate ion, a hexafluorophosphate ion, a hexafluoroantimonate ion, a p-toluenesulfonate ion, and a perchlorate ion. And the like, and p-toluenesulfonate ion, hexafluorophosphate ion or hexafluoroantimonate ion is preferable.
 発色性の観点から、式(1-4)におけるR20は、アルキル基又はアリール基が好ましく、2つのR20のうち、一方はアルキル基、他方はアリール基がより好ましい。上記2つのR20は、連結して環を形成していてもよい。
 発色性の観点から、式(1-5)におけるR20は、アルキル基又はアリール基が好ましく、アリール基がより好ましく、p-メチルフェニル基が更に好ましい。
 発色性の観点から、式(1-6)におけるR20はそれぞれ独立に、アルキル基又はアリール基が好ましく、メチル基又はフェニル基がより好ましい。
 発色性の観点から、式(1-7)におけるZは、電荷を中和するための対イオンであればよく、化合物全体として、上記Zaに含まれてもよい。
 Zは、スルホネートイオン、カルボキシレートイオン、テトラフルオロボレートイオン、ヘキサフルオロホスフェートイオン、ヘキサフルオロアンチモネートイオン、p-トルエンスルホネートイオン、又は、過塩素酸塩イオンが好ましく、p-トルエンスルホネートイオン、ヘキサフルオロホスフェートイオン、又は、ヘキサフルオロアンチモネートイオンがより好ましい。
From the viewpoint of color development, R 20 in Formula (1-4) is preferably an alkyl group or an aryl group, and one of the two R 20 is more preferably an alkyl group and the other is more preferably an aryl group. The two R 20 are linked to may form a ring.
From the viewpoint of color development, R 20 in the formula (1-5) is preferably an alkyl group or an aryl group, more preferably an aryl group, and further preferably a p-methylphenyl group.
From the viewpoint of color development, R 20 in the formula (1-6) is independently preferably an alkyl group or an aryl group, more preferably a methyl group or a phenyl group.
From the viewpoint of color development, Z 1 in Formula (1-7) may be a counter ion for neutralizing the charge, and may be included in Za as a whole compound.
Z 1 is preferably a sulfonate ion, a carboxylate ion, a tetrafluoroborate ion, a hexafluorophosphate ion, a hexafluoroantimonate ion, a p-toluenesulfonate ion, or a perchlorate ion. Fluorophosphate ions or hexafluoroantimonate ions are more preferred.
 式1又は式1-AにおいてLが酸素原子である場合、発色性の観点から、更に好ましくは、Rは下記式(5)で表される基である。 When L in Formula 1 or Formula 1-A is an oxygen atom, R 1 is more preferably a group represented by the following formula (5) from the viewpoint of color development.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
 式(5)中、R15及びR16はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基又はアリール基を表し、Eはオニウム基を表し、*は式1又は式1-A中のLで表される酸素原子との結合部位を表す。 In Formula (5), R 15 and R 16 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group, E represents an onium group, and * represents L in Formula 1 or Formula 1-A. Represents a bonding site to an oxygen atom.
 R15又はR16で表されるアルキル基は、R~R及びRにおけるアルキル基と同様であり、好ましい態様もR~R及びRにおけるアルキル基の好ましい態様と同様である。
 R15又はR16で表されるアリール基は、Rにおけるアリール基と同様であり、好ましい態様も、Rにおけるアリール基の好ましい態様と同様である。
 Eで表されるオニウム基は、R23におけるオニウム基と同様であり、好ましい態様もR23におけるオニウム基の好ましい態様と同様である。
The alkyl group represented by R 15 or R 16 is the same as the alkyl group in R 2 to R 9 and R 0 , and the preferred embodiment is also the same as the preferred embodiment of the alkyl group in R 2 to R 9 and R 0 . .
The aryl group represented by R 15 or R 16 is the same as the aryl group for R 0 , and the preferred embodiment is also the same as the preferred embodiment for the aryl group for R 0 .
The onium group represented by E is the same as the onium group for R 23 , and the preferred embodiment is also the same as the preferred embodiment of the onium group for R 23 .
 式(5)において、Eで表されるオニウム基は、下記式(6)で表されるピリジニウム基が好ましい。 に お い て In the formula (5), the onium group represented by E is preferably a pyridinium group represented by the following formula (6).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
 式(6)中、R17はハロゲン原子、アルキル基、アリール基、ヒドロキシ基又はアルコキシ基を表し、R17が複数存在する場合、複数のR17は同じでも異なってもよく、あるいは複数のR17が連結して環を形成してもよい。n2は0~4の整数を表す。R18はアルキル基又はアリール基を表す。Zは電荷を中和するための対イオンを表す。 Wherein (6), R 17 represents a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, hydroxy group or alkoxy group, if R 17 there are a plurality, the plurality of R 17 may be the same or different, or a plurality of R 17 may combine to form a ring. n2 represents an integer of 0 to 4. R 18 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group. Z b represents a counter ion for neutralizing a charge.
 R17又はR18で表されるアルキル基又はアリール基は、R~R及びRにおけるアルキル基又はRにおけるアリール基と同様であり、好ましい態様もR~R及びRにおけるアルキル基又はRにおけるアリール基の好ましい態様と同様である。
 R17で表されるアルコキシ基は、炭素数1~10のアルコキシ基が好ましく、メトキシ基、エトキシ基、n-プロポキシ基、イソプロポキシ基、n-ブトキシ基、イソブトキシ基、tert-ブトキシ基等が挙げられる。
 n2は、好ましくは、0である。
 Zで表される電荷を中和するための対イオンは、式(1-7)におけるZと同様であり、好ましい態様も式(1-7)におけるZの好ましい態様と同様である。
Alkyl group or aryl group represented by R 17 or R 18 is the same as the aryl group in the alkyl group, or R 0 in R 2 ~ R 9 and R 0, a preferred embodiment also the R 2 ~ R 9 and R 0 It is the same as the preferred embodiment of the alkyl group or the aryl group for R 0 .
The alkoxy group represented by R 17 is preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and includes a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, an n-propoxy group, an isopropoxy group, an n-butoxy group, an isobutoxy group and a tert-butoxy group. No.
n2 is preferably 0.
Counterions to neutralize the charge represented by Z b is the same as Z 1 in the formula (1-7), preferred embodiments are also the same as the preferred embodiment of Z 1 in formula (1-7) .
 以下に、式1又は式1-AにおいてLが酸素原子の場合、Rで表される基の具体例を挙げるが、本開示はこれらに限定されるものではない。下記構造式中、TsOはトシレートアニオンを表し、●は式1又は式1-AのLで表される酸素原子との結合部位を表す。 When L is an oxygen atom in Formula 1 or Formula 1-A, specific examples of the group represented by R 1 will be given below, but the present disclosure is not limited thereto. In the following structural formula, TsO 2 represents a tosylate anion, and ● represents a bonding site to an oxygen atom represented by L in Formula 1 or Formula 1-A.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
 Lが酸素原子である場合、Rがアリール基又は直鎖のアルキル基であると、赤外線露光によるR-O結合の開裂は起こらない。 When L is an oxygen atom and R 1 is an aryl group or a linear alkyl group, cleavage of the R 1 -O bond by infrared exposure does not occur.
 式1又は式1-AにおいてLが硫黄原子である場合、Rは、下記式(2-1)で表される基が好ましい。 When L is a sulfur atom in Formula 1 or Formula 1-A, R 1 is preferably a group represented by the following formula (2-1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
 式(2-1)中、●は、式1又は式1-A中のLで表される硫黄原子との結合部位を表し、R21はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基又はアリール基を表し、R22はアリール基、アルケニル基、アルコキシ基又はオニウム基を表す。 In the formula (2-1), ● represents a bonding site to the sulfur atom represented by L in the formula 1 or 1-A, and R 21 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group. And R 22 represents an aryl group, an alkenyl group, an alkoxy group or an onium group.
 式1又は式1-AにおいてLが-NR10-である場合、Nに結合するRは、下記式(3-1)で表わされる基が好ましい。 When L is —NR 10 — in Formula 1 or Formula 1-A, R 1 bonded to N is preferably a group represented by the following formula (3-1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
 式(3-1)中、●は、式1又は式1-A中のLに含まれる窒素原子との結合部位を表し、X及びXはそれぞれ独立に、酸素原子又は硫黄原子を表し、Yは、上記式(2-1)で表される基を表す。 In the formula (3-1), ● represents a bonding site to the nitrogen atom contained in L in the formula 1 or 1-A, and X 1 and X 2 each independently represent an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom. And Y represent a group represented by the above formula (2-1).
 上記式(2-1)において、R21及びR22で表されるアルキル基、アリール基、アルケニル基、アルコキシ基及びオニウム基については、上記式(1-1)~式(1-7)において記載したアルキル基、アリール基、アルケニル基、アルコキシ基及びオニウム基に関する記載を援用することができる。 In the above formula (2-1), the alkyl group, aryl group, alkenyl group, alkoxy group and onium group represented by R 21 and R 22 are represented by the above formulas (1-1) to (1-7). The description of the alkyl group, aryl group, alkenyl group, alkoxy group and onium group described above can be used.
 式1又は式1-Aにおいて、Lが硫黄原子又は-NR10-を表し、R10が水素原子、アルキル基又はアリール基を表すことが、耐刷性の向上という観点から好ましい。 In Formula 1 or Formula 1-A, it is preferable that L represents a sulfur atom or —NR 10 — and R 10 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an aryl group from the viewpoint of improving printing durability.
 上記式1及び式1-AにおけるRは、下記式2で表される基であることが好ましい。
 また、上記式2で表される基は、赤外線露光により、式2中のR-O結合が開裂する基であることが好ましい。
R 1 in the above formulas 1 and 1-A is preferably a group represented by the following formula 2.
Further, the group represented by the above formula 2 is preferably a group in which the R Z —O bond in the formula 2 is cleaved by infrared exposure.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
 式2中、Rは、アルキル基を表し、波線部分は、式1又は式1-A中のLで表される基との結合部位を表す。
 Rで表されるアルキル基としては、上述のR~R及びRにおけるアルキル基の好ましい態様と同様である。
 発色性、及び、得られる平版印刷版のUV耐刷性の観点から、上記アルキル基としては、第二級アルキル基又は第三級アルキル基であることが好ましく、第三級アルキル基であることが好ましい。
 また、発色性、及び、得られる平版印刷版のUV耐刷性の観点から、上記アルキル基としては、炭素数1~8のアルキル基であることが好ましく、炭素数3~10の分岐状のアルキル基であることがより好ましく、炭素数3~6の分岐鎖状のアルキル基であることが更に好ましく、イソプロピル基又はtert-ブチル基が特に好ましく、t-ブチル基が最も好ましい。
In Formula 2, R Z represents an alkyl group, and the wavy line represents a bonding site with the group represented by L in Formula 1 or Formula 1-A.
The alkyl group represented by R Z is the same as the preferred embodiment of the alkyl group for R 2 to R 9 and R 0 described above.
From the viewpoints of color developability and UV printing durability of the resulting lithographic printing plate, the alkyl group is preferably a secondary alkyl group or a tertiary alkyl group, and is preferably a tertiary alkyl group. Is preferred.
Further, from the viewpoints of color development and UV printing durability of the resulting lithographic printing plate, the alkyl group is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and is preferably a branched alkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms. It is more preferably an alkyl group, further preferably a branched alkyl group having 3 to 6 carbon atoms, particularly preferably an isopropyl group or a tert-butyl group, and most preferably a t-butyl group.
 以下に、上記式2で表される基の具体例を挙げるが、本開示はこれらに限定されるものではない。下記構造式中、●は式1又は式1-AのLとの結合部位を表す。 << The following are specific examples of the group represented by the above formula 2, but the present disclosure is not limited thereto. In the following structural formulas, ● represents a bonding site to L in Formula 1 or Formula 1-A.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
 以下に、赤外線露光により分解する赤外線吸収剤の具体例を挙げるが、本開示はこれらに限定されるものではない。 Specific examples of the infrared absorbent that decomposes by infrared exposure are described below, but the present disclosure is not limited thereto.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
 また、赤外線露光により分解する赤外線吸収剤としては、特表2008-544322号公報、又は、国際公開第2016/027886号に記載のものを好適に用いることができる。 Further, as the infrared absorbing agent that is decomposed by infrared exposure, those described in JP-T-2008-544322 or WO 2016/027886 can be suitably used.
 赤外線吸収剤は、1種のみ用いてもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。また、赤外線吸収剤として顔料と染料とを併用してもよい。
 上記画像記録層中の赤外線吸収剤の含有量は、画像記録層の全質量に対し、0.1質量%~10.0質量%が好ましく、0.5質量%~5.0質量%がより好ましい。
One infrared absorber may be used alone, or two or more infrared absorbers may be used in combination. Further, a pigment and a dye may be used in combination as an infrared absorber.
The content of the infrared absorbent in the image recording layer is preferably from 0.1% by mass to 10.0% by mass, more preferably from 0.5% by mass to 5.0% by mass, based on the total mass of the image recording layer. preferable.
〔電子供与型重合開始剤と、電子受容型重合開始剤と、赤外線吸収剤との関係〕
 本開示における画像記録層は、上記電子供与型重合開始剤と、上記電子受容型重合開始剤と、上記赤外線吸収剤と、を含み、上記電子供与型重合開始剤のHOMOが-6.0eV以上であり、かつ、上記電子受容型重合開始剤のLUMOが-3.0eV以下であることが好ましい。
 上記電子供与型重合開始剤のHOMO、及び、上記電子受容型重合開始剤のLUMOのより好ましい態様は、それぞれ上述の通りである。
 本開示における画像記録層において、上記電子供与型重合開始剤と、上記赤外線吸収剤と、上記電子受容型重合開始剤とは、例えば、下記化学式に記載のようにエネルギーの受け渡しを行っていると推測される。
 そのため、上記電子供与型重合開始剤のHOMOが-6.0eV以上であり、かつ、上記電子受容型重合開始剤のLUMOが-3.0eV以下であれば、ラジカルの発生効率が向上するため、耐薬品性及び耐刷性により優れやすいと考えられる。
(Relation between electron donating polymerization initiator, electron accepting polymerization initiator, and infrared absorber)
The image recording layer according to the present disclosure includes the electron donating polymerization initiator, the electron accepting polymerization initiator, and the infrared absorbing agent, and the HOMO of the electron donating polymerization initiator is −6.0 eV or more. And the LUMO of the electron-accepting polymerization initiator is preferably -3.0 eV or less.
More preferred embodiments of the HOMO of the electron donating polymerization initiator and the LUMO of the electron accepting polymerization initiator are as described above.
In the image recording layer according to the present disclosure, the electron-donating polymerization initiator, the infrared absorber, and the electron-accepting polymerization initiator are, for example, performing energy transfer as described in the following chemical formula. Guessed.
Therefore, if the HOMO of the electron donating polymerization initiator is -6.0 eV or more and the LUMO of the electron accepting polymerization initiator is -3.0 eV or less, the efficiency of radical generation is improved. It is considered that it is easy to excel in chemical resistance and printing durability.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
 耐刷性及び耐薬品性の観点から、上記電子供与型重合開始剤のHOMOと、上記赤外線吸収剤のHOMOとの差は、1.00eV~-0.200eVであることが好ましく、0.700eV~-0.100eVであることがより好ましい。なお、マイナスの値は、上記電子供与型重合開始剤のHOMOが、上記赤外線吸収剤のHOMOよりも高くなることを意味する。
 また、耐刷性及び耐薬品性の観点から、上記赤外線吸収剤のLUMOと、上記電子受容型重合開始剤のLUMOとの差は、1.00eV~-0.200eVであることが好ましく、0.700eV~-0.100eVであることがより好ましい。なお、マイナスの値は、上記赤外線吸収剤のLUMOが、上記電子受容型重合開始剤のLUMOよりも高くなることを意味する。
From the viewpoints of printing durability and chemical resistance, the difference between the HOMO of the electron donating polymerization initiator and the HOMO of the infrared absorber is preferably 1.00 eV to -0.200 eV, more preferably 0.700 eV. More preferably, it is -0.100 eV. A negative value means that the HOMO of the electron donating polymerization initiator is higher than the HOMO of the infrared absorber.
From the viewpoints of printing durability and chemical resistance, the difference between the LUMO of the infrared absorbing agent and the LUMO of the electron-accepting polymerization initiator is preferably 1.00 eV to -0.200 eV. More preferably, it is from .700 eV to -0.100 eV. A negative value means that the LUMO of the infrared absorbing agent is higher than the LUMO of the electron accepting polymerization initiator.
〔ポリマー粒子〕
 上記画像記録層は、ポリマー粒子を含むことが好ましい。
 ポリマー粒子は、熱可塑性ポリマー粒子、熱反応性ポリマー粒子、重合性基を有するポリマー粒子、疎水性化合物を内包しているマイクロカプセル、及び、ミクロゲル(架橋ポリマー粒子)よりなる群から選ばれることが好ましい。中でも、重合性基を有するポリマー粒子又はミクロゲルが好ましい。特に好ましい実施形態では、ポリマー粒子は少なくとも1つのエチレン性不飽和重合性基を含む。このようなポリマー粒子の存在により、露光部の耐刷性及び未露光部の機上現像性を高める効果が得られる。
 また、ポリマー粒子は、熱可塑性ポリマー粒子であることが好ましい。
(Polymer particles)
The image recording layer preferably contains polymer particles.
The polymer particles may be selected from the group consisting of thermoplastic polymer particles, heat-reactive polymer particles, polymer particles having a polymerizable group, microcapsules containing a hydrophobic compound, and microgels (crosslinked polymer particles). preferable. Among them, polymer particles or microgels having a polymerizable group are preferable. In a particularly preferred embodiment, the polymer particles comprise at least one ethylenically unsaturated polymerizable group. Due to the presence of such polymer particles, the effect of improving the printing durability of exposed portions and the on-press developability of unexposed portions can be obtained.
Further, the polymer particles are preferably thermoplastic polymer particles.
 熱可塑性ポリマー粒子としては、1992年1月のResearch Disclosure No.33303、特開平9-123387号公報、同9-131850号公報、同9-171249号公報、同9-171250号公報及び欧州特許第931647号明細書などに記載の熱可塑性ポリマー粒子が好ましい。
 熱可塑性ポリマー粒子を構成するポリマーの具体例としては、エチレン、スチレン、塩化ビニル、アクリル酸メチル、アクリル酸エチル、メタクリル酸メチル、メタクリル酸エチル、塩化ビニリデン、アクリロニトリル、ビニルカルバゾール、ポリアルキレン構造を有するアクリレート又はメタクリレートなどのモノマーのホモポリマー若しくはコポリマー又はそれらの混合物を挙げることができる。好ましくは、ポリスチレン、スチレン及びアクリロニトリルを含む共重合体、又は、ポリメタクリル酸メチルを挙げることができる。熱可塑性ポリマー粒子の平均粒径は0.01μm~3.0μmが好ましい。
As the thermoplastic polymer particles, Research Disclosure No. 1 of January 1992 can be used. Thermoplastic polymer particles described in JP-A-33303, JP-A-9-123387, JP-A-9-131850, JP-A-9-171249, JP-A-9-171250 and European Patent No. 931647 are preferred.
Specific examples of the polymer constituting the thermoplastic polymer particles include ethylene, styrene, vinyl chloride, methyl acrylate, ethyl acrylate, methyl methacrylate, ethyl methacrylate, vinylidene chloride, acrylonitrile, vinyl carbazole, and a polyalkylene structure. Mention may be made of homopolymers or copolymers of monomers such as acrylates or methacrylates or mixtures thereof. Preferably, a copolymer containing polystyrene, styrene and acrylonitrile, or polymethyl methacrylate can be used. The average particle size of the thermoplastic polymer particles is preferably from 0.01 μm to 3.0 μm.
 熱反応性ポリマー粒子としては、熱反応性基を有するポリマー粒子が挙げられる。熱反応性ポリマー粒子は熱反応による架橋及びその際の官能基変化により疎水化領域を形成する。 Examples of the heat-reactive polymer particles include polymer particles having a heat-reactive group. The heat-reactive polymer particles form a hydrophobic region by cross-linking due to a heat reaction and a change in a functional group at that time.
 熱反応性基を有するポリマー粒子における熱反応性基としては、化学結合が形成されるならば、どのような反応を行う官能基でもよいが、重合性基であることが好ましく、その例として、ラジカル重合反応を行うエチレン性不飽和基(例えば、アクリロイル基、メタクリロイル基、ビニル基、アリル基など)、カチオン重合性基(例えば、ビニル基、ビニルオキシ基、エポキシ基、オキセタニル基など)、付加反応を行うイソシアナート基又はそのブロック体、エポキシ基、ビニルオキシ基及びこれらの反応相手である活性水素原子を有する官能基(例えば、アミノ基、ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシ基など)、縮合反応を行うカルボキシ基及び反応相手であるヒドロキシ基又はアミノ基、開環付加反応を行う酸無水物及び反応相手であるアミノ基又はヒドロキシ基などが好ましく挙げられる。 The heat-reactive group in the polymer particles having a heat-reactive group may be any functional group that performs any reaction as long as a chemical bond is formed, but is preferably a polymerizable group. An ethylenically unsaturated group (for example, acryloyl group, methacryloyl group, vinyl group, allyl group, etc.), a cationically polymerizable group (for example, vinyl group, vinyloxy group, epoxy group, oxetanyl group, etc.) for performing radical polymerization reaction, addition reaction Isocyanate group or a block thereof, an epoxy group, a vinyloxy group and a functional group having an active hydrogen atom which is a reaction partner thereof (for example, an amino group, a hydroxy group, a carboxy group, etc.), a carboxy group for performing a condensation reaction and A hydroxy or amino group as a reaction partner, an acid anhydride for performing a ring-opening addition reaction, and an amino acid as a reaction partner. And a group or hydroxy group are preferably exemplified.
 マイクロカプセルとしては、例えば、特開2001-277740号公報、特開2001-277742号公報に記載のごとく、画像記録層の構成成分の少なくとも一部をマイクロカプセルに内包させたものである。画像記録層の構成成分は、マイクロカプセル外にも含有させることもできる。マイクロカプセルを含有する画像記録層は、疎水性の構成成分をマイクロカプセルに内包し、親水性の構成成分をマイクロカプセル外に含有する構成が好ましい態様である。 (4) The microcapsules are obtained by encapsulating at least a part of the components of the image recording layer in microcapsules as described in JP-A-2001-277740 and JP-A-2001-277742. The components of the image recording layer can be contained outside the microcapsules. In a preferred embodiment, the image recording layer containing microcapsules has a structure in which hydrophobic constituents are encapsulated in microcapsules and hydrophilic constituents are contained outside the microcapsules.
 ミクロゲル(架橋ポリマー粒子)は、その表面又は内部の少なくとも一方に、画像記録層の構成成分の一部を含有することができる。特に、ラジカル重合性基をその表面に有する反応性ミクロゲルは、画像形成感度や耐刷性の観点から好ましい。 The microgel (crosslinked polymer particles) can contain a part of the constituent components of the image recording layer on at least one of the surface and the inside. In particular, a reactive microgel having a radical polymerizable group on its surface is preferable from the viewpoint of image formation sensitivity and printing durability.
 画像記録層の構成成分をマイクロカプセル化又はミクロゲル化するには、公知の方法が適用できる。 公 知 A known method can be applied to microencapsulate or microgel the components of the image recording layer.
 また、ポリマー粒子としては、耐刷性、耐汚れ性及び保存安定性の観点から、分子中に2個以上のヒドロキシ基を有する多価フェノール化合物とイソホロンジイソシアネートとの付加物である多価イソシアネート化合物、及び、活性水素を有する化合物の反応により得られるものが好ましい。
 上記多価フェノール化合物としては、フェノール性ヒドロキシ基を有するベンゼン環を複数有している化合物が好ましい。
 上記活性水素を有する化合物を有する化合物としては、ポリオール化合物、又は、ポリアミン化合物が好ましく、ポリオール化合物がより好ましく、プロピレングリコール、グリセリン及びトリメチロールプロパンよりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種の化合物が更に好ましい。
 分子中に2個以上のヒドロキシ基を有する多価フェノール化合物とイソホロンジイソシアネートとの付加物である多価イソシアネート化合物、及び、活性水素を有する化合物の反応により得られる樹脂の粒子としては、特開2012-206495号公報の段落0032~0095に記載のポリマー粒子が好ましく挙げられる。
As the polymer particles, from the viewpoints of printing durability, stain resistance and storage stability, a polyvalent isocyanate compound which is an adduct of a polyhydric phenol compound having two or more hydroxy groups in a molecule and isophorone diisocyanate And those obtained by the reaction of a compound having active hydrogen.
As the polyhydric phenol compound, a compound having a plurality of benzene rings having a phenolic hydroxy group is preferable.
As the compound having the compound having active hydrogen, a polyol compound or a polyamine compound is preferable, a polyol compound is more preferable, and at least one compound selected from the group consisting of propylene glycol, glycerin and trimethylolpropane is further preferable. preferable.
Examples of the resin particles obtained by the reaction of a polyvalent isocyanate compound which is an adduct of a polyhydric phenol compound having two or more hydroxy groups in the molecule with isophorone diisocyanate and a compound having active hydrogen are disclosed in JP-A-2012 Preferred are polymer particles described in paragraphs 0032 to 0095 of JP-A-206495.
 更に、ポリマー粒子としては、耐刷性及び耐溶剤性の観点から、疎水性主鎖を有し、i)上記疎水性主鎖に直接的に結合されたペンダントシアノ基を有する構成ユニット、及び、ii)親水性ポリアルキレンオキシドセグメントを含むペンダント基を有する構成ユニットの両方を含むことが好ましい。
 上記疎水性主鎖としては、アクリル樹脂鎖が好ましく挙げられる。
 上記ペンダントシアノ基の例としては、-[CHCH(C≡N)-]又は-[CHC(CH)(C≡N)-]が好ましく挙げられる。
 また、上記ペンダントシアノ基を有する構成ユニットは、エチレン系不飽和型モノマー、例えば、アクリロニトリル又はメタクリロニトリルから、又は、これらの組み合わせから容易に誘導することができる。
 また、上記親水性ポリアルキレンオキシドセグメントにおけるアルキレンオキシドとしては、エチレンオキシド又はプロピレンオキシドが好ましく、エチレンオキシドがより好ましい。
 上記親水性ポリアルキレンオキシドセグメントにおけるアルキレンオキシド構造の繰り返し数は、10~100であることが好ましく、25~75であることがより好ましく、40~50であることが更に好ましい。
 疎水性主鎖を有し、i)上記疎水性主鎖に直接的に結合されたペンダントシアノ基を有する構成ユニット、及び、ii)親水性ポリアルキレンオキシドセグメントを含むペンダント基を有する構成ユニットの両方を含む樹脂の粒子としては、特表2008-503365号公報の段落0039~0068に記載のものが好ましく挙げられる。
Further, from the viewpoint of printing durability and solvent resistance, the polymer particles have a hydrophobic main chain, and i) a constituent unit having a pendant cyano group directly bonded to the hydrophobic main chain, and ii) It preferably contains both structural units having pendant groups containing hydrophilic polyalkylene oxide segments.
The hydrophobic main chain is preferably an acrylic resin chain.
Preferred examples of the pendant cyano group include-[CH 2 CH (C≡N)-] or-[CH 2 C (CH 3 ) (C≡N)-].
Further, the constituent unit having a pendant cyano group can be easily derived from an ethylenically unsaturated monomer such as acrylonitrile or methacrylonitrile, or a combination thereof.
As the alkylene oxide in the hydrophilic polyalkylene oxide segment, ethylene oxide or propylene oxide is preferable, and ethylene oxide is more preferable.
The number of repeating alkylene oxide structures in the hydrophilic polyalkylene oxide segment is preferably from 10 to 100, more preferably from 25 to 75, and even more preferably from 40 to 50.
Both a structural unit having a hydrophobic main chain and i) having a pendant cyano group directly bonded to the hydrophobic main chain, and ii) a structural unit having a pendant group including a hydrophilic polyalkylene oxide segment Preferred examples of the resin particles containing are those described in paragraphs 0039 to 0068 of JP-T-2008-503365.
 ポリマー粒子の平均粒径は、0.01μm~3.0μmが好ましく、0.03μm~2.0μmがより好ましく、0.10μm~1.0μmが更に好ましい。この範囲で良好な解像度と経時安定性が得られる。
 本開示における上記各粒子の平均一次粒径は、光散乱法により測定するか、又は、粒子の電子顕微鏡写真を撮影し、写真上で粒子の粒径を総計で5,000個測定し、平均値を算出するものとする。なお、非球形粒子については写真上の粒子面積と同一の粒子面積を持つ球形粒子の粒径値を粒径とする。
 また、本開示における平均粒径は、特に断りのない限り、体積平均粒径であるものとする。
 ポリマー粒子の含有量は、画像記録層の全質量に対し、5質量%~90質量%が好ましい。
The average particle size of the polymer particles is preferably 0.01 μm to 3.0 μm, more preferably 0.03 μm to 2.0 μm, and still more preferably 0.10 μm to 1.0 μm. In this range, good resolution and stability over time can be obtained.
The average primary particle size of each of the particles in the present disclosure is measured by a light scattering method, or an electron micrograph of the particles is taken, and the total particle size of the particles is measured on the photograph to be 5,000. The value shall be calculated. In addition, as for the non-spherical particles, the particle diameter value of the spherical particles having the same particle area as the particle area on the photograph is defined as the particle diameter.
Further, the average particle size in the present disclosure is a volume average particle size unless otherwise specified.
The content of the polymer particles is preferably 5% by mass to 90% by mass based on the total mass of the image recording layer.
〔酸発色剤〕
 本開示において用いられる画像記録層は、酸発色剤を含むことが好ましい。
 本開示で用いられる「酸発色剤」とは、電子受容性化合物(例えば酸等のプロトン)を受容した状態で加熱することにより、発色する性質を有する化合物を意味する。酸発色剤としては、特に、ラクトン、ラクタム、サルトン、スピロピラン、エステル、アミド等の部分骨格を有し、電子受容性化合物と接触した時に、速やかにこれらの部分骨格が開環若しくは開裂する無色の化合物が好ましい。
(Acid color former)
The image recording layer used in the present disclosure preferably contains an acid coloring agent.
The “acid color former” used in the present disclosure means a compound having a property of developing a color when heated while receiving an electron accepting compound (for example, a proton such as an acid). As the acid coloring agent, in particular, it has a partial skeleton such as lactone, lactam, sultone, spiropyran, ester, and amide, and when contacted with an electron accepting compound, these partial skeletons are rapidly opened or cleaved. Compounds are preferred.
 このような酸発色剤の例としては、3,3-ビス(4-ジメチルアミノフェニル)-6-ジメチルアミノフタリド(”クリスタルバイオレットラクトン”と称される)、3,3-ビス(4-ジメチルアミノフェニル)フタリド、3-(4-ジメチルアミノフェニル)-3-(4-ジエチルアミノ-2-メチルフェニル)-6-ジメチルアミノフタリド、3-(4-ジメチルアミノフェニル)-3-(1,2-ジメチルインドール-3-イル)フタリド、3-(4-ジメチルアミノフェニル)-3-(2-メチルインドール-3-イル)フタリド、3,3-ビス(1,2-ジメチルインドール-3-イル)-5-ジメチルアミノフタリド、3,3-ビス(1,2-ジメチルインドール-3-イル)-6-ジメチルアミノフタリド、3,3-ビス(9-エチルカルバゾール-3-イル)-6-ジメチルアミノフタリド、3,3-ビス(2-フェニルインドール-3-イル)-6-ジメチルアミノフタリド、3-(4-ジメチルアミノフェニル)-3-(1-メチルピロール-3-イル)-6-ジメチルアミノフタリド、 Examples of such acid color formers include 3,3-bis (4-dimethylaminophenyl) -6-dimethylaminophthalide (referred to as “crystal violet lactone”), 3,3-bis (4- Dimethylaminophenyl) phthalide, 3- (4-dimethylaminophenyl) -3- (4-diethylamino-2-methylphenyl) -6-dimethylaminophthalide, 3- (4-dimethylaminophenyl) -3- (1 , 2-Dimethylindol-3-yl) phthalide, 3- (4-dimethylaminophenyl) -3- (2-methylindol-3-yl) phthalide, 3,3-bis (1,2-dimethylindol-3) -Yl) -5-dimethylaminophthalide, 3,3-bis (1,2-dimethylindol-3-yl) -6-dimethylaminophthalide, 3,3-bi (9-ethylcarbazol-3-yl) -6-dimethylaminophthalide, 3,3-bis (2-phenylindol-3-yl) -6-dimethylaminophthalide, 3- (4-dimethylaminophenyl) -3- (1-methylpyrrol-3-yl) -6-dimethylaminophthalide,
 3,3-ビス〔1,1-ビス(4-ジメチルアミノフェニル)エチレン-2-イル〕-4,5,6,7-テトラクロロフタリド、3,3-ビス〔1,1-ビス(4-ピロリジノフェニル)エチレン-2-イル〕-4,5,6,7-テトラブロモフタリド、3,3-ビス〔1-(4-ジメチルアミノフェニル)-1-(4-メトキシフェニル)エチレン-2-イル〕-4,5,6,7-テトラクロロフタリド、3,3-ビス〔1-(4-ピロリジノフェニル)-1-(4-メトキシフェニル)エチレン-2-イル〕-4,5,6,7-テトラクロロフタリド、3-〔1,1-ジ(1-エチル-2-メチルインドール-3-イル)エチレン-2-イル〕-3-(4-ジエチルアミノフェニル)フタリド、3-〔1,1-ジ(1-エチル-2-メチルインドール-3-イル)エチレン-2-イル〕-3-(4-N-エチル-N-フェニルアミノフェニル)フタリド、3-(2-エトキシ-4-ジエチルアミノフェニル)-3-(1-n-オクチル-2-メチルインドール-3-イル)-フタリド、3,3-ビス(1-n-オクチル-2-メチルインドール-3-イル)-フタリド、3-(2-メチル-4-ジエチルアミノフェニル)-3-(1-n-オクチル-2-メチルインドール-3-イル)-フタリド等のフタリド類、 3,3-bis [1,1-bis (4-dimethylaminophenyl) ethylene-2-yl] -4,5,6,7-tetrachlorophthalide, 3,3-bis [1,1-bis ( 4-pyrrolidinophenyl) ethylene-2-yl] -4,5,6,7-tetrabromophthalide, 3,3-bis [1- (4-dimethylaminophenyl) -1- (4-methoxyphenyl) Ethylene-2-yl] -4,5,6,7-tetrachlorophthalide, 3,3-bis [1- (4-pyrrolidinophenyl) -1- (4-methoxyphenyl) ethylene-2-yl] -4,5,6,7-tetrachlorophthalide, 3- [1,1-di (1-ethyl-2-methylindol-3-yl) ethylene-2-yl] -3- (4-diethylaminophenyl ) Phthalide, 3- [1,1-di (1-ethyl-2-me Ruindol-3-yl) ethylene-2-yl] -3- (4-N-ethyl-N-phenylaminophenyl) phthalide, 3- (2-ethoxy-4-diethylaminophenyl) -3- (1-n -Octyl-2-methylindol-3-yl) -phthalide, 3,3-bis (1-n-octyl-2-methylindol-3-yl) -phthalide, 3- (2-methyl-4-diethylaminophenyl) Phthalides such as) -3- (1-n-octyl-2-methylindol-3-yl) -phthalide;
 4,4-ビス-ジメチルアミノベンズヒドリンベンジルエーテル、N-ハロフェニル-ロイコオーラミン、N-2,4,5-トリクロロフェニルロイコオーラミン、ローダミン-B-アニリノラクタム、ローダミン-(4-ニトロアニリノ)ラクタム、ローダミン-B-(4-クロロアニリノ)ラクタム、3,7-ビス(ジエチルアミノ)-10-ベンゾイルフェノオキサジン、ベンゾイルロイコメチレンブルー、4ーニトロベンゾイルメチレンブルー、 4,4-bis-dimethylaminobenzhydrin benzyl ether, N-halophenyl-leuco auramine, N-2,4,5-trichlorophenyl leuco auramine, rhodamine-B-anilinolalactam, rhodamine- (4-nitroanilino ) Lactam, rhodamine-B- (4-chloroanilino) lactam, 3,7-bis (diethylamino) -10-benzoylphenoxazine, benzoylleucomethylene blue, 4-nitrobenzoylmethylene blue,
 3,6-ジメトキシフルオラン、3-ジメチルアミノ-7-メトキシフルオラン、3-ジエチルアミノ-6-メトキシフルオラン、3-ジエチルアミノ-7-メトキシフルオラン、3-ジエチルアミノ-7-クロロフルオラン、3-ジエチルアミノ-6-メチル-7-クロロフルオラン、3-ジエチルアミノ-6,7-ジメチルフルオラン、3-N-シクロヘキシル-N-n-ブチルアミノ-7-メチルフルオラン、3-ジエチルアミノ-7-ジベンジルアミノフルオラン、3-ジエチルアミノ-7-オクチルアミノフルオラン、3-ジエチルアミノ-7-ジ-n-ヘキシルアミノフルオラン、3-ジエチルアミノ-7-アニリノフルオラン、3-ジエチルアミノ-7-(2’-フルオロフェニルアミノ)フルオラン、3-ジエチルアミノ-7-(2’-クロロフェニルアミノ)フルオラン、3-ジエチルアミノ-7-(3’-クロロフェニルアミノ)フルオラン、3-ジエチルアミノ-7-(2’,3’-ジクロロフェニルアミノ)フルオラン、3-ジエチルアミノ-7-(3’-トリフルオロメチルフェニルアミノ)フルオラン、3-ジ-n-ブチルアミノ-7-(2’-フルオロフェニルアミノ)フルオラン、3-ジ-n-ブチルアミノ-7-(2’-クロロフェニルアミノ)フルオラン、3-N-イソペンチル-N-エチルアミノ-7-(2’-クロロフェニルアミノ)フルオラン、 3,6-dimethoxyfluoran, 3-dimethylamino-7-methoxyfluoran, 3-diethylamino-6-methoxyfluoran, 3-diethylamino-7-methoxyfluoran, 3-diethylamino-7-chlorofluoran, 3 -Diethylamino-6-methyl-7-chlorofluoran, 3-diethylamino-6,7-dimethylfluoran, 3-N-cyclohexyl-Nn-butylamino-7-methylfluoran, 3-diethylamino-7- Dibenzylaminofluoran, 3-diethylamino-7-octylaminofluoran, 3-diethylamino-7-di-n-hexylaminofluoran, 3-diethylamino-7-anilinofluoran, 3-diethylamino-7- ( 2'-fluorophenylamino) fluoran, 3-diethylamino 7- (2'-chlorophenylamino) fluoran, 3-diethylamino-7- (3'-chlorophenylamino) fluoran, 3-diethylamino-7- (2 ', 3'-dichlorophenylamino) fluoran, 3-diethylamino-7- (3′-trifluoromethylphenylamino) fluoran, 3-di-n-butylamino-7- (2′-fluorophenylamino) fluoran, 3-di-n-butylamino-7- (2′-chlorophenylamino ) Fluoran, 3-N-isopentyl-N-ethylamino-7- (2′-chlorophenylamino) fluoran,
 3-N-n-ヘキシル-N-エチルアミノ-7-(2’-クロロフェニルアミノ)フルオラン、3-ジエチルアミノ-6-クロロ-7-アニリノフルオラン、3-ジ-n-ブチルアミノ-6-クロロ-7-アニリノフルオラン、3-ジエチルアミノ-6-メトキシ-7-アニリノフルオラン、3-ジ-n-ブチルアミノ-6-エトキシ-7-アニリノフルオラン、3-ピロリジノ-6-メチル-7-アニリノフルオラン、3-ピペリジノ-6-メチル-7-アニリノフルオラン、3-モルホリノ-6-メチル-7-アニリノフルオラン、3-ジメチルアミノ-6-メチル-7-アニリノフルオラン、3-ジエチルアミノ-6-メチル-7-アニリノフルオラン、3-ジ-n-ブチルアミノ-6-メチル-7-アニリノフルオラン、3-ジ-n-ペンチルアミノ-6-メチル-7-アニリノフルオラン、3-N-エチル-N-メチルアミノ-6-メチル-7-アニリノフルオラン、3-N-n-プロピル-N-メチルアミノ-6-メチル-7-アニリノフルオラン、3-N-n-プロピル-N-エチルアミノ-6-メチル-7-アニリノフルオラン、3-N-n-ブチル-N-メチルアミノ-6-メチル-7-アニリノフルオラン、3-N-n-ブチル-N-エチルアミノ-6-メチル-7-アニリノフルオラン、3-N-イソブチル-N-メチルアミノ-6-メチル-7-アニリノフルオラン、3-N-イソブチル-N-エチルアミノ-6-メチル-7-アニリノフルオラン、3-N-イソペンチル-N-エチルアミノ-6-メチル-7-アニリノフルオラン、3-N-n-ヘキシル-N-メチルアミノ-6-メチル-7-アニリノフルオラン、3-N-シクロヘキシル-N-エチルアミノ-6-メチル-7-アニリノフルオラン、3-N-シクロヘキシル-N-n-プロピルアミノ-6-メチル-7-アニリノフルオラン、3-N-シクロヘキシル-N-n-ブチルアミノ-6-メチル-7-アニリノフルオラン、3-N-シクロヘキシル-N-n-ヘキシルアミノ-6-メチル-7-アニリノフルオラン、3-N-シクロヘキシル-N-n-オクチルアミノ-6-メチル-7-アニリノフルオラン、 3-Nn-hexyl-N-ethylamino-7- (2'-chlorophenylamino) fluoran, 3-diethylamino-6-chloro-7-anilinofluoran, 3-di-n-butylamino-6- Chloro-7-anilinofluoran, 3-diethylamino-6-methoxy-7-anilinofluoran, 3-di-n-butylamino-6-ethoxy-7-anilinofluoran, 3-pyrrolidino-6- Methyl-7-anilinofluoran, 3-piperidino-6-methyl-7-anilinofluoran, 3-morpholino-6-methyl-7-anilinofluoran, 3-dimethylamino-6-methyl-7- Anilinofluoran, 3-diethylamino-6-methyl-7-anilinofluoran, 3-di-n-butylamino-6-methyl-7-anilinofluoran, 3-di- -Pentylamino-6-methyl-7-anilinofluoran, 3-N-ethyl-N-methylamino-6-methyl-7-anilinofluoran, 3-Nn-propyl-N-methylamino- 6-methyl-7-anilinofluoran, 3-NN-propyl-N-ethylamino-6-methyl-7-anilinofluoran, 3-NN-butyl-N-methylamino-6- Methyl-7-anilinofluoran, 3-Nn-butyl-N-ethylamino-6-methyl-7-anilinofluoran, 3-N-isobutyl-N-methylamino-6-methyl-7- Anilinofluoran, 3-N-isobutyl-N-ethylamino-6-methyl-7-anilinofluoran, 3-N-isopentyl-N-ethylamino-6-methyl-7-anilinofluoran, 3 -Nn-hex 3-N-methylamino-6-methyl-7-anilinofluoran, 3-N-cyclohexyl-N-ethylamino-6-methyl-7-anilinofluoran, 3-N-cyclohexyl-Nn- Propylamino-6-methyl-7-anilinofluoran, 3-N-cyclohexyl-NNn-butylamino-6-methyl-7-anilinofluoran, 3-N-cyclohexyl-Nn-hexylamino -6-methyl-7-anilinofluoran, 3-N-cyclohexyl-NNn-octylamino-6-methyl-7-anilinofluoran,
 3-N-(2’-メトキシエチル)-N-メチルアミノ-6-メチル-7-アニリノフルオラン、3-N-(2’-メトキシエチル)-N-エチルアミノ-6-メチル-7-アニリノフルオラン、3-N-(2’-メトキシエチル)-N-イソブチルアミノ-6-メチル-7-アニリノフルオラン、3-N-(2’-エトキシエチル)-N-メチルアミノ-6-メチル-7-アニリノフルオラン、3-N-(2’-エトキシエチル)-N-エチルアミノ-6-メチル-7-アニリノフルオラン、3-N-(3’-メトキシプロピル)-N-メチルアミノ-6-メチル-7-アニリノフルオラン、3-N-(3’-メトキシプロピル)-N-エチルアミノ-6-メチル-7-アニリノフルオラン、3-N-(3’-エトキシプロピル)-N-メチルアミノ-6-メチル-7-アニリノフルオラン、3-N-(3’-エトキシプロピル)-N-エチルアミノ-6-メチル-7-アニリノフルオラン、3-N-(2’-テトラヒドロフルフリル)-N-エチルアミノ-6-メチル-7-アニリノフルオラン、3-N-(4’-メチルフェニル)-N-エチルアミノ-6-メチル-7-アニリノフルオラン、3-ジエチルアミノ-6-エチル-7-アニリノフルオラン、3-ジエチルアミノ-6-メチル-7-(3’-メチルフェニルアミノ)フルオラン、3-ジエチルアミノ-6-メチル-7-(2’,6’-ジメチルフェニルアミノ)フルオラン、3-ジ-n-ブチルアミノ-6-メチル-7-(2’,6’-ジメチルフェニルアミノ)フルオラン、3-ジ-n-ブチルアミノ-7-(2’,6’-ジメチルフェニルアミノ)フルオラン、2,2-ビス〔4’-(3-N-シクロヘキシル-N-メチルアミノ-6-メチルフルオラン)-7-イルアミノフェニル〕プロパン、3-〔4’-(4-フェニルアミノフェニル)アミノフェニル〕アミノ-6-メチル-7-クロロフルオラン、3-〔4’-(ジメチルアミノフェニル)〕アミノ-5,7-ジメチルフルオラン等のフルオラン類、 3-N- (2'-methoxyethyl) -N-methylamino-6-methyl-7-anilinofluoran, 3-N- (2'-methoxyethyl) -N-ethylamino-6-methyl-7 -Anilinofluoran, 3-N- (2'-methoxyethyl) -N-isobutylamino-6-methyl-7-anilinofluoran, 3-N- (2'-ethoxyethyl) -N-methylamino -6-methyl-7-anilinofluoran, 3-N- (2'-ethoxyethyl) -N-ethylamino-6-methyl-7-anilinofluoran, 3-N- (3'-methoxypropyl ) -N-methylamino-6-methyl-7-anilinofluoran, 3-N- (3'-methoxypropyl) -N-ethylamino-6-methyl-7-anilinofluoran, 3-N- (3'-ethoxypropyl) -N- Tylamino-6-methyl-7-anilinofluoran, 3-N- (3'-ethoxypropyl) -N-ethylamino-6-methyl-7-anilinofluoran, 3-N- (2'-tetrahydro Furfuryl) -N-ethylamino-6-methyl-7-anilinofluoran, 3-N- (4'-methylphenyl) -N-ethylamino-6-methyl-7-anilinofluoran, 3- Diethylamino-6-ethyl-7-anilinofluoran, 3-diethylamino-6-methyl-7- (3'-methylphenylamino) fluoran, 3-diethylamino-6-methyl-7- (2 ', 6'- Dimethylphenylamino) fluoran, 3-di-n-butylamino-6-methyl-7- (2 ', 6'-dimethylphenylamino) fluoran, 3-di-n-butylamino-7- 2 ', 6'-dimethylphenylamino) fluoran, 2,2-bis [4'-(3-N-cyclohexyl-N-methylamino-6-methylfluoran) -7-ylaminophenyl] propane, 3- Fluoranes such as [4 '-(4-phenylaminophenyl) aminophenyl] amino-6-methyl-7-chlorofluorane and 3- [4'-(dimethylaminophenyl)] amino-5,7-dimethylfluorane Kind,
 3-(2-メチル-4-ジエチルアミノフェニル)-3-(1-エチル-2-メチルインドール-3-イル)-4-アザフタリド、3-(2-n-プロポキシカルボニルアミノ-4-ジ-n-プロピルアミノフェニル)-3-(1-エチル-2-メチルインドール-3-イル)-4-アザフタリド、3-(2-メチルアミノ-4-ジ-n-プロピルアミノフェニル)-3-(1-エチル-2-メチルインドール-3-イル)-4-アザフタリド、3-(2-メチル-4-ジn-ヘキシルアミノフェニル)-3-(1-n-オクチル-2-メチルインドール-3-イル)-4,7-ジアザフタリド、3,3-ビス(2-エトキシ-4-ジエチルアミノフェニル)-4-アザフタリド、3,3-ビス(1-n-オクチル-2-メチルインドール-3-イル)-4-アザフタリド、3-(2-エトキシ-4-ジエチルアミノフェニル)-3-(1-エチル-2-メチルインドール-3-イル)-4-アザフタリド、3-(2-エトキシ-4-ジエチルアミノフェニル)-3-(1-オクチル-2-メチルインドール-3-イル)-4又は7-アザフタリド、3-(2-エトキシ-4-ジエチルアミノフェニル)-3-(1-エチル-2-メチルインドール-3-イル)-4又は7-アザフタリド、3-(2-ヘキシルオキシ-4-ジエチルアミノフェニル)-3-(1-エチル-2-メチルインドール-3-イル)-4又は7-アザフタリド、3-(2-エトキシ-4-ジエチルアミノフェニル)-3-(1-エチル-2-フェニルインドール-3-イル)-4又は7-アザフタリド、3-(2-ブトキシ-4-ジエチルアミノフェニル)-3-(1-エチル-2-フェニルインドール-3-イル)-4又は7-アザフタリド3-メチル-スピロ-ジナフトピラン、3-エチル-スピロ-ジナフトピラン、3-フェニル-スピロ-ジナフトピラン、3-ベンジル-スピロ-ジナフトピラン、3-メチル-ナフト-(3-メトキシベンゾ)スピロピラン、3-プロピル-スピロ-ジベンゾピラン-3,6-ビス(ジメチルアミノ)フルオレン-9-スピロ-3’-(6’-ジメチルアミノ)フタリド、3,6-ビス(ジエチルアミノ)フルオレン-9-スピロ-3’-(6’-ジメチルアミノ)フタリド等のフタリド類、 3- (2-methyl-4-diethylaminophenyl) -3- (1-ethyl-2-methylindol-3-yl) -4-azaphthalide, 3- (2-n-propoxycarbonylamino-4-di-n -Propylaminophenyl) -3- (1-ethyl-2-methylindol-3-yl) -4-azaphthalide, 3- (2-methylamino-4-di-n-propylaminophenyl) -3- (1 -Ethyl-2-methylindol-3-yl) -4-azaphthalide, 3- (2-methyl-4-di-n-hexylaminophenyl) -3- (1-n-octyl-2-methylindole-3- Yl) -4,7-diazaphthalide, 3,3-bis (2-ethoxy-4-diethylaminophenyl) -4-azaphthalide, 3,3-bis (1-n-octyl-2-methylindole 3-yl) -4-azaphthalide, 3- (2-ethoxy-4-diethylaminophenyl) -3- (1-ethyl-2-methylindol-3-yl) -4-azaphthalide, 3- (2-ethoxy- 4-diethylaminophenyl) -3- (1-octyl-2-methylindol-3-yl) -4 or 7-azaphthalide, 3- (2-ethoxy-4-diethylaminophenyl) -3- (1-ethyl-2 -Methylindol-3-yl) -4 or 7-azaphthalide, 3- (2-hexyloxy-4-diethylaminophenyl) -3- (1-ethyl-2-methylindol-3-yl) -4- or 7- Azaphthalide, 3- (2-ethoxy-4-diethylaminophenyl) -3- (1-ethyl-2-phenylindol-3-yl) -4 or 7-azaphthalide, -(2-butoxy-4-diethylaminophenyl) -3- (1-ethyl-2-phenylindol-3-yl) -4 or 7-azaphthalide 3-methyl-spiro-dinaphthopyran, 3-ethyl-spiro-dinaphthopyran, 3-phenyl-spiro-dinaphthopyran, 3-benzyl-spiro-dinaphthopyran, 3-methyl-naphtho- (3-methoxybenzo) spiropyran, 3-propyl-spiro-dibenzopyran-3,6-bis (dimethylamino) fluorene- Phthalides such as 9-spiro-3 ′-(6′-dimethylamino) phthalide, 3,6-bis (diethylamino) fluorene-9-spiro-3 ′-(6′-dimethylamino) phthalide,
 その他、2’-アニリノ-6’-(N-エチル-N-イソペンチル)アミノ-3’-メチルスピロ[イソベンゾフラン-1(3H),9’-(9H)キサンテン-3-オン、2’-アニリノ-6’-(N-エチル-N-(4-メチルフェニル))アミノ-3’-メチルスピロ[イソベンゾフラン-1(3H),9’-(9H)キサンテン]-3-オン、3’-N,N-ジベンジルアミノ-6’-N,N-ジエチルアミノスピロ[イソベンゾフラン-1(3H),9’-(9H)キサンテン]-3-オン、2’-(N-メチル-N-フェニル)アミノ-6’-(N-エチル-N-(4-メチルフェニル))アミノスピロ[イソベンゾフラン-1(3H),9’-(9H)キサンテン]-3-オンなどが挙げられる。 In addition, 2'-anilino-6 '-(N-ethyl-N-isopentyl) amino-3'-methylspiro [isobenzofuran-1 (3H), 9'-(9H) xanthen-3-one, 2'-anilino -6 '-(N-ethyl-N- (4-methylphenyl)) amino-3'-methylspiro [isobenzofuran-1 (3H), 9'-(9H) xanthen] -3-one, 3'-N , N-Dibenzylamino-6'-N, N-diethylaminospiro [isobenzofuran-1 (3H), 9 '-(9H) xanthen] -3-one, 2'-(N-methyl-N-phenyl) Amino-6 '-(N-ethyl-N- (4-methylphenyl)) aminospiro [isobenzofuran-1 (3H), 9'-(9H) xanthen] -3-one.
 中でも、本開示に用いられる酸発色剤は、発色性の観点から、スピロピラン化合物、スピロオキサジン化合物、スピロラクトン化合物、及び、スピロラクタム化合物よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種の化合物であることが好ましい。
 発色後の色素の色相としては、可視性の観点から、緑、青又は黒であることが好ましい。
Above all, the acid color former used in the present disclosure may be at least one compound selected from the group consisting of a spiropyran compound, a spirooxazine compound, a spirolactone compound, and a spirolactam compound, from the viewpoint of coloration. preferable.
The hue of the dye after coloring is preferably green, blue or black from the viewpoint of visibility.
 酸発色剤としては上市されている製品を使用することも可能であり、ETAC、RED500、RED520、CVL、S-205、BLACK305、BLACK400、BLACK100、BLACK500、H-7001、GREEN300、NIRBLACK78、BLUE220、H-3035、BLUE203、ATP、H-1046、H-2114(以上、福井山田化学工業(株)製)、ORANGE-DCF、Vermilion-DCF、PINK-DCF、RED-DCF、BLMB、CVL、GREEN-DCF、TH-107(以上、保土ヶ谷化学(株)製)、ODB、ODB-2、ODB-4、ODB-250、ODB-BlackXV、Blue-63、Blue-502、GN-169、GN-2、Green-118、Red-40、Red-8(以上、山本化成(株)製)、クリスタルバイオレットラクトン(東京化成工業(株)製)等が挙げられる。これらの市販品の中でも、ETAC、S-205、BLACK305、BLACK400、BLACK100、BLACK500、H-7001、GREEN300、NIRBLACK78、H-3035、ATP、H-1046、H-2114、GREEN-DCF、Blue-63、GN-169、クリスタルバイオレットラクトンが、形成される膜の可視光吸収率が良好のため好ましい。 Commercially available products can also be used as the acid colorant. ETAC, RED500, RED520, CVL, S-205, BLACK305, BLACK400, BLACK100, BLACK500, H-7001, GREEN300, NIRBLACK78, BLUE220, H -3035, BLUE203, ATP, H-1046, H-2114 (all manufactured by Fukui Yamada Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), ORANGE-DCF, Vermilion-DCF, PINK-DCF, RED-DCF, BLMB, CVL, GREEN-DCF , TH-107 (both manufactured by Hodogaya Chemical Co., Ltd.), ODB, ODB-2, ODB-4, ODB-250, ODB-BlackXV, Blue-63, Blue-502, GN-169, GN-2, Gre n-118, Red-40, Red-8 (manufactured by Yamamoto Chemicals Co., Ltd.), crystal violet lactone (manufactured by Tokyo Kasei Kogyo Co., Ltd.), and the like. Among these commercial products, ETAC, S-205, BLACK305, BLACK400, BLACK100, BLACK500, H-7001, GREEN300, NIRBLACK78, H-3035, ATP, H-1046, H-2114, GREEN-DCF, Blue-63 , GN-169, and crystal violet lactone are preferable because the visible light absorption of the formed film is good.
 これらの酸発色剤は、1種単独で用いてもよいし、2種類以上の成分を組み合わせて使用することもできる。
 酸発色剤の含有量は、画像記録層の全質量に対し、0.5質量%~10質量%であることが好ましく、1質量%~5質量%であることがより好ましい。
These acid colorants may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
The content of the acid colorant is preferably 0.5% by mass to 10% by mass, more preferably 1% by mass to 5% by mass, based on the total mass of the image recording layer.
〔特定バインダーポリマー以外のバインダーポリマー〕
 画像記録層は、特定バインダーポリマー以外のバインダーポリマー(以下、「他のバインダーポリマー」ともいう。)を含んでもよい。
 上記特定バインダーポリマー、及び、上記ポリマー粒子に該当するポリマーは、上記他のバインダーポリマーに該当しない。すなわち、他のバインダーポリマーは、スチレン化合物により形成される構成単位、及び、アクリロニトリル化合物により形成される構成単位よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも一方を有しない、粒子形状ではない重合体である。
 他のバインダーポリマーとしては、(メタ)アクリル樹脂、ポリビニルアセタール樹脂、又は、ポリウレタン樹脂が好ましい。
(Binder polymer other than specific binder polymer)
The image recording layer may contain a binder polymer other than the specific binder polymer (hereinafter, also referred to as “other binder polymer”).
The specific binder polymer and the polymer corresponding to the polymer particles do not correspond to the other binder polymer. That is, the other binder polymer is a non-particle-shaped polymer having at least one selected from the group consisting of a structural unit formed of a styrene compound and a structural unit formed of an acrylonitrile compound.
As the other binder polymer, a (meth) acrylic resin, a polyvinyl acetal resin, or a polyurethane resin is preferable.
 中でも、他のバインダーポリマーは平版印刷版原版の画像記録層に用いられる公知のバインダーポリマーを好適に使用することができる。一例として、機上現像型の平版印刷版原版に用いられるバインダーポリマー(以下、機上現像用バインダーポリマーともいう)について、詳細に記載する。
 機上現像用バインダーポリマーとしては、アルキレンオキシド鎖を有するバインダーポリマーが好ましい。アルキレンオキシド鎖を有するバインダーポリマーは、ポリ(アルキレンオキシド)部位を主鎖に有していても側鎖に有していてもよい。また、ポリ(アルキレンオキシド)を側鎖に有するグラフトポリマーでも、ポリ(アルキレンオキシド)含有繰返し単位で構成されるブロックと(アルキレンオキシド)非含有繰返し単位で構成されるブロックとのブロックコポリマーでもよい。
 ポリ(アルキレンオキシド)部位を主鎖に有する場合は、ポリウレタン樹脂が好ましい。ポリ(アルキレンオキシド)部位を側鎖に有する場合の主鎖のポリマーとしては、(メタ)アクリル樹脂、ポリビニルアセタール樹脂、ポリウレタン樹脂、ポリウレア樹脂、ポリイミド樹脂、ポリアミド樹脂、エポキシ樹脂、ポリスチレン樹脂、ノボラック型フェノール樹脂、ポリエステル樹脂、合成ゴム、天然ゴムが挙げられ、特に(メタ)アクリル樹脂が好ましい。
Among them, as the other binder polymer, a known binder polymer used for the image recording layer of the lithographic printing plate precursor can be suitably used. As an example, a binder polymer (hereinafter also referred to as a binder polymer for on-press development) used in an on-press development type lithographic printing plate precursor will be described in detail.
As the binder polymer for on-press development, a binder polymer having an alkylene oxide chain is preferable. The binder polymer having an alkylene oxide chain may have a poly (alkylene oxide) site in the main chain or a side chain. Further, a graft polymer having poly (alkylene oxide) in the side chain or a block copolymer of a block composed of poly (alkylene oxide) -containing repeating units and a block composed of (alkylene oxide) -free repeating units may be used.
When a poly (alkylene oxide) moiety is present in the main chain, a polyurethane resin is preferred. Examples of the main chain polymer having a poly (alkylene oxide) moiety in a side chain include (meth) acrylic resin, polyvinyl acetal resin, polyurethane resin, polyurea resin, polyimide resin, polyamide resin, epoxy resin, polystyrene resin, and novolak type Phenol resins, polyester resins, synthetic rubbers, and natural rubbers are exemplified, and (meth) acrylic resins are particularly preferred.
 また、他のバインダーポリマーの他の好ましい例として、6官能以上10官能以下の多官能チオールを核として、この核に対しスルフィド結合により結合したポリマー鎖を有し、上記ポリマー鎖が重合性基を有する高分子化合物(以下、星型高分子化合物ともいう。)が挙げられる。星型高分子化合物としては、例えば、特開2012-148555号公報に記載の化合物を好ましく用いることができる。 As another preferable example of the other binder polymer, a polyfunctional thiol having 6 or more and 10 or less functions as a nucleus, having a polymer chain bonded to this nucleus by a sulfide bond, wherein the polymer chain has a polymerizable group. Polymer compound (hereinafter, also referred to as a star-shaped polymer compound). As the star polymer compound, for example, compounds described in JP-A-2012-148555 can be preferably used.
 星型高分子化合物は、特開2008-195018号公報に記載のような画像部の皮膜強度を向上するためのエチレン性不飽和結合等の重合性基を、主鎖又は側鎖、好ましくは側鎖に有しているものが挙げられる。重合性基によってポリマー分子間に架橋が形成され、硬化が促進する。
 重合性基としては、(メタ)アクリル基、ビニル基、アリル基、ビニルフェニル基(スチリル基)などのエチレン性不飽和基やエポキシ基等が好ましく、(メタ)アクリル基、ビニル基、ビニルフェニル基(スチリル基)が重合反応性の観点でより好ましく、(メタ)アクリル基が特に好ましい。これらの基は高分子反応や共重合によってポリマーに導入することができる。例えば、カルボキシ基を側鎖に有するポリマーとグリシジルメタクリレートとの反応、あるいはエポキシ基を有するポリマーとメタクリル酸などのエチレン性不飽和基含有カルボン酸との反応を利用できる。これらの基は併用してもよい。
The star-shaped polymer compound has a polymerizable group such as an ethylenically unsaturated bond for improving the film strength of an image portion as described in JP-A-2008-195018, and has a main chain or a side chain, preferably a side chain. What is possessed in the chain is mentioned. Crosslinks are formed between polymer molecules by the polymerizable group, and curing is accelerated.
As the polymerizable group, an ethylenically unsaturated group such as a (meth) acryl group, a vinyl group, an allyl group, and a vinylphenyl group (styryl group) and an epoxy group are preferable, and a (meth) acryl group, a vinyl group, a vinylphenyl A group (styryl group) is more preferable from the viewpoint of polymerization reactivity, and a (meth) acryl group is particularly preferable. These groups can be introduced into the polymer by a polymer reaction or copolymerization. For example, a reaction between a polymer having a carboxy group in a side chain and glycidyl methacrylate, or a reaction between a polymer having an epoxy group and a carboxylic acid having an ethylenically unsaturated group such as methacrylic acid can be used. These groups may be used in combination.
 他のバインダーポリマーの分子量は、GPC法によるポリスチレン換算値として重量平均分子量(Mw)が、2,000以上であることが好ましく、5,000以上であることがより好ましく、10,000~300,000であることが更に好ましい。 Regarding the molecular weight of the other binder polymer, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) is preferably 2,000 or more, more preferably 5,000 or more, and more preferably 10,000 to 300, More preferably, 000.
 必要に応じて、特開2008-195018号公報に記載のポリアクリル酸、ポリビニルアルコールなどの親水性ポリマーを併用することができる。また、親油的なポリマーと親水的なポリマーとを併用することもできる。 親水 If necessary, hydrophilic polymers such as polyacrylic acid and polyvinyl alcohol described in JP-A-2008-195018 can be used in combination. Further, a lipophilic polymer and a hydrophilic polymer can be used in combination.
 本開示において用いられる画像記録層においては、他のバインダーポリマーを1種単独で使用しても、2種以上を併用してもよい。
 他のバインダーポリマーは、画像記録層中に任意な量で含有させることができるが、バインダーポリマーの含有量は、画像記録層の全質量に対して、1質量%~90質量%であることが好ましく、5質量%~80質量%であることがより好ましい。
 また、本開示における画像記録層が他のバインダーポリマーを含む場合、上述の特定バインダーポリマーと他のバインダーポリマーとの合計質量に対する他のバインダーポリマーの含有量は、0質量%を超え99質量%以下であることが好ましく、20質量%~95質量%であることがより好ましく、40質量%~90質量%であることが更に好ましい。
In the image recording layer used in the present disclosure, another binder polymer may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
The other binder polymer can be contained in an arbitrary amount in the image recording layer, but the content of the binder polymer is preferably 1% by mass to 90% by mass based on the total mass of the image recording layer. It is more preferably from 5% by mass to 80% by mass.
When the image recording layer in the present disclosure includes another binder polymer, the content of the other binder polymer based on the total mass of the specific binder polymer and the other binder polymer is more than 0% by mass and 99% by mass or less. Is preferably 20% by mass to 95% by mass, more preferably 40% by mass to 90% by mass.
〔連鎖移動剤〕
 本開示において用いられる画像記録層は、連鎖移動剤を含有してもよい。連鎖移動剤は、平版印刷版における耐刷性の向上に寄与する。
 連鎖移動剤としては、チオール化合物が好ましく、沸点(揮発し難さ)の観点で炭素数7以上のチオール化合物がより好ましく、芳香環上にメルカプト基を有する化合物(芳香族チオール化合物)が更に好ましい。上記チオール化合物は単官能チオール化合物であることが好ましい。
(Chain transfer agent)
The image recording layer used in the present disclosure may contain a chain transfer agent. The chain transfer agent contributes to improving the printing durability of the lithographic printing plate.
As the chain transfer agent, a thiol compound is preferable, a thiol compound having 7 or more carbon atoms is more preferable from the viewpoint of a boiling point (difficulty of volatilization), and a compound having a mercapto group on an aromatic ring (aromatic thiol compound) is further preferable. . The thiol compound is preferably a monofunctional thiol compound.
 連鎖移動剤として具体的には、下記の化合物が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the chain transfer agent include the following compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046
 連鎖移動剤は、1種のみを添加しても、2種以上を併用してもよい。
 連鎖移動剤の含有量は、画像記録層の全質量に対し、0.01質量%~50質量%が好ましく、0.05質量%~40質量%がより好ましく、0.1質量%~30質量%が更に好ましい。
Only one type of chain transfer agent may be added, or two or more types may be used in combination.
The content of the chain transfer agent is preferably 0.01% by mass to 50% by mass, more preferably 0.05% by mass to 40% by mass, and more preferably 0.1% by mass to 30% by mass based on the total mass of the image recording layer. % Is more preferred.
〔感脂化剤〕
 画像記録層は、着肉性を向上させるために、ホスホニウム化合物、含窒素低分子化合物、アンモニウム基含有ポリマー等の感脂化剤を含有してもよい。特に、オーバーコート層に無機層状化合物を含有させる場合、これらの化合物は、無機層状化合物の表面被覆剤として機能し、無機層状化合物による印刷途中の着肉性低下を抑制することができる。
 感脂化剤としては、ホスホニウム化合物と、含窒素低分子化合物と、アンモニウム基含有ポリマーとを併用することが好ましく、ホスホニウム化合物と、第四級アンモニウム塩類と、アンモニウム基含有ポリマーとを併用することがより好ましい。
(Degreasing agent)
The image recording layer may contain a sensitizing agent such as a phosphonium compound, a nitrogen-containing low molecular weight compound, or an ammonium group-containing polymer in order to improve the inking property. In particular, when the overcoat layer contains an inorganic layered compound, these compounds function as a surface coating agent for the inorganic layered compound, and can suppress a decrease in the inking property of the inorganic layered compound during printing.
As the sensitizer, it is preferable to use a phosphonium compound, a nitrogen-containing low-molecular compound, and an ammonium group-containing polymer in combination, and it is preferable to use a phosphonium compound, a quaternary ammonium salt, and an ammonium group-containing polymer in combination. Is more preferred.
-ホスホニウム化合物-
 ホスホニウム化合物としては、特開2006-297907号公報及び特開2007-50660号公報に記載のホスホニウム化合物が挙げられる。具体例としては、テトラブチルホスホニウムヨージド、ブチルトリフェニルホスホニウムブロミド、テトラフェニルホスホニウムブロミド、1,4-ビス(トリフェニルホスホニオ)ブタン=ジ(ヘキサフルオロホスファート)、1,7-ビス(トリフェニルホスホニオ)ヘプタン=スルファート、1,9-ビス(トリフェニルホスホニオ)ノナン=ナフタレン-2,7-ジスルホナート等が挙げられる。
-Phosphonium compound-
Examples of the phosphonium compound include the phosphonium compounds described in JP-A-2006-297907 and JP-A-2007-50660. Specific examples include tetrabutylphosphonium iodide, butyltriphenylphosphonium bromide, tetraphenylphosphonium bromide, 1,4-bis (triphenylphosphonio) butane = di (hexafluorophosphate), 1,7-bis (tri Phenylphosphonio) heptane sulfate, 1,9-bis (triphenylphosphonio) nonane = naphthalene-2,7-disulfonate and the like.
-含窒素低分子化合物-
 含窒素低分子化合物としては、アミン塩類、第四級アンモニウム塩類が挙げられる。また、イミダゾリニウム塩類、ベンゾイミダゾリニウム塩類、ピリジニウム塩類、キノリニウム塩類も挙げられる。中でも、第四級アンモニウム塩類及びピリジニウム塩類が好ましい。具体例としては、テトラメチルアンモニウム=ヘキサフルオロホスファート、テトラブチルアンモニウム=ヘキサフルオロホスファート、ドデシルトリメチルアンモニウム=p-トルエンスルホナート、ベンジルトリエチルアンモニウム=ヘキサフルオロホスファート、ベンジルジメチルオクチルアンモニウム=ヘキサフルオロホスファート、ベンジルジメチルドデシルアンモニウム=ヘキサフルオロホスファート、特開2008-284858号公報の段落0021~0037に記載の化合物、特開2009-90645号公報の段落0030~0057に記載の化合物等が挙げられる。
-Nitrogen-containing low molecular compounds-
Examples of the nitrogen-containing low molecular weight compound include amine salts and quaternary ammonium salts. Further, imidazolinium salts, benzimidazolinium salts, pyridinium salts, and quinolinium salts are also included. Among them, quaternary ammonium salts and pyridinium salts are preferred. Specific examples include tetramethylammonium = hexafluorophosphate, tetrabutylammonium = hexafluorophosphate, dodecyltrimethylammonium = p-toluenesulfonate, benzyltriethylammonium = hexafluorophosphate, benzyldimethyloctylammonium = hexafluorophosphate Phthalate, benzyldimethyldodecylammonium = hexafluorophosphate, compounds described in paragraphs 0021 to 0037 of JP-A-2008-284858, compounds described in paragraphs 0030 to 0057 of JP-A-2009-90645, and the like are included.
-アンモニウム基含有ポリマー-
 アンモニウム基含有ポリマーとしては、その構造中にアンモニウム基を有すればよく、側鎖にアンモニウム基を有する(メタ)アクリレートを共重合成分として5mol%~80mol%含有するポリマーが好ましい。具体例としては、特開2009-208458号公報の段落0089~0105に記載のポリマーが挙げられる。
-Ammonium group-containing polymer-
The ammonium group-containing polymer may have an ammonium group in its structure, and is preferably a polymer containing (meth) acrylate having an ammonium group in a side chain as a copolymerization component in an amount of 5 mol% to 80 mol%. Specific examples include the polymers described in paragraphs 0089 to 0105 of JP-A-2009-208458.
 アンモニウム塩含有ポリマーは、特開2009-208458号公報に記載の測定方法に従って求められる還元比粘度(単位:ml/g)の値が、5~120の範囲のものが好ましく、10~110の範囲のものがより好ましく、15~100の範囲のものが特に好ましい。上記還元比粘度を重量平均分子量(Mw)に換算した場合、10,000~150,0000が好ましく、17,000~140,000がより好ましく、20,000~130,000が特に好ましい。 The ammonium salt-containing polymer preferably has a reduced specific viscosity (unit: ml / g) in the range of 5 to 120, preferably 10 to 110, determined according to the measuring method described in JP-A-2009-208458. Are more preferable, and those in the range of 15 to 100 are particularly preferable. When the reduced specific viscosity is converted to a weight average molecular weight (Mw), it is preferably 10,000 to 150,0000, more preferably 17,000 to 140,000, and particularly preferably 20,000 to 130,000.
 以下に、アンモニウム基含有ポリマーの具体例を示す。
 (1)2-(トリメチルアンモニオ)エチルメタクリレート=p-トルエンスルホナート/3,6-ジオキサヘプチルメタクリレート共重合体(モル比10/90、Mw4.5万)
 (2)2-(トリメチルアンモニオ)エチルメタクリレート=ヘキサフルオロホスファート/3,6-ジオキサヘプチルメタクリレート共重合体(モル比20/80、Mw6.0万)
 (3)2-(エチルジメチルアンモニオ)エチルメタクリレート=p-トルエンスルホナート/ヘキシルメタクリレート共重合体(モル比30/70、Mw4.5万)
 (4)2-(トリメチルアンモニオ)エチルメタクリレート=ヘキサフルオロホスファート/2-エチルヘキシルメタクリレート共重合体(モル比20/80、Mw6.0万)
 (5)2-(トリメチルアンモニオ)エチルメタクリレート=メチルスルファート/ヘキシルメタクリレート共重合体(モル比40/60、Mw7.0万)
 (6)2-(ブチルジメチルアンモニオ)エチルメタクリレート=ヘキサフルオロホスファート/3,6-ジオキサヘプチルメタクリレート共重合体(モル比25/75、Mw6.5万)
 (7)2-(ブチルジメチルアンモニオ)エチルアクリレート=ヘキサフルオロホスファート/3,6-ジオキサヘプチルメタクリレート共重合体(モル比20/80、Mw6.5万)
 (8)2-(ブチルジメチルアンモニオ)エチルメタクリレート=13-エチル-5,8,11-トリオキサ-1-ヘプタデカンスルホナート/3,6-ジオキサヘプチルメタクリレート共重合体(モル比20/80、Mw7.5万)
Hereinafter, specific examples of the ammonium group-containing polymer will be described.
(1) 2- (trimethylammonio) ethyl methacrylate = p-toluenesulfonate / 3,6-dioxaheptyl methacrylate copolymer (molar ratio 10/90, Mw 45,000)
(2) 2- (trimethylammonio) ethyl methacrylate = hexafluorophosphate / 3,6-dioxaheptyl methacrylate copolymer (molar ratio 20/80, Mw 60,000)
(3) 2- (ethyldimethylammonio) ethyl methacrylate = p-toluenesulfonate / hexyl methacrylate copolymer (molar ratio 30/70, Mw 45,000)
(4) 2- (trimethylammonio) ethyl methacrylate = hexafluorophosphate / 2-ethylhexyl methacrylate copolymer (molar ratio 20/80, Mw 60,000)
(5) 2- (trimethylammonio) ethyl methacrylate = methyl sulfate / hexyl methacrylate copolymer (40/60 molar ratio, Mw 70,000)
(6) 2- (butyldimethylammonio) ethyl methacrylate = hexafluorophosphate / 3,6-dioxaheptyl methacrylate copolymer (molar ratio 25/75, Mw 65,000)
(7) 2- (butyldimethylammonio) ethyl acrylate = hexafluorophosphate / 3,6-dioxaheptyl methacrylate copolymer (molar ratio 20/80, Mw 65,000)
(8) 2- (butyldimethylammonio) ethyl methacrylate = 13-ethyl-5,8,11-trioxa-1-heptadecane sulfonate / 3,6-dioxaheptyl methacrylate copolymer (molar ratio 20/80) , Mw 75,000)
 感脂化剤の含有量は、画像記録層の全質量に対して、1質量%~40.0質量%が好ましく、2質量%~25.0質量%がより好ましく、3質量%~20質量%が更に好ましい。 The content of the sensitizer is preferably 1% by mass to 40.0% by mass, more preferably 2% by mass to 25.0% by mass, and more preferably 3% by mass to 20% by mass based on the total mass of the image recording layer. % Is more preferred.
〔現像促進剤〕
 本開示において用いられる画像記録層は、現像促進剤を含んでもよい。
 現像促進剤としては、親水性高分子化合物又は親水性低分子化合物が好ましい。
 本開示において、親水性高分子化合物とは分子量(分子量分布を有する場合は重量平均分子量)が3,000以上の化合物をいい、親水性低分子化合物とは分子量(分子量分布を有する場合は重量平均分子量)が3,000未満の化合物をいう。
(Development accelerator)
The image recording layer used in the present disclosure may include a development accelerator.
As the development accelerator, a hydrophilic high molecular compound or a hydrophilic low molecular compound is preferable.
In the present disclosure, a hydrophilic high molecular compound refers to a compound having a molecular weight (weight average molecular weight when having a molecular weight distribution) of 3,000 or more, and a hydrophilic low molecular compound refers to a molecular weight (weight average when having a molecular weight distribution). Molecular weight) of less than 3,000.
-親水性高分子化合物-
 親水性高分子化合物としては、セルロース化合物、ポリビニルアルコール等が挙げられ、セルロース化合物が好ましい。
 セルロース化合物としては、セルロース、又は、セルロースの少なくとも一部が変性された化合物(変性セルロース化合物)が挙げられ、変性セルロース化合物が好ましい。
 変性セルロース化合物としては、セルロースのヒドロキシ基の少なくとも一部が、アルキル基及びヒドロキシアルキル基よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも一種により置換された化合物が好ましく挙げられる。
 変性セルロース化合物としては、アルキルセルロース化合物又はヒドロキシアルキルセルロース化合物が好ましく、ヒドロキシアルキルセルロース化合物がより好ましい。
 アルキルセルロース化合物としては、メチルセルロースが好ましく挙げられる。
 ヒドロキシアルキルセルロース化合物としては、ヒドロキシプロピルセルロースが好ましく挙げられる。
-Hydrophilic polymer compound-
Examples of the hydrophilic polymer compound include a cellulose compound and polyvinyl alcohol, and a cellulose compound is preferable.
Examples of the cellulose compound include cellulose or a compound in which at least a part of cellulose is modified (modified cellulose compound), and a modified cellulose compound is preferable.
As the modified cellulose compound, a compound in which at least a part of the hydroxy group of cellulose is substituted by at least one selected from the group consisting of an alkyl group and a hydroxyalkyl group is preferably exemplified.
As the modified cellulose compound, an alkyl cellulose compound or a hydroxyalkyl cellulose compound is preferable, and a hydroxyalkyl cellulose compound is more preferable.
Preferred examples of the alkyl cellulose compound include methyl cellulose.
Preferred examples of the hydroxyalkyl cellulose compound include hydroxypropyl cellulose.
 親水性高分子化合物の分子量(分子量分布を有する場合は重量平均分子量)は、3,000~300,000であることが好ましく、10,000~150,000であることがより好ましい。 (4) The molecular weight of the hydrophilic polymer compound (weight average molecular weight when it has a molecular weight distribution) is preferably from 3,000 to 300,000, more preferably from 10,000 to 150,000.
-親水性低分子化合物-
 親水性低分子化合物としては、グリコール化合物、ポリオール化合物、有機アミン化合物、有機スルホン酸化合物、有機スルファミン化合物、有機硫酸化合物、有機ホスホン酸化合物、有機カルボン酸化合物、ベタイン化合物等が挙げられ、ポリオール化合物、有機スルホン酸化合物又はベタイン化合物が好ましい。
-Hydrophilic low molecular weight compound-
Examples of the hydrophilic low molecular weight compound include a glycol compound, a polyol compound, an organic amine compound, an organic sulfonic acid compound, an organic sulfamine compound, an organic sulfate compound, an organic phosphonic acid compound, an organic carboxylic acid compound, and a betaine compound. , An organic sulfonic acid compound or a betaine compound.
 グリコール化合物としては、エチレングリコール、ジエチレングリコール、トリエチレングリコール、プロピレングリコール、ジプロピレングリコール、トリプロピレングリコール等のグリコール類及びこれらの化合物のエーテル又はエステル誘導体類が挙げられる。
 ポリオール化合物としては、グリセリン、ペンタエリスリトール、トリス(2-ヒドロキシエチル)イソシアヌレート等が挙げられる。
 有機アミン化合物としては、トリエタノールアミン、ジエタノールアミン、モノエタノールアミン等及びその塩が挙げられる。
 有機スルホン酸化合物としては、アルキルスルホン酸、トルエンスルホン酸、ベンゼンスルホン酸等及びその塩が挙げられ、アルキル基の炭素数が8~20のアルキルスルホン酸が好ましく挙げられる。
 有機スルファミン化合物としては、アルキルスルファミン酸等及びその塩が挙げられる。
 有機硫酸化合物としては、アルキル硫酸、アルキルエーテル硫酸等及びその塩が挙げられる。
 有機ホスホン酸化合物としては、フェニルホスホン酸等及びその塩、が挙げられる。
 有機カルボン酸化合物としては、酒石酸、シュウ酸、クエン酸、リンゴ酸、乳酸、グルコン酸等及びその塩が挙げられる。
 ベタイン化合物としては、ホスホベタイン化合物、スルホベタイン化合物、カルボキシベタイン化合物等が挙げられ、トリメチルグリシンが好ましく挙げられる。
Examples of the glycol compound include glycols such as ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, propylene glycol, dipropylene glycol, and tripropylene glycol, and ether or ester derivatives of these compounds.
Examples of the polyol compound include glycerin, pentaerythritol, tris (2-hydroxyethyl) isocyanurate and the like.
Examples of the organic amine compound include triethanolamine, diethanolamine, monoethanolamine, and the like, and salts thereof.
Examples of the organic sulfonic acid compound include alkyl sulfonic acid, toluene sulfonic acid, benzene sulfonic acid and the like, and salts thereof, and an alkyl sulfonic acid having an alkyl group having 8 to 20 carbon atoms is preferable.
Examples of the organic sulfamine compound include alkylsulfamic acid and the like and salts thereof.
Examples of the organic sulfate compound include alkyl sulfate, alkyl ether sulfate, and the like, and salts thereof.
Examples of the organic phosphonic acid compound include phenylphosphonic acid and the like and salts thereof.
Examples of the organic carboxylic acid compound include tartaric acid, oxalic acid, citric acid, malic acid, lactic acid, gluconic acid, and the like, and salts thereof.
Examples of the betaine compound include a phosphobetaine compound, a sulfobetaine compound, a carboxybetaine compound and the like, and preferably a trimethylglycine.
 親水性低分子化合物の分子量(分子量分布を有する場合は重量平均分子量)は、50以上3,000未満であることが好ましく、100~1,000であることがより好ましい。 分子 The molecular weight of the hydrophilic low molecular weight compound (weight average molecular weight when having a molecular weight distribution) is preferably 50 or more and less than 3,000, and more preferably 100 to 1,000.
-含有量-
 画像記録層の全質量に対する現像促進剤の含有量は、0.1質量%以上20質量%以下であることが好ましく、0.5質量%以上15質量%以下がより好ましく、1質量%以上10質量%以下がより好ましい。
-Content-
The content of the development accelerator based on the total mass of the image recording layer is preferably from 0.1% by mass to 20% by mass, more preferably from 0.5% by mass to 15% by mass, and more preferably from 1% by mass to 10% by mass. % By mass or less is more preferable.
〔その他の成分〕
 画像記録層には、その他の成分として、界面活性剤、重合禁止剤、高級脂肪酸誘導体、可塑剤、無機粒子、無機層状化合物等を含有することができる。具体的には、特開2008-284817号公報の段落0114~0159の記載を参照することができる。
[Other components]
The image recording layer may contain, as other components, a surfactant, a polymerization inhibitor, a higher fatty acid derivative, a plasticizer, inorganic particles, an inorganic layer compound, and the like. Specifically, the description in paragraphs 0114 to 0159 of JP-A-2008-284817 can be referred to.
〔画像記録層の形成〕
 本開示に係る平版印刷版原版における画像記録層は、例えば、特開2008-195018号公報の段落0142~0143に記載のように、必要な上記各成分を公知の溶剤に分散又は溶解して塗布液を調製し、塗布液を支持体上にバーコーター塗布など公知の方法で塗布し、乾燥することにより形成することができる。塗布、乾燥後における画像記録層の塗布量(固形分)は、用途によって異なるが、0.3g/m~3.0g/mが好ましい。この範囲で、良好な感度と画像記録層の良好な皮膜特性が得られる。
 溶剤としては、公知の溶剤を用いることができる。具体的には、例えば、水、アセトン、メチルエチルケトン(2-ブタノン)、シクロヘキサン、酢酸エチル、エチレンジクロライド、テトラヒドロフラン、トルエン、エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、エチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、アセチルアセトン、シクロヘキサノン、ジアセトンアルコール、エチレングリコールモノメーチルエーテルアセテート、エチレングリコールエチルエーテルアセテート、エチレングリコールモノイソプロピルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノブチルエーテルアセテート、1-メトキシ-2-プロパノール、3-メトキシ-1-プロパノール、メトキシメトキシエタノール、ジエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールジエチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、3-メトキシプロピルアセテート、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド、ジメチルスルホキシド、γ-ブチロラクトン、乳酸メチル、乳酸エチル等が挙げられる。溶剤は、1種単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。塗布液中の固形分濃度は1質量%~50質量%であることが好ましい。
 塗布、乾燥後における画像記録層の塗布量(固形分)は、用途によって異なるが、良好な感度と画像記録層の良好な皮膜特性を得る観点から、0.3g/m~3.0g/mが好ましい。
 また、本開示に係る平版印刷版原版における画像記録層の膜厚は、0.1μm~3.0μmであることが好ましく、0.3μm~2.0μmであることがより好ましい。
 本開示において、平版印刷版原版における各層の膜厚は、平版印刷版原版の表面に対して垂直な方向に切断した切片を作製し、上記切片の断面を走査型顕微鏡(SEM)により観察することにより確認される。
(Formation of image recording layer)
The image recording layer in the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure is coated, for example, by dispersing or dissolving the necessary components described above in a known solvent, as described in paragraphs 0142 to 0143 of JP-A-2008-195018. A liquid can be formed by preparing a liquid, applying a coating liquid on a support by a known method such as coating with a bar coater, and drying. The coating amount (solid content) of the image recording layer after coating and drying varies depending on the use, but is preferably from 0.3 g / m 2 to 3.0 g / m 2 . Within this range, good sensitivity and good film properties of the image recording layer can be obtained.
As the solvent, a known solvent can be used. Specifically, for example, water, acetone, methyl ethyl ketone (2-butanone), cyclohexane, ethyl acetate, ethylene dichloride, tetrahydrofuran, toluene, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, Propylene glycol monoethyl ether, acetylacetone, cyclohexanone, diacetone alcohol, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol ethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monoisopropyl ether, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, 1-methoxy-2-propanol, 3- Methoxy-1-propanol, methoxymethoxy Tanol, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol diethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, 3-methoxypropyl acetate, N, N-dimethylformamide, dimethyl sulfoxide, γ-butyrolactone , Methyl lactate, ethyl lactate and the like. The solvents may be used alone or in combination of two or more. The solid content concentration in the coating solution is preferably from 1% by mass to 50% by mass.
The coating amount (solid content) of the image recording layer after coating and drying varies depending on the application, but from the viewpoint of obtaining good sensitivity and good film properties of the image recording layer, 0.3 g / m 2 to 3.0 g / m. m 2 is preferred.
Further, the thickness of the image recording layer in the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure is preferably from 0.1 μm to 3.0 μm, and more preferably from 0.3 μm to 2.0 μm.
In the present disclosure, the thickness of each layer in the lithographic printing plate precursor is determined by preparing a slice cut in a direction perpendicular to the surface of the lithographic printing plate precursor, and observing a cross section of the slice with a scanning microscope (SEM). Confirmed by
<オーバーコート層>
 本開示に係る平版印刷版原版は、画像記録層の、支持体側とは反対の側の面上にオーバーコート層(「保護層」と呼ばれることもある。)を有する。
 上記オーバーコート層の膜厚は、上記画像記録層の膜厚よりも厚い。
 オーバーコート層は酸素遮断により画像形成阻害反応を抑制する機能の他、画像記録層における傷の発生防止及び高照度レーザー露光時のアブレーション防止の機能を有する。
<Overcoat layer>
The lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure has an overcoat layer (sometimes called a “protective layer”) on the surface of the image recording layer opposite to the support.
The thickness of the overcoat layer is larger than the thickness of the image recording layer.
The overcoat layer has a function of preventing damage to the image recording layer and a function of preventing ablation at the time of high-intensity laser exposure, in addition to a function of suppressing an image formation inhibition reaction by blocking oxygen.
 このような特性のオーバーコート層については、例えば、米国特許第3,458,311号明細書及び特公昭55-49729号公報に記載されている。オーバーコート層に用いられる酸素低透過性のポリマーとしては、水溶性ポリマー、水不溶性ポリマーのいずれをも適宜選択して使用することができ、必要に応じて2種類以上を混合して使用することもできるが、機上現像性の観点から、水溶性ポリマーを含むことが好ましい。
 本開示において、水溶性ポリマーとは、70℃、100gの純水に対して1g以上溶解し、かつ、70℃、100gの純水に対して1gのポリマーが溶解した溶液を25℃に冷却しても析出しないポリマーをいう。
 オーバーコート層において用いられる水溶性ポリマーとしては、例えば、ポリビニルアルコール、変性ポリビニルアルコール、ポリビニルピロリドン、水溶性セルロース誘導体、ポリエチレングリコール、ポリ(メタ)アクリロニトリル等が挙げられる。
 変性ポリビニルアルコールとしてはカルボキシ基又はスルホ基を有する酸変性ポリビニルアルコールが好ましく用いられる。具体的には、特開2005-250216号公報及び特開2006-259137号公報に記載の変性ポリビニルアルコールが挙げられる。
The overcoat layer having such characteristics is described in, for example, US Pat. No. 3,458,311 and Japanese Patent Publication No. 55-49729. As the low oxygen permeable polymer used for the overcoat layer, any of a water-soluble polymer and a water-insoluble polymer can be appropriately selected and used, and if necessary, a mixture of two or more types may be used. However, it is preferable to contain a water-soluble polymer from the viewpoint of on-press developability.
In the present disclosure, the water-soluble polymer is a solution in which 1 g or more is dissolved in 100 g of pure water at 70 ° C., and a solution in which 1 g of the polymer is dissolved in 70 ° C. and 100 g of pure water is cooled to 25 ° C. It means a polymer that does not precipitate even if it is deposited.
Examples of the water-soluble polymer used in the overcoat layer include polyvinyl alcohol, modified polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, a water-soluble cellulose derivative, polyethylene glycol, poly (meth) acrylonitrile, and the like.
As the modified polyvinyl alcohol, an acid-modified polyvinyl alcohol having a carboxy group or a sulfo group is preferably used. Specific examples include modified polyvinyl alcohols described in JP-A-2005-250216 and JP-A-2006-259137.
 上記水溶性ポリマーの中でも、ポリビニルアルコールを含むことが好ましく、けん化度が50%以上であるポリビニルアルコールを含むことが更に好ましい。
 上記けん化度は、60%以上が好ましく、70%以上がより好ましく、85%以上が更に好ましい。けん化度の上限は特に限定されず、100%以下であればよい。
 上記けん化度は、JIS K 6726:1994に記載の方法に従い測定される。
 また、オーバーコート層の一態様として、ポリビニルアルコールと、ポリエチレングリコールとを含む態様も好ましく挙げられる。
Among the above water-soluble polymers, it is preferable to include polyvinyl alcohol, and it is more preferable to include polyvinyl alcohol having a saponification degree of 50% or more.
The saponification degree is preferably at least 60%, more preferably at least 70%, even more preferably at least 85%. The upper limit of the degree of saponification is not particularly limited, and may be 100% or less.
The saponification degree is measured according to the method described in JIS K 6726: 1994.
Further, as one embodiment of the overcoat layer, an embodiment containing polyvinyl alcohol and polyethylene glycol is also preferably exemplified.
 本開示におけるオーバーコート層が水溶性ポリマーを含む場合、オーバーコート層の全質量に対する水溶性ポリマーの含有量は、1質量%~99質量%であることが好ましく、3質量%~97質量%であることがより好ましく、5質量%~95質量%であることが更に好ましい。 When the overcoat layer according to the present disclosure includes a water-soluble polymer, the content of the water-soluble polymer is preferably 1% by mass to 99% by mass, and more preferably 3% by mass to 97% by mass based on the total mass of the overcoat layer. More preferably, it is 5 to 95% by mass.
 オーバーコート層は、酸素遮断性を高めるために無機層状化合物を含有してもよい。無機層状化合物は、薄い平板状の形状を有する粒子であり、例えば、天然雲母、合成雲母等の雲母群、式:3MgO・4SiO・HOで表されるタルク、テニオライト、モンモリロナイト、サポナイト、ヘクトライト、リン酸ジルコニウム等が挙げられる。
 好ましく用いられる無機層状化合物は雲母化合物である。雲母化合物としては、例えば、式:A(B,C)2-510(OH,F,O)〔ただし、Aは、K、Na、Caのいずれか、B及びCは、Fe(II)、Fe(III)、Mn、Al、Mg、Vのいずれかであり、Dは、Si又はAlである。〕で表される天然雲母、合成雲母等の雲母群が挙げられる。
The overcoat layer may contain an inorganic layered compound in order to enhance oxygen barrier properties. The inorganic layered compound is a particle having a thin tabular shape, for example, a group of mica such as natural mica and synthetic mica, talc, teniolite, montmorillonite, saponite, hectotype represented by the formula: 3MgO.4SiO.H 2 O Light, zirconium phosphate and the like.
The inorganic layer compound preferably used is a mica compound. Examples of the mica compound include a compound represented by the formula: A (B, C) 2-5 D 4 O 10 (OH, F, O) 2 [where A is any of K, Na, and Ca; One of Fe (II), Fe (III), Mn, Al, Mg, and V, and D is Si or Al. ] Mica groups such as natural mica and synthetic mica.
 雲母群においては、天然雲母としては白雲母、ソーダ雲母、金雲母、黒雲母及び鱗雲母が挙げられる。合成雲母としてはフッ素金雲母KMg(AlSi10)F、カリ四ケイ素雲母KMg2.5Si10)F等の非膨潤性雲母、及び、NaテトラシリリックマイカNaMg2.5(Si10)F、Na又はLiテニオライト(Na,Li)MgLi(Si10)F、モンモリロナイト系のNa又はLiヘクトライト(Na,Li)1/8Mg2/5Li1/8(Si10)F等の膨潤性雲母等が挙げられる。更に合成スメクタイトも有用である。 In the mica group, natural mica includes muscovite, soda mica, phlogopite, biotite and scale mica. Examples of the synthetic mica include non-swelling mica such as fluorophlogopite mica 3 (AlSi 3 O 10 ) F 2 , potassium tetrasilicic mica KMg 2.5 Si 4 O 10 ) F 2 , and Na tetrasilic mica NaMg 2. 5 (Si 4 O 10 ) F 2 , Na or Li teniolite (Na, Li) Mg 2 Li (Si 4 O 10 ) F 2 , montmorillonite-based Na or Li hectorite (Na, Li) Mg 2 / 5 Li 1/8 (Si 4 O 10 ) F 2 and other swellable mica. Further, synthetic smectite is also useful.
 上記の雲母化合物の中でも、フッ素系の膨潤性雲母が特に有用である。すなわち、膨潤性合成雲母は、10Å~15Å(1Å=0.1nm)程度の厚さの単位結晶格子層からなる積層構造を有し、格子内金属原子置換が他の粘土鉱物より著しく大きい。その結果、格子層は正電荷不足を生じ、それを補償するために層間にLi、Na、Ca2+、Mg2+等の陽イオンを吸着している。これらの層間に介在している陽イオンは交換性陽イオンと呼ばれ、いろいろな陽イオンと交換し得る。特に、層間の陽イオンがLi、Naの場合、イオン半径が小さいため層状結晶格子間の結合が弱く、水により大きく膨潤する。その状態でシェアーをかけると容易に劈開し、水中で安定したゾルを形成する。膨潤性合成雲母はこの傾向が強く、特に好ましく用いられる。 Among the above mica compounds, fluorine-based swellable mica is particularly useful. That is, the swellable synthetic mica has a laminated structure composed of unit crystal lattice layers having a thickness of about 10 ° to 15 ° (1 ° = 0.1 nm), and the substitution of metal atoms in the lattice is significantly larger than other clay minerals. As a result, the lattice layer has a shortage of positive charges, and cations such as Li + , Na + , Ca 2+ , and Mg 2+ are adsorbed between the layers to compensate for the shortage. The cations interposed between these layers are called exchangeable cations and can exchange with various cations. In particular, when the cations between the layers are Li + and Na + , the ionic radius is small, so that the bond between the layered crystal lattices is weak, and the swells greatly with water. When shear is applied in this state, it is easily cleaved and forms a stable sol in water. Swellable synthetic mica has a strong tendency, and is particularly preferably used.
 雲母化合物の形状としては、拡散制御の観点からは、厚さは薄ければ薄いほどよく、平面サイズは塗布面の平滑性や活性光線の透過性を阻害しない限りにおいて大きい程よい。従って、アスペクト比は、好ましくは20以上であり、より好ましくは100以上、特に好ましくは200以上である。アスペクト比は粒子の厚さに対する長径の比であり、例えば、粒子の顕微鏡写真による投影図から測定することができる。アスペクト比が大きい程、得られる効果が大きい。 形状 From the viewpoint of diffusion control, the shape of the mica compound is preferably as thin as possible, and the planar size is preferably as large as not to impair the smoothness of the coated surface and the transmittance of active light. Therefore, the aspect ratio is preferably 20 or more, more preferably 100 or more, and particularly preferably 200 or more. The aspect ratio is the ratio of the major axis to the thickness of the particle, and can be measured, for example, from a projection of a particle by a micrograph. The greater the aspect ratio, the greater the effect obtained.
 雲母化合物の粒子径は、その平均長径が、好ましくは0.3μm~20μm、より好ましくは0.5μm~10μm、特に好ましくは1μm~5μmである。粒子の平均の厚さは、好ましくは0.1μm以下、より好ましくは0.05μm以下、特に好ましくは0.01μm以下である。具体的には、例えば、代表的化合物である膨潤性合成雲母の場合、好ましい態様としては、厚さが1nm~50nm程度、面サイズ(長径)が1μm~20μm程度である。 粒子 The average particle diameter of the mica compound is preferably 0.3 μm to 20 μm, more preferably 0.5 μm to 10 μm, and particularly preferably 1 μm to 5 μm. The average thickness of the particles is preferably 0.1 μm or less, more preferably 0.05 μm or less, particularly preferably 0.01 μm or less. Specifically, for example, in the case of a swellable synthetic mica which is a typical compound, the preferred embodiment has a thickness of about 1 nm to 50 nm and a plane size (major axis) of about 1 μm to 20 μm.
 無機層状化合物の含有量は、オーバーコート層の全固形分に対して、1質量%~60質量%が好ましく、3質量%~50質量%がより好ましい。複数種の無機層状化合物を併用する場合でも、無機層状化合物の合計量が上記の含有量であることが好ましい。上記範囲で酸素遮断性が向上し、良好な感度が得られる。また、着肉性の低下を防止できる。 含有 The content of the inorganic layered compound is preferably from 1% by mass to 60% by mass, more preferably from 3% by mass to 50% by mass, based on the total solid content of the overcoat layer. Even when a plurality of types of inorganic layered compounds are used in combination, the total amount of the inorganic layered compounds is preferably the above-mentioned content. Within the above range, oxygen barrier properties are improved, and good sensitivity is obtained. Further, it is possible to prevent a decrease in the inking property.
 オーバーコート層は可撓性付与のための可塑剤、塗布性を向上させための界面活性剤、表面の滑り性を制御するための無機粒子など公知の添加物を含有してもよい。また、画像記録層において記載した感脂化剤をオーバーコート層に含有させてもよい。 The overcoat layer may contain known additives such as a plasticizer for imparting flexibility, a surfactant for improving coating properties, and inorganic particles for controlling surface slipperiness. Further, the sensitizer described in the image recording layer may be contained in the overcoat layer.
 オーバーコート層は公知の方法で塗布される。オーバーコート層の塗布量(固形分)は、0.01g/m~10g/mが好ましく、0.02g/m~3g/mがより好ましく、0.02g/m~1g/mが特に好ましい。
 本開示に係る平版印刷版原版におけるオーバーコート層の膜厚は、0.1μm~5.0μmであることが好ましく、0.3μm~4.0μmであることがより好ましい。
 本開示に係る平版印刷版原版におけるオーバーコート層の膜厚は、上記画像記録層の膜厚に対し、1.1倍~5.0倍であることが好ましく、1.5倍~3.0倍であることがより好ましい。
The overcoat layer is applied by a known method. The coating amount of the overcoat layer (solid content) is preferably from 0.01g / m 2 ~ 10g / m 2, more preferably 0.02g / m 2 ~ 3g / m 2, 0.02g / m 2 ~ 1g / m 2 is particularly preferred.
The thickness of the overcoat layer in the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure is preferably from 0.1 μm to 5.0 μm, and more preferably from 0.3 μm to 4.0 μm.
The thickness of the overcoat layer in the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure is preferably 1.1 to 5.0 times, and preferably 1.5 to 3.0 times, the film thickness of the image recording layer. More preferably, it is twice.
<下塗り層>
 本開示に係る平版印刷版原版は、画像記録層と支持体との間に下塗り層(中間層と呼ばれることもある。)を有することが好ましい。下塗り層は、露光部においては支持体と画像記録層との密着を強化し、未露光部においては画像記録層の支持体からのはく離を生じやすくさせるため、耐刷性の低下を抑制しながら現像性を向上させることに寄与する。また、赤外線レーザー露光の場合に、下塗り層が断熱層として機能することにより、露光により発生した熱が支持体に拡散して感度が低下するのを防ぐ効果も有する。
<Undercoat layer>
The lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure preferably has an undercoat layer (sometimes called an intermediate layer) between the image recording layer and the support. The undercoat layer enhances the adhesion between the support and the image recording layer in the exposed area, and easily peels off the image recording layer from the support in the unexposed area, while suppressing a decrease in printing durability. It contributes to improving developability. In addition, in the case of infrared laser exposure, the undercoat layer functions as a heat insulating layer, which also has the effect of preventing heat generated by exposure from diffusing to the support and lowering the sensitivity.
 下塗り層に用いられる化合物としては、支持体表面に吸着可能な吸着性基及び親水性基を有するポリマーが挙げられる。画像記録層との密着性を向上させるために吸着性基及び親水性基を有し、更に架橋性基を有するポリマーが好ましい。下塗り層に用いられる化合物は、低分子化合物でもポリマーであってもよい。下塗り層に用いられる化合物は、必要に応じて、2種以上を混合して使用してもよい。 化合物 Examples of the compound used for the undercoat layer include a polymer having an adsorptive group and a hydrophilic group that can be adsorbed on the support surface. In order to improve the adhesion to the image recording layer, a polymer having an adsorptive group and a hydrophilic group and further having a crosslinkable group is preferable. The compound used for the undercoat layer may be a low molecular compound or a polymer. The compounds used in the undercoat layer may be used as a mixture of two or more as necessary.
 下塗り層に用いられる化合物がポリマーである場合、吸着性基を有するモノマー、親水性基を有するモノマー及び架橋性基を有するモノマーの共重合体が好ましい。
 支持体表面に吸着可能な吸着性基としては、フェノール性ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシ基、-PO、-OPO、-CONHSO-、-SONHSO-、-COCHCOCHが好ましい。親水性基としては、スルホ基又はその塩、カルボキシ基の塩が好ましい。架橋性基としては、アクリル基、メタクリル基、アクリルアミド基、メタクリルアミド基、アリル基などが好ましい。
 ポリマーは、ポリマーの極性置換基と、上記極性置換基と対荷電を有する置換基及びエチレン性不飽和結合を有する化合物との塩形成で導入された架橋性基を有してもよいし、上記以外のモノマー、好ましくは親水性モノマーが更に共重合されていてもよい。
When the compound used in the undercoat layer is a polymer, a copolymer of a monomer having an adsorptive group, a monomer having a hydrophilic group, and a monomer having a crosslinkable group is preferable.
Examples of the adsorptive group that can be adsorbed on the support surface include a phenolic hydroxy group, a carboxy group, —PO 3 H 2 , —OPO 3 H 2 , —CONHSO 2 —, —SO 2 NHSO 2 —, and —COCH 2 COCH 3. Is preferred. As the hydrophilic group, a sulfo group or a salt thereof, and a salt of a carboxy group are preferable. As the crosslinkable group, an acryl group, a methacryl group, an acrylamide group, a methacrylamide group, an allyl group, and the like are preferable.
The polymer may have a polar substituent of the polymer, a substituent having a countercharge with the polar substituent and a crosslinkable group introduced by salt formation with a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond, Other monomers, preferably hydrophilic monomers, may be further copolymerized.
 具体的には、特開平10-282679号公報に記載されている付加重合可能なエチレン性二重結合反応基を有しているシランカップリング剤、特開平2-304441号公報記載のエチレン性二重結合反応基を有しているリン化合物が好適に挙げられる。特開2005-238816号、特開2005-125749号、特開2006-239867号、特開2006-215263号の各公報に記載の架橋性基(好ましくは、エチレン性不飽和結合基)、支持体表面と相互作用する官能基及び親水性基を有する低分子又は高分子化合物も好ましく用いられる。
 より好ましいものとして、特開2005-125749号及び特開2006-188038号公報に記載の支持体表面に吸着可能な吸着性基、親水性基及び架橋性基を有する高分子ポリマーが挙げられる。
Specifically, a silane coupling agent having an addition-polymerizable ethylenic double bond reactive group described in JP-A-10-282679 and an ethylenic double bond described in JP-A-2-304441 are disclosed. A preferred example is a phosphorus compound having a heavy bond reactive group. JP-A-2005-238816, JP-A-2005-125749, JP-A-2006-239867 and JP-A-2006-215263, crosslinkable groups (preferably ethylenically unsaturated bonding groups), and supports Low-molecular or high-molecular compounds having a functional group and a hydrophilic group that interact with the surface are also preferably used.
More preferred are high-molecular polymers having an adsorptive group, a hydrophilic group and a crosslinkable group that can be adsorbed on the support surface described in JP-A-2005-125749 and JP-A-2006-188038.
 下塗り層に用いられるポリマー中のエチレン性不飽和結合基の含有量は、ポリマー1g当たり、好ましくは0.1mmol~10.0mmol、より好ましくは0.2mmol~5.5mmolである。
 下塗り層に用いられるポリマーの重量平均分子量(Mw)は、5,000以上が好ましく、1万~30万がより好ましい。
The content of the ethylenically unsaturated bonding group in the polymer used for the undercoat layer is preferably 0.1 mmol to 10.0 mmol, more preferably 0.2 mmol to 5.5 mmol, per 1 g of the polymer.
The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polymer used for the undercoat layer is preferably 5,000 or more, more preferably 10,000 to 300,000.
 下塗り層は、上記下塗り層用化合物の他に、経時による汚れ防止のため、キレート剤、第二級又は第三級アミン、重合禁止剤、アミノ基又は重合禁止能を有する官能基と支持体表面と相互作用する基とを有する化合物(例えば、1,4-ジアザビシクロ[2.2.2]オクタン(DABCO)、2,3,5,6-テトラヒドロキシ-p-キノン、クロラニル、スルホフタル酸、ヒドロキシエチルエチレンジアミン三酢酸、ジヒドロキシエチルエチレンジアミン二酢酸、ヒドロキシエチルイミノ二酢酸など)等を含有してもよい。 The undercoat layer is, in addition to the undercoat layer compound described above, a chelating agent, a secondary or tertiary amine, a polymerization inhibitor, an amino group or a functional group having a polymerization inhibiting ability, and a support surface in order to prevent contamination with time. Such as 1,4-diazabicyclo [2.2.2] octane (DABCO), 2,3,5,6-tetrahydroxy-p-quinone, chloranil, sulfophthalic acid, Ethylethylenediaminetriacetic acid, dihydroxyethylethylenediaminediacetic acid, hydroxyethyliminodiacetic acid, etc.).
 下塗り層は、公知の方法で塗布される。下塗り層の塗布量(固形分)は、0.1mg/m~100mg/mが好ましく、1mg/m~30mg/mがより好ましい。 The undercoat layer is applied by a known method. The coating amount (solid content) of the undercoat layer is preferably from 0.1 mg / m 2 to 100 mg / m 2, more preferably from 1 mg / m 2 to 30 mg / m 2 .
(平版印刷版の作製方法、及び、平版印刷方法)
 本開示に係る平版印刷版原版を画像露光して現像処理を行うことで平版印刷版を作製することができる。
 本開示に係る平版印刷版の作製方法は、本開示に係る機上現像型平版印刷版原版を、画像様に露光する工程(以下、「露光工程」ともいう。)と、印刷機上で印刷インキ及び湿し水よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも一方を供給して非画像部の画像記録層を除去する工程(以下、「機上現像工程」ともいう。)と、を含むことが好ましい。
 本開示に係る平版印刷方法は、本開示に係る機上現像型平版印刷版原版を画像様に露光する工程(露光工程)と、印刷インキ及び湿し水よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも一方を供給して印刷機上で非画像部の画像記録層を除去し平版印刷版を作製する工程(機上現像工程)と、得られた平版印刷版により印刷する工程(印刷工程)と、を含むことが好ましい。
 以下、本開示に係る平版印刷版の作製方法、及び、本開示に係る平版印刷方法について、各工程の好ましい態様を順に説明する。なお、本開示に係る平版印刷版原版は、現像液によっても現像可能である。
 以下、平版印刷版の作製方法における露光工程及び機上現像工程について説明するが、本開示に係る平版印刷版の作製方法における露光工程と、本開示に係る平版印刷方法における露光工程とは同様の工程であり、本開示に係る平版印刷版の作製方法における機上現像工程と、本開示に係る平版印刷方法における機上現像工程とは同様の工程である。
(Lithographic printing plate manufacturing method and lithographic printing method)
The lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure is subjected to image exposure and development processing to produce a lithographic printing plate.
The method for preparing a lithographic printing plate according to the present disclosure includes a step of imagewise exposing the on-press development type lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure (hereinafter, also referred to as an “exposure step”), and printing on a printing press. A step of supplying at least one selected from the group consisting of ink and fountain solution to remove the image recording layer in the non-image area (hereinafter, also referred to as “on-press development step”).
The lithographic printing method according to the present disclosure includes a step of exposing the on-press development type lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure imagewise (exposure step), and at least one selected from the group consisting of a printing ink and a fountain solution. Supplying the image recording layer of the non-image portion on a printing press to produce a lithographic printing plate (on-press development process); and printing (printing process) with the obtained lithographic printing plate. Is preferred.
Hereinafter, a preferred embodiment of each step of the method for preparing a lithographic printing plate according to the present disclosure and the lithographic printing method according to the present disclosure will be described in order. The lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure can be developed with a developer.
Hereinafter, the exposure step and the on-press development step in the method for preparing a lithographic printing plate will be described, but the exposure step in the method for preparing a lithographic printing plate according to the present disclosure is the same as the exposure step in the lithographic printing method according to the present disclosure. The on-press development step in the lithographic printing plate manufacturing method according to the present disclosure is the same as the on-press development step in the lithographic printing method according to the present disclosure.
<露光工程>
 本開示に係る平版印刷版の作製方法は、本開示に係る平版印刷版原版を画像様に露光し、露光部と未露光部とを形成する露光工程を含むことが好ましい。本開示に係る平版印刷版原版は、線画像、網点画像等を有する透明原画を通してレーザー露光するかデジタルデータによるレーザー光走査等で画像様に露光されることが好ましい。
 光源の波長は750nm~1,400nmが好ましく用いられる。750nm~1,400nmの光源としては、赤外線を放射する固体レーザー及び半導体レーザーが好適である。赤外線レーザーに関しては、出力は100mW以上であることが好ましく、1画素当たりの露光時間は20マイクロ秒以内であるのが好ましく、また照射エネルギー量は10mJ/cm~300mJ/cmであるのが好ましい。また、露光時間を短縮するためマルチビームレーザーデバイスを用いることが好ましい。露光機構は、内面ドラム方式、外面ドラム方式、及びフラットベッド方式等のいずれでもよい。
 画像露光は、プレートセッターなどを用いて常法により行うことができる。機上現像の場合には、平版印刷版原版を印刷機に装着した後、印刷機上で画像露光を行ってもよい。
<Exposure process>
The method for preparing a lithographic printing plate according to the present disclosure preferably includes an exposure step of exposing the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure imagewise to form an exposed portion and an unexposed portion. The lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure is preferably exposed imagewise by laser exposure through a transparent original having a line image, a halftone dot image, or the like, or by laser beam scanning using digital data.
The wavelength of the light source is preferably from 750 nm to 1,400 nm. As a light source having a wavelength of 750 nm to 1,400 nm, a solid-state laser and a semiconductor laser that emit infrared rays are suitable. Regarding the infrared laser, the output is preferably 100 mW or more, the exposure time per pixel is preferably within 20 microseconds, and the irradiation energy amount is 10 mJ / cm 2 to 300 mJ / cm 2. preferable. Further, it is preferable to use a multi-beam laser device in order to shorten the exposure time. The exposure mechanism may be any of an internal drum system, an external drum system, a flatbed system, and the like.
Image exposure can be performed by a conventional method using a plate setter or the like. In the case of on-press development, after the lithographic printing plate precursor is mounted on the printing press, image exposure may be performed on the printing press.
<機上現像工程>
 本開示に係る平版印刷版の作製方法は、印刷機上で印刷インキ及び湿し水よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも一方を供給して非画像部の画像記録層を除去する機上現像工程を含むことが好ましい。
 以下に、機上現像方式について説明する。
<On-press development process>
The method of preparing a lithographic printing plate according to the present disclosure includes an on-press development step of supplying at least one selected from the group consisting of a printing ink and a fountain solution on a printing press to remove an image recording layer of a non-image portion. It is preferred to include.
The on-press development method will be described below.
〔機上現像方式〕
 機上現像方式においては、画像露光された平版印刷版原版は、印刷機上で油性インキと水性成分とを供給し、非画像部の画像記録層が除去されて平版印刷版が作製されることが好ましい。
 すなわち、平版印刷版原版を画像露光後、何らの現像処理を施すことなくそのまま印刷機に装着するか、あるいは、平版印刷版原版を印刷機に装着した後、印刷機上で画像露光し、ついで、油性インキと水性成分とを供給して印刷すると、印刷途上の初期の段階で、非画像部においては、供給された油性インキ及び水性成分のいずれか又は両方によって、未硬化の画像記録層が溶解又は分散して除去され、その部分に親水性の表面が露出する。一方、露光部においては、露光により硬化した画像記録層が、親油性表面を有する油性インキ受容部を形成する。最初に版面に供給されるのは、油性インキでもよく、水性成分でもよいが、水性成分が除去された画像記録層の成分によって汚染されることを防止する点で、最初に油性インキを供給することが好ましい。このようにして、平版印刷版原版は印刷機上で機上現像され、そのまま多数枚の印刷に用いられる。油性インキ及び水性成分としては、通常の平版印刷用の印刷インキ及び湿し水が好適に用いられる。
[On-machine development method]
In the on-press development system, an imagewise exposed lithographic printing plate precursor is supplied with an oil-based ink and an aqueous component on a printing press, and the image recording layer in the non-image area is removed to produce a lithographic printing plate. Is preferred.
That is, after imagewise exposing the lithographic printing plate precursor, the lithographic printing plate precursor is directly mounted on a printing machine without any development processing, or, after the lithographic printing plate precursor is mounted on a printing machine, image exposure is performed on the printing machine. When an oil-based ink and an aqueous component are supplied and printed, an uncured image recording layer is formed in a non-image portion at an early stage during printing by one or both of the supplied oil-based ink and the aqueous component. It is removed by dissolution or dispersion, and a hydrophilic surface is exposed at that portion. On the other hand, in the exposed portion, the image recording layer cured by exposure forms an oil-based ink receiving portion having a lipophilic surface. An oil-based ink or an aqueous component may be supplied to the plate first, but the oil-based ink is supplied first in order to prevent the aqueous component from being contaminated by the components of the image recording layer from which the aqueous component has been removed. Is preferred. In this way, the lithographic printing plate precursor is developed on-press on a printing press and used as is for printing a large number of sheets. As the oil-based ink and the aqueous component, a normal printing ink for lithographic printing and a fountain solution are suitably used.
 上記本開示に係る平版印刷版原版を画像露光するレーザーとしては、光源の波長は300nm~450nm又は750nm~1,400nmが好ましく用いられる。300nm~450nmの光源の場合は、この波長領域に吸収極大を有する増感色素を画像記録層に含有する平版印刷版原版が好ましく用いられ、波長750nm~1,400nmの光源は上述したものが好ましく用いられる。波長300nm~450nmの光源としては、半導体レーザーが好適である。 レ ー ザ ー As the laser for imagewise exposing the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure, the wavelength of the light source is preferably from 300 nm to 450 nm or from 750 nm to 1,400 nm. In the case of a light source having a wavelength of 300 nm to 450 nm, a lithographic printing plate precursor containing a sensitizing dye having an absorption maximum in this wavelength region in an image recording layer is preferably used, and the light source having a wavelength of 750 nm to 1,400 nm is preferably as described above. Used. As the light source having a wavelength of 300 nm to 450 nm, a semiconductor laser is preferable.
<印刷工程>
 本開示に係る平版印刷方法は、平版印刷版に印刷インキを供給して記録媒体を印刷する印刷工程を含む。
 印刷インキとしては、特に制限はなく、所望に応じ、種々の公知のインキを用いることができる。また、印刷インキとしては、油性インキ又は紫外線硬化型インキ(UVインキ)が好ましく挙げられる。
 また、上記印刷工程においては、必要に応じ、湿し水を供給してもよい。
 また、上記印刷工程は、印刷機を停止することなく、上記機上現像工程に連続して行われてもよい。
 記録媒体としては、特に制限はなく、所望に応じ、公知の記録媒体を用いることができる。
<Printing process>
A lithographic printing method according to the present disclosure includes a printing step of printing a recording medium by supplying printing ink to a lithographic printing plate.
The printing ink is not particularly limited, and various known inks can be used as desired. Further, as the printing ink, an oil-based ink or an ultraviolet-curable ink (UV ink) is preferably exemplified.
In the printing step, a dampening solution may be supplied as needed.
Further, the printing step may be performed continuously to the on-press development step without stopping the printing press.
The recording medium is not particularly limited, and a known recording medium can be used as desired.
 本開示に係る平版印刷版原版からの平版印刷版の作製方法、及び、本開示に係る平版印刷方法においては、必要に応じて、露光前、露光中、露光から現像までの間に、平版印刷版原版の全面を加熱してもよい。このような加熱により、画像記録層中の画像形成反応が促進され、感度や耐刷性の向上や感度の安定化等の利点が生じ得る。現像前の加熱は150℃以下の穏和な条件で行うことが好ましい。上記態様であると、非画像部が硬化してしまう等の問題を防ぐことができる。現像後の加熱には非常に強い条件を利用することが好ましく、100℃~500℃の範囲であることが好ましい。上記範囲であると、十分な画像強化作用が得られまた、支持体の劣化、画像部の熱分解といった問題を抑制することができる。 In the method of preparing a lithographic printing plate from the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure, and the lithographic printing method according to the present disclosure, if necessary, before the exposure, during the exposure, between the exposure and the development, the lithographic printing The entire surface of the plate master may be heated. By such heating, an image forming reaction in the image recording layer is promoted, and advantages such as improvement in sensitivity and printing durability, stabilization of sensitivity, and the like may be generated. Heating before development is preferably performed under mild conditions of 150 ° C. or less. According to the above aspect, problems such as hardening of the non-image portion can be prevented. It is preferable to use very strong conditions for heating after development, and it is preferable that the temperature be in the range of 100 ° C. to 500 ° C. When the content is in the above range, a sufficient image strengthening effect can be obtained, and problems such as deterioration of the support and thermal decomposition of the image portion can be suppressed.
 以下、実施例により本開示を詳細に説明するが、本開示はこれらに限定されるものではない。なお、本実施例において、「%」、「部」とは、特に断りのない限り、それぞれ「質量%」、「質量部」を意味する。なお、高分子化合物において、特別に規定したもの以外は、分子量は重量平均分子量(Mw)であり、構成繰り返し単位の比率はモル百分率である。また、重量平均分子量(Mw)は、ゲル浸透クロマトグラフィー(GPC)法によるポリスチレン換算値として測定した値である。 Hereinafter, the present disclosure will be described in detail with reference to Examples, but the present disclosure is not limited thereto. In this example, “%” and “parts” mean “% by mass” and “parts by mass”, respectively, unless otherwise specified. In the polymer compounds, unless otherwise specified, the molecular weight is the weight average molecular weight (Mw), and the ratio of the constituent repeating units is a mole percentage. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) is a value measured as a polystyrene equivalent value by gel permeation chromatography (GPC).
(実施例1~17、比較例1~4)
<支持体の作製>
 厚さ0.3mmのアルミニウム板(材質JIS A 1050)の表面の圧延油を除去するため、10質量%アルミン酸ソーダ水溶液を用いて50℃で30秒間脱脂処理を施した後、毛径0.3mmの束植ナイロンブラシ3本とメジアン径25μmのパミス-水懸濁液(比重1.1g/cm)とを用いアルミニウム板表面を砂目立てし、水でよく洗浄した。アルミニウム板を45℃の25質量%水酸化ナトリウム水溶液に9秒間浸漬してエッチングを行い、水洗後、更に60℃で20質量%硝酸水溶液に20秒間浸漬し、水洗した。砂目立て表面のエッチング量は約3g/mであった。
(Examples 1 to 17, Comparative Examples 1 to 4)
<Preparation of support>
To remove rolling oil on the surface of an aluminum plate (material: JIS A 1050) having a thickness of 0.3 mm, a 10% by mass aqueous sodium aluminate solution was subjected to a degreasing treatment at 50 ° C. for 30 seconds. The surface of the aluminum plate was grained using three 3-mm bundled nylon brushes and a Pumice-water suspension having a median diameter of 25 μm (specific gravity: 1.1 g / cm 3 ), and thoroughly washed with water. The aluminum plate was etched by immersing it in a 25% by mass aqueous solution of sodium hydroxide at 45 ° C. for 9 seconds, washed with water, and further immersed in a 20% by mass aqueous solution of nitric acid at 60 ° C. for 20 seconds and washed with water. The amount of etching on the grained surface was about 3 g / m 2 .
 次に、60Hzの交流電圧を用いて連続的に電気化学的な粗面化処理を行った。電解液は硝酸1質量%水溶液(アルミニウムイオンを0.5質量%含む)、液温は50℃であった。交流電源波形は、電流値がゼロからピークに達するまでの時間TPが0.8ms、duty比1:1、台形の矩形波交流を用いて、カーボン電極を対極として電気化学的な粗面化処理を行った。補助アノードにはフェライトを用いた。電流密度は電流のピーク値で30A/dm、補助陽極には電源から流れる電流の5%を分流させた。硝酸電解における電気量はアルミニウム板が陽極時の電気量175C/dmであった。その後、スプレーによる水洗を行った。 Next, an electrochemical surface roughening treatment was continuously performed using an AC voltage of 60 Hz. The electrolytic solution was a 1% by mass aqueous solution of nitric acid (containing 0.5% by mass of aluminum ions), and the temperature of the solution was 50 ° C. The AC power supply waveform is an electrochemical roughening process using a trapezoidal rectangular wave alternating current with a time TP for the current value from zero to a peak to reach a peak of 0.8 ms, a duty ratio of 1: 1 and a carbon electrode as a counter electrode. Was done. Ferrite was used for the auxiliary anode. The current density was 30 A / dm 2 at the peak value of the current, and 5% of the current flowing from the power supply was shunted to the auxiliary anode. The amount of electricity in the nitric acid electrolysis was 175 C / dm 2 when the aluminum plate was an anode. Thereafter, water washing by spraying was performed.
 続いて、塩酸0.5質量%水溶液(アルミニウムイオンを0.5質量%含む)、液温50℃の電解液にて、アルミニウム板が陽極時の電気量50C/dmの条件で、硝酸電解と同様の方法で電気化学的な粗面化処理を行い、その後、スプレーによる水洗を行った。
 次に、アルミニウム板に15質量%硫酸水溶液(アルミニウムイオンを0.5質量%含む)を電解液として電流密度15A/dmで2.5g/mの直流陽極酸化皮膜を形成した後、水洗、乾燥して支持体を作製した。陽極酸化皮膜の表層における平均ポア径(表面平均ポア径)は10nmであった。
 陽極酸化皮膜の表層におけるポア径の測定は、超高分解能型SEM(走査型電子顕微鏡、(株)日立製作所製S-900)を使用し、12Vという比較的低加速電圧で、導電性を付与する蒸着処理等を施すこと無しに、表面を15万倍の倍率で観察し、50個のポアを無作為抽出して平均値を求める方法で行った。標準偏差は平均値の±10%以下であった。
Subsequently, nitric acid electrolysis was performed using a 0.5% by mass aqueous solution of hydrochloric acid (containing 0.5% by mass of aluminum ions) and an electrolytic solution at a liquid temperature of 50 ° C. under the conditions of an electric charge of 50 C / dm 2 when the aluminum plate was an anode. Electrochemical surface roughening treatment was performed in the same manner as described above, and then water washing was performed by spraying.
Next, a DC anodized film of 2.5 g / m 2 was formed on the aluminum plate at a current density of 15 A / dm 2 using a 15% by mass aqueous solution of sulfuric acid (containing 0.5% by mass of aluminum ions) as an electrolytic solution, followed by water washing After drying, a support was prepared. The average pore diameter (surface average pore diameter) in the surface layer of the anodized film was 10 nm.
The pore diameter in the surface layer of the anodic oxide film was measured using an ultra-high resolution SEM (scanning electron microscope, S-900 manufactured by Hitachi, Ltd.) at a relatively low accelerating voltage of 12 V to impart conductivity. The surface was observed at a magnification of 150,000 times without performing a vapor deposition process or the like, and 50 pores were randomly extracted to obtain an average value. The standard deviation was ± 10% or less of the average value.
<平版印刷版原版の形成>
 上記支持体上に、下記組成の下塗り液(1)を乾燥塗布量が20mg/mになるよう塗布し、100℃30秒間オーブンで乾燥し、下塗り層を有する支持体を作製した。
 下塗り層上に、下記画像記録層塗布液(1)をバー塗布し、100℃で60秒間オーブン乾燥して乾燥塗布量0.60g/m(膜厚=約0.60μm)の画像記録層を形成し、平版印刷版原版を得た。
 更にその後、画像記録層上に、下記組成のオーバーコート層塗布液(1)を塗布し、100℃で60秒間オーブン乾燥して乾燥塗布量1.0g/m(膜厚=約1.0μm)のオーバーコート層(疎水部を含む)を形成し、平版印刷版原版を得た。
<Formation of lithographic printing plate precursor>
An undercoat liquid (1) having the following composition was applied on the support so as to have a dry coating amount of 20 mg / m 2 , and dried in an oven at 100 ° C. for 30 seconds to prepare a support having an undercoat layer.
The following image recording layer coating solution (1) was coated on the undercoat layer with a bar, and dried in an oven at 100 ° C. for 60 seconds. The image recording layer having a dry coating amount of 0.60 g / m 2 (film thickness = about 0.60 μm) Was formed to obtain a lithographic printing plate precursor.
Thereafter, an overcoat layer coating solution (1) having the following composition was applied on the image recording layer, and oven-dried at 100 ° C. for 60 seconds to dry the coating amount of 1.0 g / m 2 (film thickness = about 1.0 μm). ) Was formed to obtain a lithographic printing plate precursor.
〔下塗り液(1)〕
・下記の下塗り化合物1:0.18部
・メタノール:55.24部
・蒸留水:6.15部
[Undercoat liquid (1)]
-Undercoat compound 1: 0.18 parts-Methanol: 55.24 parts-Distilled water: 6.15 parts
-下塗り化合物1の合成-
<<モノマーM-1の精製>>
 ライトエステル P-1M(2-メタクリロイルオキシエチルアシッドホスフェート、共栄社化学(株)製)420部、ジエチレングリコールジブチルエーテル1,050部及び蒸留水1,050部を分液ロートに加え、激しく撹拌した後静置した。上層を廃棄した後、ジエチレングリコールジブチルエーテル1,050部を加え、激しく撹拌した後静置した。上層を廃棄してモノマーM-1の水溶液(固形分換算10.5質量%)を1,300部得た。
-Synthesis of Undercoat Compound 1-
<< Purification of Monomer M-1 >>
420 parts of light ester P-1M (2-methacryloyloxyethyl acid phosphate, manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.), 1,050 parts of diethylene glycol dibutyl ether, and 1,050 parts of distilled water are added to a separating funnel, and the mixture is vigorously stirred and then left to stand. Was placed. After discarding the upper layer, 1,050 parts of diethylene glycol dibutyl ether was added, and the mixture was stirred vigorously and allowed to stand. The upper layer was discarded to obtain 1,300 parts of an aqueous solution of monomer M-1 (10.5% by mass in terms of solid content).
<<下塗り化合物1の合成>>
 三口フラスコに、蒸留水を53.73部、以下に示すモノマーM-2を3.66部加え、窒素雰囲気下で55℃に昇温した。次に、以下に示す滴下液1を2時間掛けて滴下し、30分撹拌した後、VA-046B(和光純薬工業(株)製)0.386部を加え、80℃に昇温し、1.5時間撹拌した。反応液を室温(25℃)に戻した後、30質量%水酸化ナトリウム水溶液を加え、pHを8.0に調整したのち、4-ヒドロキシ-2,2,6,6-テトラメチルピペリジン-1-オキシル(4-OH-TEMPO)を0.005部加えた。以上の操作により、下塗り化合物1の水溶液を180部得た。ゲル浸透クロマトグラフィー(GPC)法によるポリエチレングリコール換算値とした重量平均分子量(Mw)は17万であった。
<<< Synthesis of Undercoat Compound 1 >>
53.73 parts of distilled water and 3.66 parts of the following monomer M-2 were added to a three-necked flask, and the temperature was raised to 55 ° C. under a nitrogen atmosphere. Next, the following drop solution 1 was added dropwise over 2 hours, stirred for 30 minutes, 0.386 parts of VA-046B (manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) was added, and the temperature was raised to 80 ° C. Stir for 1.5 hours. After returning the reaction solution to room temperature (25 ° C.), a 30% by mass aqueous sodium hydroxide solution was added to adjust the pH to 8.0, and then 4-hydroxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine-1 was added. 0.005 parts of -oxyl (4-OH-TEMPO) was added. By the above operation, 180 parts of an aqueous solution of the undercoat compound 1 was obtained. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) in terms of polyethylene glycol by gel permeation chromatography (GPC) was 170,000.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047
<<滴下液1>>
・上記モノマーM-1水溶液:87.59部
・上記モノマーM-2:14.63部
・VA-046B(2,2’-アゾビス[2-(2-イミダゾリン-2-イル)プロパン]ジスルフェートジハイドレート、和光純薬工業(株)製):0.386部
・蒸留水:20.95部
<<<< dripping liquid 1 >>
-Aqueous solution of the monomer M-1: 87.59 parts-14.63 parts of the monomer M-2-VA-046B (2,2'-azobis [2- (2-imidazolin-2-yl) propane] disulfate Fate dihydrate, manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.): 0.386 parts, distilled water: 20.95 parts
<画像記録層塗布液(1)>
・表1に記載の赤外線吸収剤(下記構造の化合物):0.030部
・ジ-p-トリルヨードニウム・PF塩(Aldrich社製):表1に「あり」と記載の場合は0.032部、「なし」と記載の場合は0部
・NKエステルA-9300(新中村化学工業(株)製):0.100部
・A-DPH(新中村化学工業(株)製):0.100部
・表1に記載の特定バインダーポリマー:0.825部
・BYK306(Byk Chemie社):0.008部
・1-メトキシ-2-プロパノール:8.609部
・メチルエチルケトン:1.091部
・表1に記載の電子供与型重合開始剤:表1に記載の量
<Image recording layer coating liquid (1)>
-Infrared absorbing agent shown in Table 1 (compound having the following structure): 0.030 part-di-p-tolyliodonium-PF 6 salt (manufactured by Aldrich): 0.1 in Table 1 if "Yes". 032 parts, NK ester A-9300 (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.): 0.100 parts; A-DPH (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.): 0 100 parts • Specific binder polymer described in Table 1: 0.825 parts • BYK306 (Byk Chemie): 0.008 parts • 1-methoxy-2-propanol: 8.609 parts • Methyl ethyl ketone: 1.091 parts • Electron-donating type polymerization initiator described in Table 1: Amount described in Table 1
<オーバーコート層塗布液>
・ポバールPVA105((株)クラレ製、けん化度80%以上):0.6質量部
・PEG4000(東京化成工業(株)製):0.39質量部
・界面活性剤(ラピゾールA-80、日油(株)製):0.01質量部
・水:全体が10質量部となる量
<Overcoat layer coating solution>
・ Poval PVA105 (manufactured by Kuraray Co., Ltd., saponification degree 80% or more): 0.6 parts by mass ・ PEG4000 (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.): 0.39 parts by mass ・ Surfactant (Lapisol A-80, Japan) Oil (manufactured by Oil Corporation): 0.01 parts by mass. Water: amount of 10 parts by mass as a whole.
<評価>
〔耐刷性〕
 各実施例及び比較例において得られた平版印刷版原版を赤外線半導体レーザー搭載の富士フイルム(株)製Luxel PLATESETTER T-6000IIIにて、外面ドラム回転数1,000rpm(revolutions per minute)、レーザー出力70%、解像度2,400dpi(dot per inch、1 inch=2.54cm)の条件で露光した。露光画像にはベタ画像及び20μmドットFMスクリーンの50%網点チャートを含んだ。
 得られた露光済み平版印刷原版を現像処理することなく、(株)小森コーポレーション製印刷機LITHRONE26の版胴に取り付けた。版胴に対して給水ローラーを5%減速させた上で、Ecolity-2(富士フイルム(株)製)/水道水=2/98(容量比)の湿し水とスペースカラーフュージョンG墨インキ(DICグラフィックス(株)製)とを用い、LITHRONE26の標準自動印刷スタート方法で湿し水とインキとを供給して機上現像した後、毎時10,000枚の印刷速度で、特菱アート(三菱製紙(株)製、連量:76.5kg)紙に印刷を50,000枚行った。
 印刷枚数の増加にともない、徐々に画像記録層が磨耗しインキ受容性が低下するため、印刷用紙におけるインキ濃度が低下した。印刷物におけるFMスクリーン3%網点の網点面積率をx-lite(x-lite社製)で計測した値が印刷100枚目の計測値よりも5%低下したときの印刷部数を刷了枚数として耐刷性を評価した。
<Evaluation>
[Printing durability]
The lithographic printing plate precursor obtained in each of the Examples and Comparative Examples was mounted on a Luxel PLATESETTER T-6000III manufactured by Fuji Film Co., Ltd. equipped with an infrared semiconductor laser, and the outer drum rotation speed was 1,000 rpm (revolutions per minute) and the laser output was 70. % And a resolution of 2,400 dpi (dot per inch, 1 inch = 2.54 cm). The exposed image included a solid image and a 50% halftone dot chart of a 20 μm dot FM screen.
The obtained exposed lithographic printing plate precursor was attached to a plate cylinder of a printing machine LITHRONE 26 manufactured by Komori Corporation without developing. After the water supply roller is decelerated by 5% with respect to the plate cylinder, dampening water of Ecolity-2 (manufactured by FUJIFILM Corporation) / tap water = 2/98 (volume ratio) and space color fusion G ink ( DIC Graphics Co., Ltd.), and using a LITHONE 26 standard automatic printing start method, supplying dampening water and ink and developing on the machine. Then, at a printing speed of 10,000 sheets per hour, Tokishi Art ( Printing was performed on 50,000 sheets of paper (manufactured by Mitsubishi Paper Industries, Ltd., continuous weight: 76.5 kg).
With the increase in the number of printed sheets, the image recording layer was gradually worn and the ink receptivity was reduced, so that the ink density on the printing paper was reduced. The number of copies is defined as the number of copies when the value measured by x-lite (manufactured by x-lite) of the 3% halftone dot area ratio of the FM screen in printed matter is 5% lower than the measured value of the 100th printed sheet. The printing durability was evaluated as follows.
〔耐薬品性〕
 各実施例又は比較例の平版印刷版原版を、上記耐刷性の評価と同様にして露光および印刷を行った。5,000枚印刷する毎に、クリーナー(富士フイルム(株)製、マルチクリーナー)で版面を拭く工程を加えた以外は、上記耐刷性の評価と同様にして、耐薬品性を評価した。
 具体的には、上記耐刷性の評価における刷了枚数に対する、上記版面を拭く工程を加えた場合の刷了枚数の割合を指標値とし、下記評価基準により評価した。
 上記指標値が大きいほど、クリーナーで版面を拭く工程を加えた場合であっても、耐刷性の変化が小さいといえ、耐薬品性に優れるものといえる。
〔chemical resistance〕
The lithographic printing plate precursors of Examples and Comparative Examples were exposed and printed in the same manner as in the evaluation of the printing durability. Each time 5,000 sheets were printed, the chemical resistance was evaluated in the same manner as in the evaluation of the printing durability described above, except that a step of wiping the plate surface with a cleaner (manufactured by Fuji Film Co., Ltd., multi-cleaner) was added.
Specifically, the ratio of the number of printed sheets obtained by adding the step of wiping the plate surface to the number of printed sheets in the evaluation of the printing durability was used as an index value, and evaluation was performed according to the following evaluation criteria.
The larger the index value is, the smaller the change in printing durability is, even in the case where a step of wiping the plate surface with a cleaner is added, and the better the chemical resistance is.
-評価基準-
 5:指標値が95%以上100%以下である
 4:指標値が80%以上95%未満である
 3:指標値が60%以上80%未満である
 2:指標値が40%以上60%未満である
 1:指標値が40%未満である
-Evaluation criteria-
5: Index value is 95% or more and 100% or less 4: Index value is 80% or more and less than 95% 3: Index value is 60% or more and less than 80% 2: Index value is 40% or more and less than 60% 1: Index value is less than 40%
〔機上現像性〕
 各実施例又は比較例において得られた平版印刷版原版を赤外線半導体レーザー搭載の富士フイルム(株)製Luxel PLATESETTER T-6000IIIにて、外面ドラム回転数1,000rpm、レーザー出力70%、解像度2,400dpiの条件で露光した。露光画像にはベタ画像、20μmドットFMスクリーンの50%網点チャート及び非画像部を含むようにした。
 得られた露光済み原版を現像処理することなく、(株)小森コーポレーション製印刷機LITHRONE26の版胴に取り付けた。Ecolity-2(富士フイルム(株)製)/水道水=2/98(容量比)の湿し水とスペースカラーフュージョンG黄インキ(DICグラフィックス(株)製)とを用い、(株)小森コーポレーション製印刷機LITHRONE26の標準自動印刷スタート方法で湿し水とインキとを供給して機上現像した後、毎時10,000枚の印刷速度で、特菱アート(三菱製紙(株)製、連量:76.5kg)紙に印刷を500枚行った。
 画像記録層の未露光部の印刷機上での機上現像が完了し、非画像部にインキが転写しない状態になるまでに要した印刷用紙の枚数を機上現像性として計測した。枚数が少ないほど、機上現像性に優れるといえる。
(On-press development)
The lithographic printing plate precursor obtained in each Example or Comparative Example was mounted on a Luxel PLATESETTER T-6000III manufactured by FUJIFILM Corporation equipped with an infrared semiconductor laser. Exposure was performed at 400 dpi. The exposed image included a solid image, a 50% halftone dot chart of a 20 μm dot FM screen, and a non-image portion.
The obtained exposed master was mounted on a plate cylinder of a printing machine LITHRONE 26 manufactured by Komori Corporation without developing. Komori Co., Ltd. using a dampening solution of Ecolity-2 (manufactured by FUJIFILM Corporation) / tap water = 2/98 (volume ratio) and Space Color Fusion G yellow ink (manufactured by DIC Graphics Co., Ltd.) After a dampening solution and ink were supplied and developed on the machine by the standard automatic printing start method of the corporation printing machine LITHRONE 26, the printing was performed at a printing speed of 10,000 sheets per hour at Toshibishi Art (Mitsubishi Paper Corp. Amount: 76.5 kg) 500 prints were made on paper.
The on-press development property was measured as the number of sheets of printing paper required until the on-press development of the unexposed portion of the image recording layer on the printing press was completed and no ink was transferred to the non-image portion. It can be said that the smaller the number, the more excellent the on-press developability.
〔着肉性(印刷初期インキ着肉性)〕
 上記機上現像性の評価における露光と同様の露光条件により露光した(露光画像にはベタ画像及び20μmドットFMスクリーンの50%網点チャートを含むようにした。)平版印刷版を、(株)小森コーポレーション製印刷機LITHRONE26の版胴に取り付けた。Ecolity-2(富士フイルム(株)製)/水道水=2/98(容量比)の湿し水とValues-G(N)墨インキ(DIC(株)製)とを用い、LITHRONE26の標準自動印刷スタート方法で湿し水とインキとを供給して印刷を開始し、毎時10,000枚の印刷速度で、特菱アート(三菱製紙(株)製、連量:76.5kg)紙に印刷を100枚行った。
 ベタ画像部におけるインキ濃度を、マクベス濃度計(X-rite社製、exact)を用いて測定し、1.0以上となるまでに要した印刷用紙の枚数をインキ着肉性(印刷初期インキ着肉性)の指標値として下記評価基準に従い評価した。枚数が少ないほど、平版印刷版は着肉性に優れるといえる。
[Ink deposition (printing initial ink deposition)]
The lithographic printing plate was exposed under the same exposure conditions as in the above evaluation of the on-press development property (the exposed image included a solid image and a 50% halftone dot chart of a 20 μm dot FM screen). It was attached to the plate cylinder of a printing machine LITHRONE 26 manufactured by Komori Corporation. Standard automatic of LITHRONE 26 using Equity-2 (manufactured by FUJIFILM Corporation) / tap water = 2/98 (volume ratio) and Value-G (N) black ink (manufactured by DIC Corporation) Printing is started by supplying dampening water and ink by the printing start method, and printing on Tokishi Art (Mitsubishi Paper Corp., continuous weight: 76.5 kg) paper at a printing speed of 10,000 sheets per hour. Was performed 100 times.
The ink density in the solid image area was measured using a Macbeth densitometer (exact, manufactured by X-rite), and the number of printing papers required until the density reached 1.0 or more was determined by the ink deposition property (initial printing ink deposition). (Meat property) was evaluated according to the following evaluation criteria. The smaller the number of sheets, the better the lithographic printing plate is.
-評価基準-
 1:指標値が100枚以上である
 2:指標値が50枚以上100枚未満である
 3:指標値が30枚以上50枚未満である
 4:指標値が20枚以上30枚未満である
 5:指標値が20枚未満である
-Evaluation criteria-
1: The index value is 100 sheets or more 2: The index value is 50 sheets or more and less than 100 sheets 3: The index value is 30 sheets or more and less than 50 sheets 4: The index value is 20 sheets or more and less than 30 sheets 5 : Index value is less than 20 sheets
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000048
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000048
 表1中、電子供与型重合開始剤の「種類」の欄の記載は、下記化合物1~化合物10のいずれの化合物を使用したかを示している。
 表1中、赤外線吸収剤の「種類」の欄の記載は、下記赤外線吸収剤1~赤外線吸収剤5のいずれの化合物を使用したかを示している。なお、下記HOMO及びLUMOの単位は、eVである。
 表1中、特定バインダーポリマーの欄の「種類」の欄の記載は、下記ポリマー1~ポリマー2のいずれの化合物を使用したかを示している。
 また、表1中、比較例2は、オーバーコート層の乾燥塗布量を0.1g/m(膜厚=約0.1μmに変更した例である。
 表1に記載の化合物の詳細は下記の通りである。また、下記化学構造式中、Meはメチル基を表し、Buはブチル基を表す。
In Table 1, the description in the column of “Type” of the electron donating polymerization initiator indicates which of the following compounds 1 to 10 was used.
In Table 1, the description in the column of “Type” of the infrared absorbent indicates which compound of the following infrared absorbents 1 to 5 was used. The unit of HOMO and LUMO described below is eV.
In Table 1, the description in the column of "Type" in the column of the specific binder polymer indicates which compound of Polymer 1 or Polymer 2 below was used.
In Table 1, Comparative Example 2 is an example in which the dry coating amount of the overcoat layer was changed to 0.1 g / m 2 (film thickness = about 0.1 μm).
Details of the compounds described in Table 1 are as follows. In the following chemical structural formula, Me represents a methyl group, and Bu represents a butyl group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000050
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000050
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000051
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000051
〔特定バインダーポリマーの合成〕
-バインダーポリマー1の合成-
 三口フラスコに、メチルエチルケトン300gを入れ、窒素気流下、80℃に加熱した。この反応容器に、下記化合物1 50.0g、下記化合物2 50.0g、AIBN(アゾビスイソブチロニトリル)0.7g、メチルエチルケトン100gからなる混合溶液を30分かけて滴下した。滴下終了後、更に7.5時間反応を続けた。その後、AIBN0.3gを加え、更に12時間反応を続けた。反応終了後、室温まで反応液を冷却した。化合物1により形成される構成単位と、化合物2により形成される構成単位との組成比は50:50(質量比)であり、バインダーポリマー1の重量平均分子量は75,000であった。また、固形分量は、20質量%であった。
(Synthesis of specific binder polymer)
-Synthesis of binder polymer 1-
300 g of methyl ethyl ketone was placed in a three-necked flask and heated to 80 ° C. under a nitrogen stream. A mixed solution consisting of 50.0 g of the following compound 1, 50.0 g of the following compound 2, 0.7 g of AIBN (azobisisobutyronitrile), and 100 g of methyl ethyl ketone was dropped into this reaction vessel over 30 minutes. After the completion of the dropwise addition, the reaction was further continued for 7.5 hours. Thereafter, 0.3 g of AIBN was added, and the reaction was further continued for 12 hours. After the completion of the reaction, the reaction solution was cooled to room temperature. The composition ratio of the structural unit formed by the compound 1 to the structural unit formed by the compound 2 was 50:50 (mass ratio), and the weight average molecular weight of the binder polymer 1 was 75,000. The solid content was 20% by mass.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000052
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000052
-バインダーポリマー5の合成-
 三口フラスコに、メチルエチルケトン300gを入れ、窒素気流下、80℃に加熱した。この反応容器に、化合物1 50.0g、化合物2 30.0g、化合物3 20.0g、AIBN 0.7g、メチルエチルケトン100gからなる混合溶液を30分かけて滴下した。滴下終了後、更に7.5時間反応を続けた。その後、AIBN 0.3gを加え、更に12時間反応を続けた。反応終了後、室温まで反応液を冷却した。化合物1により形成される構成単位と、化合物2により形成される構成単位と、化合物3により形成される構成単位の組成比は50:30:20(質量比)であり、バインダーポリマー5の重量平均分子量は75,000であった。また、固形分量は、20質量%であった。
-Synthesis of binder polymer 5-
300 g of methyl ethyl ketone was placed in a three-necked flask and heated to 80 ° C. under a nitrogen stream. A mixed solution composed of 50.0 g of Compound 1, 30.0 g of Compound 2, 20.0 g of Compound 3, 0.7 g of AIBN, and 100 g of methyl ethyl ketone was dropped into this reaction vessel over 30 minutes. After the completion of the dropwise addition, the reaction was further continued for 7.5 hours. Thereafter, 0.3 g of AIBN was added, and the reaction was further continued for 12 hours. After the completion of the reaction, the reaction solution was cooled to room temperature. The composition ratio of the structural unit formed by the compound 1, the structural unit formed by the compound 2, and the structural unit formed by the compound 3 is 50:30:20 (mass ratio), and the weight average of the binder polymer 5 is obtained. The molecular weight was 75,000. The solid content was 20% by mass.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000053
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000053
〔比較用特定バインダーポリマー(ポリマー2)〕
 ポリマー2:ポリメチルメタクリレート(20質量%1-メトキシ-2-プロパノール(MFG)溶液)、重量平均分子量=75,000
[Comparative specific binder polymer (Polymer 2)]
Polymer 2: polymethyl methacrylate (20% by mass 1-methoxy-2-propanol (MFG) solution), weight average molecular weight = 75,000
 表1に記載した結果から、実施例に係る平版印刷版原版によれば、耐薬品性、耐刷性、及び、インキ着肉性に優れた平版印刷版が得られ、また、機上現像性に優れることがわかる。 From the results shown in Table 1, according to the planographic printing plate precursor according to the example, a planographic printing plate excellent in chemical resistance, printing durability, and ink adhesion was obtained, and the on-press developability was also improved. It turns out that it is excellent.
 2018年7月30日に出願された日本国特許出願第2018-142865号の開示、及び、2018年10月31日に出願された日本国特許出願第2018-205750号の開示は、その全体が参照により本明細書に取り込まれる。
 本明細書に記載された全ての文献、特許出願、及び、技術規格は、個々の文献、特許出願、及び、技術規格が参照により取り込まれることが具体的かつ個々に記された場合と同程度に、本明細書中に参照により取り込まれる。
The disclosure of Japanese Patent Application No. 2018-142865 filed on July 30, 2018 and the disclosure of Japanese Patent Application No. 2018-205750 filed on October 31, 2018 are entirely incorporated. Incorporated herein by reference.
All publications, patent applications, and technical standards referred to in this specification are to the same extent as if each individual publication, patent application, and technical standard were specifically and individually stated to be incorporated by reference. Incorporated herein by reference.

Claims (22)

  1.  支持体と、画像記録層と、オーバーコート層と、をこの順で有し、
     前記画像記録層が、バインダーポリマー、及び、電子供与型重合開始剤を含み、
     前記バインダーポリマーが、芳香族ビニル化合物により形成される構成単位、及び、アクリロニトリル化合物により形成される構成単位を有し、
     前記オーバーコート層の膜厚が、前記画像記録層の膜厚よりも厚い
     機上現像型平版印刷版原版。
    A support, an image recording layer, and an overcoat layer, in this order,
    The image recording layer contains a binder polymer, and an electron-donating polymerization initiator,
    The binder polymer has a structural unit formed by an aromatic vinyl compound, and a structural unit formed by an acrylonitrile compound,
    An on-press development type lithographic printing plate precursor wherein the thickness of the overcoat layer is larger than the thickness of the image recording layer.
  2.  前記画像記録層が重合性化合物を更に含み、前記画像記録層における前記重合性化合物の全質量に対する前記バインダーポリマーの含有量が、0質量%を超え400質量%以下である、請求項1に記載の機上現像型平版印刷版原版。 2. The image recording layer according to claim 1, wherein the image recording layer further contains a polymerizable compound, and the content of the binder polymer based on the total mass of the polymerizable compound in the image recording layer is more than 0% by mass and 400% by mass or less. On-press development type lithographic printing plate precursor.
  3.  前記オーバーコート層が、水溶性ポリマーを含む、請求項1又は請求項2に記載の機上現像型平版印刷版原版。 3. The on-press development type lithographic printing plate precursor according to claim 1, wherein the overcoat layer contains a water-soluble polymer.
  4.  前記水溶性ポリマーが、けん化度が50%以上であるポリビニルアルコールを含む、請求項3に記載の機上現像型平版印刷版原版。 4. The on-press development type lithographic printing plate precursor according to claim 3, wherein the water-soluble polymer contains polyvinyl alcohol having a degree of saponification of 50% or more.
  5.  前記電子供与型重合開始剤が、ボレート化合物である、請求項1~請求項4のいずれか1項に記載の機上現像型平版印刷版原版。 The on-press development type lithographic printing plate precursor according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the electron donating polymerization initiator is a borate compound.
  6.  前記電子供与型重合開始剤が、テトラアリールボレート化合物である、請求項1~請求項5のいずれか1項に記載の機上現像型平版印刷版原版。 The on-press development type lithographic printing plate precursor according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein the electron donating polymerization initiator is a tetraaryl borate compound.
  7.  前記電子供与型重合開始剤が、テトラフェニルボレート化合物である、請求項1~請求項6のいずれか1項に記載の機上現像型平版印刷版原版。 The on-press development type lithographic printing plate precursor according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the electron donating polymerization initiator is a tetraphenyl borate compound.
  8.  前記電子供与型重合開始剤の最高被占軌道が-6.0eV以上である、請求項1~請求項7のいずれか1項に記載の機上現像型平版印刷版原版。 The on-press development type lithographic printing plate precursor according to any one of claims 1 to 7, wherein the highest occupied orbit of the electron donating type polymerization initiator is -6.0 eV or more.
  9.  前記画像記録層が、電子受容型重合開始剤を更に含む、請求項1~請求項8のいずれか1項に記載の機上現像型平版印刷版原版。 The on-press development type lithographic printing plate precursor according to any one of claims 1 to 8, wherein the image recording layer further contains an electron-accepting polymerization initiator.
  10.  前記電子受容型重合開始剤が、オニウム化合物である、請求項9に記載の機上現像型平版印刷版原版。 10. The on-press development type lithographic printing plate precursor according to claim 9, wherein the electron-accepting polymerization initiator is an onium compound.
  11.  前記電子受容型重合開始剤の最低空軌道が、-3.0eV以下である、請求項9又は請求項10に記載の機上現像型平版印刷版原版。 The on-press development type lithographic printing plate precursor according to claim 9 or 10, wherein the lowest free orbit of the electron-accepting polymerization initiator is -3.0 eV or less.
  12.  前記電子受容型重合開始剤と、前記電子供与型重合開始剤とが、塩を形成している、請求項9~請求項11のいずれか1項に記載の機上現像型平版印刷版原版。 The on-press development type lithographic printing plate precursor according to any one of claims 9 to 11, wherein the electron-accepting type polymerization initiator and the electron-donating type polymerization initiator form a salt.
  13.  前記電子受容型重合開始剤、及び、前記電子供与型重合開始剤として、ヨードニウムボレート化合物を含む、請求項9~請求項12のいずれか1項に記載の機上現像型平版印刷版原版。 The on-press development type lithographic printing plate precursor according to any one of claims 9 to 12, further comprising an iodonium borate compound as the electron-accepting polymerization initiator and the electron-donating polymerization initiator.
  14.  前記バインダーポリマーが、N-ビニルピロリドンにより形成される構成単位を更に有する、請求項1~請求項13のいずれか1項に記載の機上現像型平版印刷版原版。 The on-press development type lithographic printing plate precursor according to any one of claims 1 to 13, wherein the binder polymer further has a structural unit formed of N-vinylpyrrolidone.
  15.  前記画像記録層が、赤外線吸収剤を更に含む、請求項1~請求項14のいずれか1項に記載の機上現像型平版印刷版原版。 The on-press development type lithographic printing plate precursor according to any one of claims 1 to 14, wherein the image recording layer further contains an infrared absorbing agent.
  16.  前記赤外線吸収剤が、赤外線露光により分解する赤外線吸収剤である請求項15に記載の機上現像型平版印刷版原版。 16. The on-press development type lithographic printing plate precursor according to claim 15, wherein the infrared absorbing agent is an infrared absorbing agent that is decomposed by infrared exposure.
  17.  前記赤外線吸収剤が、赤外線露光に起因する熱、電子移動又はその両方により分解する赤外線吸収剤である請求項15又は請求項16に記載の機上現像型平版印刷版原版。 17. The on-press development type lithographic printing plate precursor according to claim 15, wherein the infrared absorbing agent is an infrared absorbing agent that is decomposed by heat, electron transfer, or both due to infrared exposure.
  18.  前記赤外線吸収剤が、シアニン色素である請求項15~請求項17のいずれか1項に記載の機上現像型平版印刷版原版。 18. The on-press development type lithographic printing plate precursor according to any one of claims 15 to 17, wherein the infrared absorbing agent is a cyanine dye.
  19.  前記赤外線吸収剤が、下記式1で表される化合物である請求項15~請求項18のいずれか1項に記載の機上現像型平版印刷版原版。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001

     式1中、Rは赤外線露光によりR-L結合が開裂する基を表し、R11~R18はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、-Ra、-ORb、-SRc又は-NRdReを表し、Ra~Reはそれぞれ独立に、炭化水素基を表し、A、A及び複数のR11~R18が連結して単環又は多環を形成してもよく、A及びAはそれぞれ独立に、酸素原子、硫黄原子又は窒素原子を表し、n11及びn12はそれぞれ独立に、0~5の整数を表し、但し、n11及びn12の合計は2以上であり、n13及びn14はそれぞれ独立に、0又は1を表し、Lは酸素原子、硫黄原子又は-NR10-を表し、R10は水素原子、アルキル基又はアリール基を表し、Zaは電荷を中和する対イオンを表す。
    19. The on-press development type lithographic printing plate precursor according to claim 15, wherein the infrared absorbent is a compound represented by the following formula 1.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001

    In Formula 1, R 1 represents a group capable of cleaving the R 1 -L bond by infrared exposure, and R 11 to R 18 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, —Ra, —ORb, —SRc or —NRdRe. And Ra to Re each independently represent a hydrocarbon group, A 1 and A 2 and a plurality of R 11 to R 18 may be linked to form a monocyclic or polycyclic ring, and A 1 and A 2 Each independently represents an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom or a nitrogen atom; n 11 and n 12 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 5, provided that the sum of n 11 and n 12 is 2 or more; 13 and n 14 each independently represent 0 or 1, L represents an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom or —NR 10 —, R 10 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group, and Za represents a charge neutralizer. Represents a counter ion.
  20.  前記式1におけるRが、下記式2で表される基である請求項19に記載の機上現像型平版印刷版原版。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002

     式2中、Rは、アルキル基を表し、波線部分は、前記式1中のLで表される基との結合部位を表す。
    R 1 in the formula 1, on-press development type lithographic printing plate precursor as claimed in claim 19, which is a group represented by the following formula 2.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002

    In Formula 2, R Z represents an alkyl group, and a wavy line represents a bonding site with the group represented by L in Formula 1 above.
  21.  請求項1~請求項20のいずれか1項に記載の機上現像型平版印刷版原版を、画像様に露光する工程と、
     印刷機上で印刷インキ及び湿し水よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも一方を供給して非画像部の画像記録層を除去する工程と、を含む
     平版印刷版の作製方法。
    21. An imagewise exposure of the on-press development type lithographic printing plate precursor according to any one of claims 1 to 20,
    Supplying at least one selected from the group consisting of a printing ink and a fountain solution on a printing press to remove the image recording layer in the non-image area.
  22.  請求項1~請求項20のいずれか1項に記載の機上現像型平版印刷版原版を画像様に露光する工程と、
     印刷インキ及び湿し水よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも一方を供給して印刷機上で非画像部の画像記録層を除去し平版印刷版を作製する工程と、
     得られた平版印刷版により印刷する工程と、を含む
     平版印刷方法。
    21. Image-wise exposing the on-press development type lithographic printing plate precursor according to any one of claims 1 to 20,
    A step of providing a lithographic printing plate by supplying at least one selected from the group consisting of printing ink and fountain solution and removing the image recording layer of the non-image portion on a printing press,
    Printing with the obtained lithographic printing plate.
PCT/JP2019/028069 2018-07-30 2019-07-17 On-press development type lithographic printing plate precursor, method of producing lithographic printing plate, and lithographic printing method WO2020026810A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2020533410A JPWO2020026810A1 (en) 2018-07-30 2019-07-17 On-machine development type lithographic printing plate Original plate, lithographic printing plate manufacturing method, and lithographic printing method
CN201980050526.1A CN112512824B (en) 2018-07-30 2019-07-17 On-press developable lithographic printing plate precursor, method for producing lithographic printing plate, and lithographic printing method

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2018142865 2018-07-30
JP2018-142865 2018-07-30
JP2018-205750 2018-10-31
JP2018205750 2018-10-31

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2020026810A1 true WO2020026810A1 (en) 2020-02-06

Family

ID=69231057

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2019/028069 WO2020026810A1 (en) 2018-07-30 2019-07-17 On-press development type lithographic printing plate precursor, method of producing lithographic printing plate, and lithographic printing method

Country Status (3)

Country Link
JP (2) JPWO2020026810A1 (en)
CN (1) CN112512824B (en)
WO (1) WO2020026810A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2021133666A (en) * 2020-02-28 2021-09-13 富士フイルム株式会社 On board developing type lithography original plate, production method of lithography plate, and lithography method

Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH091917A (en) * 1995-06-23 1997-01-07 Sequa Corp Printing plate for direct laser platemaking
JP2001033952A (en) * 1999-07-23 2001-02-09 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Image recording material
JP2003162048A (en) * 2001-11-27 2003-06-06 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Heat sensitive composition and lithographic printing original plate using the same
JP2005250216A (en) * 2004-03-05 2005-09-15 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Original plate for negative planographic printing plate and method of manufacturing planographic printing plate
US20140242517A1 (en) * 2013-02-28 2014-08-28 Akira Igarashi Lithographic printing plate precursors and use
JP2014169418A (en) * 2013-03-05 2014-09-18 Toppan Printing Co Ltd Ink for charge transport membrane, aromatic oligo iodonium salt usable to charge transport membrane, and method for producing charge transport membrane using the ink for charge transport membrane
JP2016179592A (en) * 2015-03-24 2016-10-13 富士フイルム株式会社 Original plate of planographic printing plate, plate-making method for planographic printing plate, and printing method
WO2018043125A1 (en) * 2016-08-31 2018-03-08 富士フイルム株式会社 Presensitized plate and plate-making method using same

Family Cites Families (13)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6014929A (en) * 1998-03-09 2000-01-18 Teng; Gary Ganghui Lithographic printing plates having a thin releasable interlayer overlying a rough substrate
JP2005271576A (en) * 2004-01-09 2005-10-06 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Lithographic printing plate original form and lithographic printing method using that
US7189494B2 (en) * 2005-05-26 2007-03-13 Eastman Kodak Company On-press developable imageable element comprising a tetraarylborate salt
US7175967B1 (en) * 2006-03-02 2007-02-13 Eastman Kodak Company Heat treatment of multilayer imageable elements
US20090087779A1 (en) * 2006-04-20 2009-04-02 Konica Minolta Medical & Graphic, Inc. Printing plate material
CN101681107B (en) * 2007-05-11 2012-12-26 日立化成工业株式会社 Photosensitive resin composition, photosensitive element, method of forming resist pattern, and process for producing printed wiring board
EP2194429A1 (en) * 2008-12-02 2010-06-09 Eastman Kodak Company Gumming compositions with nano-particles for improving scratch sensitivity in image and non-image areas of lithographic printing plates
US8632941B2 (en) * 2011-09-22 2014-01-21 Eastman Kodak Company Negative-working lithographic printing plate precursors with IR dyes
US8679726B2 (en) * 2012-05-29 2014-03-25 Eastman Kodak Company Negative-working lithographic printing plate precursors
JP5699112B2 (en) * 2012-07-27 2015-04-08 富士フイルム株式会社 Planographic printing plate precursor and plate making method
WO2016027886A1 (en) * 2014-08-22 2016-02-25 富士フイルム株式会社 Color developing composition, lithographic printing original plate, method for making lithographic printing plate, and color developer
EP3330097B1 (en) * 2015-07-31 2019-10-16 Fujifilm Corporation Lithographic printing original plate and plate making method
CN109642148B (en) * 2016-08-31 2022-02-11 富士胶片株式会社 Color developing composition, lithographic printing plate precursor, method for producing lithographic printing plate, and compound

Patent Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH091917A (en) * 1995-06-23 1997-01-07 Sequa Corp Printing plate for direct laser platemaking
JP2001033952A (en) * 1999-07-23 2001-02-09 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Image recording material
JP2003162048A (en) * 2001-11-27 2003-06-06 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Heat sensitive composition and lithographic printing original plate using the same
JP2005250216A (en) * 2004-03-05 2005-09-15 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Original plate for negative planographic printing plate and method of manufacturing planographic printing plate
US20140242517A1 (en) * 2013-02-28 2014-08-28 Akira Igarashi Lithographic printing plate precursors and use
JP2014169418A (en) * 2013-03-05 2014-09-18 Toppan Printing Co Ltd Ink for charge transport membrane, aromatic oligo iodonium salt usable to charge transport membrane, and method for producing charge transport membrane using the ink for charge transport membrane
JP2016179592A (en) * 2015-03-24 2016-10-13 富士フイルム株式会社 Original plate of planographic printing plate, plate-making method for planographic printing plate, and printing method
WO2018043125A1 (en) * 2016-08-31 2018-03-08 富士フイルム株式会社 Presensitized plate and plate-making method using same

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2021133666A (en) * 2020-02-28 2021-09-13 富士フイルム株式会社 On board developing type lithography original plate, production method of lithography plate, and lithography method
JP7321115B2 (en) 2020-02-28 2023-08-04 富士フイルム株式会社 On-machine development type lithographic printing plate precursor, method for preparing lithographic printing plate, and lithographic printing method

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JPWO2020026810A1 (en) 2021-05-13
JP2023016860A (en) 2023-02-02
JP7378566B2 (en) 2023-11-13
CN112512824A (en) 2021-03-16
CN112512824B (en) 2022-10-25

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP6621570B2 (en) Lithographic printing plate precursor and lithographic printing plate preparation method
WO2017141882A1 (en) Chromogenic composition, planographic printing original plate, method for producing planographic printing plate, and chromogenic compound
JP2020069790A (en) Lithographic printing plate original plate, method for producing lithographic printing plate and lithographic printing method
WO2019021828A1 (en) Lithographic printing plate original plate, method for producing lithographic printing plate, and chromogenic composition
JP2020069789A (en) Lithographic printing plate original plate, method for producing lithographic printing plate and lithographic printing method
JP7378566B2 (en) On-press development type lithographic printing plate precursor, method for producing a lithographic printing plate, and lithographic printing method
WO2020090996A1 (en) Lithographic printing plate original plate, method for producing lithographic printing plate and lithographic printing method
WO2020158139A1 (en) Lithographic printing plate precursor, method for manufacturing lithographic printing plate, and lithographic printing method
EP3900942B1 (en) Planographic printing plate precursor, method of preparing a planographic printing plate, and planographic printing method
JP7074858B2 (en) Machine-developed lithographic printing plate original plate, lithographic printing plate manufacturing method, and lithographic printing method
WO2020090995A1 (en) Lithographic printing plate original plate, method for producing lithographic printing plate and lithographic printing method
JP7062064B2 (en) Machine-developed lithographic printing plate original plate, lithographic printing plate manufacturing method, and lithographic printing method
JP7064595B2 (en) Machine-developed lithographic printing plate original plate, lithographic printing plate manufacturing method, and lithographic printing method
JP7064596B2 (en) Machine-developed lithographic printing plate original plate, lithographic printing plate manufacturing method, and lithographic printing method
WO2020026809A1 (en) On-press-development-type lithographic printing plate precursor granules, on-press-development-type lithographic printing plate precursor, manufacturing method for lithographic printing plate, and lithographic printing method
WO2020066378A1 (en) Lithographic-printing-plate original and lithographic-printing-plate manufacturing method
WO2020066377A1 (en) Lithographic-printing-plate original and lithographic-printing-plate manufacturing method
WO2019187728A1 (en) Photosensitive composition, planographic printing plate precursor, and manufacturing method of planographic printing plate
WO2018159626A1 (en) Curable composition, lithographic printing plate precursor, and method for preparing lithographic printing plate
WO2018199316A1 (en) Curable composition, planographic printing master plate, method for manufacturing planographic printing plate, and salt compound

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 19845286

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2020533410

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 19845286

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1